CONTENTS Project team i Executive Summary ii List of tables xiii List of figures xvi Common abbreviations xx 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Background 1 1.2 Objectives 2 1.3 Scope of study 2 1.3.1 Physical processes 2 1.3.2 Water quality 3 1.3.3 Sediment quality 3 1.3.4 Biological characteristics 3 1.3.5 Assessment 4 1.4 Approach strategy
4
2 PROJECT DOMAIN 6 2.1 The company-RSPL 6 2.2 Project Location 6 2.3 Project description 7 2.3.1 Soda ash process 8 2.3.2 Captive power plant 13 2.3.3 DG set 15 2.4 Proposed marine activities 15 2.4.1 Seawater intake 15 2.4.2 Effluent disposal 16 2.4.3 Field and model studies 17 3 EARLIER STUDIES IN SURROUNDING REGION AND AVAILABLE
INFORMATION 18
3.1 Saurashtra coast/Arabian sea 18 3.1.1 Land environment 19 3.1.2 Geomorphology 20 3.1.3 Meteorological conditions 21 3.1.4 Marine environment 22 3.2 Adjacent area 25 3.2.1 Land environment 26 3.2.2 Marine environment 26 4 STUDIES CONDUCTED 30 4.1 Period of study 30 4.2 Sampling locations 30 4.3 Sampling frequency 31 4.4 Physical processes 32 4.5 Water quality 32 4.6 Sediment quality 34 4.7 Flora and fauna 35 4.8 Model studies 38
5 PREVAILING MARINE ENVIRONMENT 39 5.1 Physical processes 39 5.1.1 Bathymetry 40 5.1.2 Tides 40 5.1.3 Currents 41
5.1.4 Tidal excursion 42 5.2 Water quality 43 5.2.1 Temperature 44 5.2.2 pH 45 5.2.3 Suspended Solids (SS) 46 5.2.4 Salinity 47 5.2.5 DO and BOD 48 5.2.6 Phosphorous and nitrogen compounds 50 5.2.7 PHc and phenols 55 5.2.8 Temporal variations 57 5.3 Sediment quality 57 5.3.1 Texture 58 5.3.2 Heavy metals 58 5.3.3 Corg and phosphorus 60 5.3.4 PHc 61 5.4 Flora and fauna 62 5.4.1 Bacteria 64 5.4.2 Phytoplankton 65 5.4.3 Zooplankton 71 5.4.4 Macrobenthos 80 5.4.5 Corals and associated biota 87 5.4.6 Seaweeds 89 5.4.7 Fishery 90 5.4.8 Sand dunes 91 5.4.9 Mangroves 92 6 MODELING STUDIES FOR MARINE FACILITIES 93 6.1 Marine facilities 93 6.1.1 Seawater intake 93 6.1.2 Release of effluent 95 6.1.3 Modeling 96 6.2 Hydrodynamic model 96 6.2.1 Basic governing equations 97 6.2.2 Continuity equation 97 6.2.3 Momentum equations 97 6.2.4 Boundary Fitted Coordinate (BFC) System 97 6.2.5 Diffusion coefficients 98 6.2.6 Numerical solution algorithm 99 6.3 Model setup and calibration 99 6.3.1 Boundary conditions 99 6.3.2 Bed roughness 100 6.3.3 Initial and boundary conditions 100 6.3.4 Model calibration 101 6.4 Modeling for tides and currents 101 6.4.1 Tides and currents during Low Water (LW) 102 6.4.2 Tides and currents during Peak Flood (PF) 102 6.4.3 Tides and currents during Highest High Water (HHW) 102 6.4.4 Tides and currents during Peak Ebb (PE) 103 6.5 Modeling for flow of intake 103 6.5.1 Model description 103 6.5.2 Model setup, calibration and validation 103 6.5.3 Modeling for tides and currents at intake point: IT1 104 6.5.4 Modeling for tides and currents at intake point:IT2 107 6.5.5 Impact on flow regime and flow circulation at the intake point location: IT2 109 6.6 Outfall modeling study 110
6.6.1 Effluent discharge at location: OF1 111 6.6.2 Effluent discharge at location: OF2 116 6.6.3 Summary of results 120 6.7 SS transport modeling 121 6.7.1 Numerical approach to SS (cohesive and non-cohesive) transport modeling
studies 121
6.7.2 Available data pertaining to the morphological assessment 121 6.7.3 SS transport simulation 122 6.7.4 Morphological changes 124 6.8 Particle trajectory modeling 125 6.9 Mode of discharge 125 6.9.1 Near-field dilution due to a forced bottom release 126 6.9.2 Thickness of the polluted layer 128 6.10 Configuration of the diffuser 129 7 POTENTIAL MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 130 7.1 Seawater intake 130 7.1.1 Scheme 130 7.1.2 Potential marine environmental impacts 130 7.2 Effluent disposal 137 7.2.1 Scheme 137 7.2.2 Potential marine environmental impacts 137 8 MITIGATION MEASURES 145 8.1 Construction phase 145 8.2 Operational phase 146 8.2.1 Seawater intake 146 8.2.2 Effluent disposal 147 9 MANAGEMENT OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT 148 9.1 Pre-project monitoring for baseline quality 148 9.2 Post-project monitoring for assessment 149 10 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS 150 10.1 Introduction 150 10.2 Project domain 150 10.2.1 Location 150 10.2.2 Process 151 10.2.3 Marine facilities 151 10.3 Study area 152 10.4 Studies conducted 152 10.4.1 Field investigations 152 10.4.2 Model studies 153 10.5 Prevailing marine environment 153 10.5.1 Physical processes 153 10.5.2 Water quality 153 10.5.3 Sediment quality 154 10.5.4 Flora and fauna 155 10.6 Modeling studies for marine facilities 156 10.6.1 Hydrodynamic modeling 156 10.6.2 Seawater intake 157 10.6.3 Effluent release 157 10.7 Potential marine environmental impacts 159 10.7.1 Seawater intake 159
10.7.2 Effluent disposal 162 10.8 Mitigation Measures 165 10.8.1 Construction phase 165 10.8.2 Operational phase 166 10.9 Management of marine environment 167
i
PROJECT TEAM S. N. Gajbhiye V. S. Naidu Anirudh Ram Jaiswar Soniya Sukumaran Rakesh P.S. M.A. Rokade G. K. Chauhan D.S. Bagde Mohammed Ilyas Jairam G. Oza Dipali Bandodkar Gauri Shenoy Amit Patil Prachi Hatkar Ayushi Maloo Sunil Belvekar Shubhangi Kachave Ajay Yadav Divya Majithia Mahesh Chavan Shailesh Salvi Vaibhav Joshilkar Swati Sonavane Suman Ghadigaonkar Nilesh Ghuikar Vaishali Varpe Anurag Killedar Swapnil Dalvi Reshma Kadam CONSULTANTS R. V. Sarma Jiyalal Ram M. Jaiswar EXTERNAL EXPERT A. N. Kadam M. I. Patel
ii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
M/s RSPL Limited (RSPL) proposes to set-up a green field soda ash plant (1500
TPD Light Soda Ash /770 TPD Dense Soda Ash – Dense Soda Ash is conversion of
Light Soda Ash) with a captive power plant (50 MW) near Village Kuranga in Devbhumi
Dwarka District (earlier Jamnagar district) of Gujarat State. RSPL has planned to
establish marine facilities namely (a) seawater intake of about 6 × 105 m3/d for process,
cooling DM plant utilities and process plant effluent dilution etc. and (b) effluent disposal
of 6 × 105 m3/d from process, brine purification rejects, DM plant rejects etc. after
treatment / dilution with once through return cooling water / fresh seawater to meet
GPCB / CPCB norms in the coastal waters off Kuranga in Arabian Sea.
CSIR-NIO on behalf of RSPL therefore conducted detailed oceanographic
investigations of the coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012 (premonsoon),
September 2012 (monsoon) and December 2012 (postmonsoon) with the objectives of
a) establishing prevailing ecological status of the study area,
b) suggesting suitable sites and modes for seawater intake and effluent disposal,
c) assessing impact on the coastal ecology and
d) suggesting adequate Marine Environmental Plan (MEMP) including mitigation
measures.
Project Information Soda Ash process: Soda ash (Na2CO3) is manufactured by the reaction between
sodium chloride and limestone with ammonia as an intermediate carrier. The major
steps involved in the process are as follows: (a) Brine purification in which the saturated
brine is treated with soda ash and milk of lime to remove residual impurities. (b) Limestone calcination whereby limestone is mixed with coke and charged to lime kilns
to produce CO2 and CaO. Part of CaO is hydrated with sweet water to make milk of lime
for treatment of brine. Major part of lime is grind and fed to Prelimer for release of
ammonia. (c) Ammonia is absorbed in purified brine in absorber and thereafter CO2
from compressors is fed in carbonation columns to obtain crude sodium bicarbonate as
a solid phase which is filtered and decomposed to Soda Ash (Na2CO3) in calliper.
iii
The filtrate containing NH4Cl is reacted with Ca(OH)2 in prelimer stills to recover NH3 in
ammonia still which is recycled. Ammonia still discharge is the major effluent from soda
ash industry. This effluent contains high concentration of inorganic non-toxic solids and
liquid is rich in salts with traces of NH3. About 300 to 500 kg of solids are produced per
tonne of soda ash manufactured. The effluent after removal of NH3 is diluted with return
cooling seawater to meet disposal norms.
Power plant: The captive power plant of 50 MW (20 MW × 2 nos. + 10 MW x 1 no.)
capacity multi-extraction turbo-attunator and 150 TPH × 3 nos. Light/ Coal based
boilers. The steam generator units will be compact semi-outdoor, returned/assisted
circulation, balanced draft, single drum, water tube type provided with circulating
fluidized bed combustion system.
Marine facilities: Seawater intake (6 × 105 m3/d) and effluent release (6 × 105 m3/d) will
be established in the coastal waters off Kuranga in Arabian Sea on the basis of field
investigation and model studies.
Study area
The coastal waters off Kuranga form a part of the coastal stretch between
Dwarka and Porbandar of Saurashtra coast. The area sustains sparse and scattered
vegetation with barely 11 % of the land irrigated. Except few pockets of Porbandar,
Dwarka, Mithapur etc the coastal belt is sparsely populated. With low and variable rains
the climate is hot and humid, and winter is brief.
Prevailing Marine Environment
The coastal waters off Kuranga covering 280 km2 areas was investigated for its
environmental characteristics.
Physical processes:
The tides with 1.2 to 3.5 m rise were mixed semi diurnal. The currents parallel to shore
were 0.3 m/s (max). The tidal excursion was variable depending upon tidal phase,
location and period.
iv
Water quality:
The average water temperature (21.6 – 29.6 oC) varied in accordance with
the air temperature and was generally below 30oC. The lateral variations
were small and the vertical gradient in temperature was also marginal
indicating well mixed waters.
The average pH (8.0 - 8.3) was in the range expected for the coastal area
and spatial or temporal changes were minor. The surface to the bottom
variation was not marked.
Average SS was in the wide range of 16 to 274 mg/l during the present
study. The vertical variation was insignificant in the study area. The content
was higher with marked spatial variations during pre-monsoon. It was lower
during monsoon and post-monsoon indicating significant seasonal
variations.
The average salinity ranged from 35.2 to 37.0 ppt and was fairly stable.
Narrow ranges of variation between the surface and the bottom as well as
laterally indicated that the waters were well mixed and stratification was
largely absent.
Coastal waters shows the average DO of in excess 4 mg/l, the coastal
waters were well oxygenated indicating healthy environment for biological
growth. The seasonal as well as spatial variations were largely absent
indicating absence of any influxes of biodegradable organic matter.
BOD of the study area was < 0.1 to 6.7 mg/l which is low and common to
such highly productive coastal ecosystems. The low BOD indicated that
degradable organic matter entering the coastal waters was efficiently
oxidised by high available DO in the waters to maintain very good oxidative
conditions in the study area.
Phosphorus as phosphate (PO43--P) one of the major nutrients was present
in low range of ND to 2.3 mol/l and spatial variations were evident only
during pre-monsoon when the levels were higher. Low levels of NH4+-N (av
v
ND – 2.2 mol/l) and NO2--N (av < 2.2 mol/l) indicated good oxidizing
conditions in water.
The average concentrations of PHc (0.2 – 32.8 g/l) and phenols (69 - 146
g/l) were low and in the range commonly encountered in uncontaminated
coastal waters.
Sediment quality:
Sediment exhibited low and variable metal contents while Corg, P and PHc
were low indicating lowly contaminated sediment.
Texture of the sediment in the region was influenced by hard rocky
substratum. The sediment texture was mostly sand (> 91%, dry wt) except
that for the subtidal sediment during December 2012 (postmonsoon) when
sediment was mostly silt(> 83 %). The sediment possessed clay in meagre
percentage.
The subtidal as well as the intertidal sediments off Kuranga sustained
variable concentrations of trace metals such as chromium, cobalt, nickel,
copper, zinc and mercury primarily because of the heterogeneous
character of sediments. The Corg (<1.9 %; dry wt) and phosphorus (< 818 -
1514 g/g; dry wt) contents in sediments were low. The concentrations of
PHc (0.1 - 1.4 g/g; wet wt) in the sediment were also low and revealed
uncontaminated status of the sediment with respect to PHc.
Flora and fauna:
Bacterial count like TVC in water and sediment was low and without any
specific trend. Pathogens were rarely noticed suggesting clean and natural
coastal system off Kuranga.
The concentration of chlorophyll a in the coastal water (0.7 - 30.6 mg/m3)
indicated variable and patchy phytoplankton biomass. The concentration of
phaeophytin (0.2 - 5.8 mg/m3) was low. The phytoplankton population was
variable in accordance with the trend in phytopigments. Overall, 19 genera
vi
were recorded in the region with the common occurrence of Nitzschia,
Navicula, Chaetoceros, Thalassiosira etc.
Mangroves were absent along the Kuranga coast. The intertidal rocky
region (150-300m) however sustained marine algae. Species such as
Caulerpa racemosa, Ulva lactuca, Andorea indica etc. and floating algae
like sargassum polycastrum. The sand dunes, particularly narrow foreshore
and burm regions of 20 to 40 m width supported sand dune vegetation,
mostly in patches. The sand dune flora was dominated by babul and grass
vegetation.
The zooplankton standing stock in terms of biomass (0.04 - 1.4 ml/100m3)
and population (0.3 - 19.6 × 103 no/100m3) was indicative of an overall
moderate secondary production and varied widely. The composition of
zooplankton was fairly diverse and consisted mainly of copepods,
decapods larvae, lamellibranchs, gastropods and cladocera, foraminiferans
which together contributed about 97 % to the total population. Overall 18
faunal groups were identified. The most dominant groups were crab zoea
and pagurids.
The intertidal macrobenthic standing stock in terms of population and
biomass varied from 0 to 7125 no/m2 and from 0 to 61.0 g/m2; wet wt
respectively. The fauna was mainly constituted by crustaceans,
polychaetes and mollusks. The faunal group diversity varied between 0
and 6 groups. The subtidal benthic macrofaunal standing stock in terms of
population and biomass varied from 0 to 7100 no/m2 and from 0 to 21.5
g/m2; wet wt with poor faunal group diversity (2 - 8 no). The faunal
composition indicated overall dominance of polychaetes followed by
crustaceans.
Three transects IV, V and VI in the intertidal area were investigated for the
presence of corals. The intake corridor is free from corals. Transect IV
sustained isolated corals namely Porites compressa, Favia Favus and
Zoanthus sp. Transect V with predominant sandy intertidal stretch
vii
sustained low coral density of Porites compressa and Zoanthus. Some
signs of turtle nesting grounds were seen on the sandy beaches. However
live turtles and eggs were not sighted during the visit. Transect VI was free
from corals. No planulae larvae was seen during visit at this transect.
Assessment by remote sensing imagery did not reveal presence of corals
in the 5 km radius of the pipeline corridors including the subtidal area.
The Gulf contributes about 22 % to the fish production of the state. The
share of the Jamnagar District is between 5 and 14 % to the state’s total
marine fish landings. The nearby fish landing centers are Gojines,
Navadra, Bhogat, Harshad etc. Some fishermen were seen operating bag
netting and gill netting in the coastal waters off Kuranga. The fishes
obtained from this local fishermen of Gojiness were John’s snapper
(Lutjanus johnii), Dussumeir’s croaker (Johnius dussumerri), Long
toungsole (Cynoglossus lingua), White fish (Lactarius lactarius), Blackspot
threadfin (Polydactylus sextarius), Paplet/ pomfret (Pampus argenticus),
Black pomfret (Parastomateus niger), Yellowfin jack (Caranx para), Giant
captainfish (Johnius elongatus), Silver black porgy (Sparidentex hasta),
Speigler's mullet (Valamugil speigleri), Mandeli (Coilia dussumieri), Tiger
shrimp (Penaus monodon), White shrimp (Fenneropenaeus indicus) and
Spiny lobster (Panulirus sp).
Adjacent Marine Environment of Gojiness: The present results were comparable
with that of the adjacent coastal areas of Gojiness.
Modeling Studies for Marine Facilities:
Hydrodynamic modeling: Numerical modeling was done using Hydrodyn-FlOSOFT,
Hydrodyn-POLSOFT and Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT software for prediction of tides and
currents, dilution and dispersion processes in marine areas; and sediment transport in
tidally diversion zones.
viii
Seawater Intake:
Two options IT1: 210 59' 49.70" N; 690 10' 24.60" (depth 4.5 m below CD) and IT2: 210
59' 46.02" N; 690 10' 20.04" (depth 7.0 m below CD) were studied. In both the cases the
impact on currents and water levels was similar in trough of 40 to 50 m radius and not
significant.
The location IT1 is recommended on the basis of minimal area and volume of
excavation and consequent lower macrobenthic losses due to shorter length. The
corridor is devoid of mangroves, corals and sand dunes. The land based sump and
intake point (IT1) will be connected through buried pipelines of suitable diameter. The
seawater will flow under gravity.
Effluent Release:
Two options OF1: 220 01' 25.62" N; 690 08' 06.27"E (depth 13-14 m below CD) and
OF2: 220 00' 39.51" N; 690 09' 07.01"E (depth 12 m below CD) were studied for effluent
release location. In both the cases the critical parameters namely temperature 5 ºC
above ambient, SS: 1000 mg/l and ammonia: 5 mg/l would similarly and would attain
the ambient values within 300 m from the outfalls. The deposition of SS (0.04 m, max)
in the vicinity of the outfall would be advected northwest-southeast.
Both the options OF1 and OF2 have been recommended since the effluent released at
both the locations would behave similarly and both the pipeline corridor are free from
mangroves, corals and sand dunes. The effluent will be transported through suitable
diameter buried pipeline through intertidal and subtidal segments upto the location (OF1
and OF2) where it will join to a 68 m long diffuser with 10 ports.
Based on the results of the Buoyant/Forced-Jet model, the effluent released at 1 m
above bed with a jet velocity of 3 m/s by creating suitable pumping system, will get the
initial plume dilution of 22.3 times. Hence, their destruction due to the development is
unlikely.
ix
Potential Marine Environmental Impacts Construction phase: Excavation of trawlers would be a small scale operation. Hence it
would not affect the hydrodynamic characteristics of the area. SS generated due to
disturbance of bed sediment would be localized and temporary. Since sediment
entering the water column is unpolluted, it would not influence the water quality. The
small corridors of the activity getting disturbed would not cause any change in the
sediment texture of the area. Impact due to misuse of the intertidal area by the work
force though would increase BOD and pathogenic populations; it would be localized and
temporary.
Hectic construction activities would affect seaweeds and macrobenthos. However the
losses would be small compared with potential of the area. The suspension of
unpolluted sediment would not restrict DO availability though it may increase turbidity
which would be local and temporary, and would not alter phytoplankton. Since the
corridors are devoid of mangroves, corals and sand dunes, their losses are unlikely.
The time overruns or improper planning would increase the period of construction.
Birds, marine reptiles, mammals etc around the project site are not expected to be
impacted adversely. Since there is no commercial fishing operations close to the shore,
the impact on fisheries would be minimal.
Operational phase: During the operational phase of the intake the gravity flow of
seawater would not change current speeds and water levels. Hence sediment
movement at the intake location would be insignificant. Since the seawater would not
flow back to sea, water quality of the area would not be affected. Consequently the
sediment quality also would not be influenced. The marginal changes in the current
velocities would not affect erosion-deposition process of sediment. The biological
characteristics would not be influenced. The biota entering the intake system will not be
lost completely but live in somewhat changed social system.
The predicted maximum water temperature in a small area around the diffuser would be
sufficiently lower than the threshold of 35 oC, hence, unlikely to cause thermal shock to
x
the flora and fauna even in the vicinity of the diffuser. There may be minor increase in
salinity in a small area around the diffuser which is unlikely to negatively influence the
biota even in the vicinity of the diffuser.
The model predicts an increase of about 100 folds in the concentration of ammonia over
the baseline in the vicinity of the diffuser. However, at the pH of 8.0 to 8.3 off Kuranga,
only about 3 to 5 % of the total ammonia (NH3+NH+4) would occur as unionized
ammonia – the form in which it is toxic to marine organisms. Hence, no significant
impact of release of ammonia through the effluent is expected.
A major fraction of the SS would settle but fine particles would remain in suspension for
a longer duration. This would impart a milky hue to the water around the diffuser. The
SS in the effluent is inorganic in nature and largely composed of constituents commonly
occurring in the marine environment. The settlement of the effluent associated SS is
therefore unlikely to grossly modify sediment character of the region.
As the critical parameters in the effluent would attain the ambient values within 300 m
(max), the general water quality of the coastal area would not be affected; hence, the
biological characteristics of the region would not be affected adversely except for some
negative impact on macrobenthos in the vicinity of the diffuser, due to the settlement of
SS.
Cross-contamination with Seawater Intake: Cross-contamination of the effluent
release at OF1 or OF2 with the seawater intake which is more than 2 km away from
these locations is ruled out.
Mitigation Measures
Adequate precautions are required to prevent deterioration in the marine environmental
quality beyond the pipeline corridor and the area where the treated effluent is released.
Construction phase: The construction period should be optimized to minimize adverse
impacts on marine ecology and spillage of activities beyond the specified geographical
area which should be kept to a minimum, must be avoided.
xi
Workers’ colony should be established sufficiently away from the HTL on the landward
side and proper sanitation should be provided to them to prevent abuse of the intertidal
region.
The noise level during transport and construction of marine facilities should be kept to a
minimum.
The intertidal and nearshore subtidal areas should be restored to their original contours
once the construction activities are completed.
Operational phase: The intake pipe should be fitted with bars and screens to avoid
entry for fishes and other organisms. Cleaning and clearing of biofoulers should be on
regular basis to maintain efficiency of the intake system. It should be ensured that the effluent released to the sea meets the prescribed
GPCB/CPCB norms at all times. The actual dilution attained after the scheme is
commissioned should be verified through tracer studies. The effluent release scheme
can then be adequately modified to ascertain necessary dilution, if required. The
efficiency of the diffuser must be checked periodically.
As a navigational safeguard the effluent release and seawater intake locations should
be adequately protected and identified with a marker buoy.
Management of Marine Environment
Based on studies, it can be concluded that there will not be significant impact
due to intake facilities and will be limited to small well defined area around intake.
Further, due to outfall facilities water quality of the coastal area off Kuranga would not
deteriorate w.r.t. temperature, salinity and ammonia except in the immediate vicinity of
the outfall where, the temperature, salinity and ammonia would be relatively higher but
in the range considered tolerable to marine biodata.
It is necessary to verify the predicted environmental changes from the pre-
project baseline apart from ascertaining and periodically checking the efficiency of the
diffuser through periodic monitoring. For this purpose the baseline environmental status
xii
should be established through intensive monitoring. The results of each monitoring
should be carefully evaluated to identify significant changes, if any, from the baseline.
Gross deviation from the baseline may require a thorough review of the effluent disposal
scheme to identify the causative factors leading to these deviations and accordingly,
corrective measures to reverse the trend would be necessary. Further, the mitigation
measures and recommendations suggested are to be implemented in line with detailed
Marine EIA/EMP report.
xiii
LIST OF TABLES
3.1.1 Details of cyclonic storms along North Gujarat coast (1893-2004) 5.2.1 Water quality at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.2 Water quality at station 2 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.3 Water quality at station 3 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.4 Water quality at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.5 Water quality at station 5 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.6 Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.7 Water quality at station 8 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 20122 5.2.8 Water quality at station 9 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012 5.2.9 Water quality at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012 5.2.10 Water quality at station 4 : flood (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012 5.2.11 Water quality at station 4 : ebb (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012 5.2.12 Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012 5.2.13 Water quality at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.14 Water quality at station 2 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.15 Water quality at station 3 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.16 Water quality at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.17 Water quality at station 5 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.18 Water quality at station 6 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.19 Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.20 Water quality at station 8 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.2.21 Water quality at station 9 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012 5.3.1 Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.3.2 Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during September 2012 5.3.3 Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.1 Microbial counts in waters (CFU/ml) and sediment (CFU/g) at station 4 in coastal waters off
Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.2 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments at different stations in coastal waters off
Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.4.3 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments in coastal waters off Kuranga during
September 2012 5.4.4 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments at different stations in coastal waters off
Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.5 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal
waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.4.6 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal
waters off Kuranga during September 2012 5.4.7 Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal
waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.8 Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal waters off
Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.4.9 Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal waters off
Kuranga during September 2012
xiv
5.4.10 Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012
5.4.11 Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012
5.4.12 Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012
5.4.13 Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012
5.4.14 Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off Kuranga during April- May 2012 5.4.15 Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off Kuranga during
September 2012 5.4.16 Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.17 Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during April- May 2012 5.4.18 Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during September 2012 5.4.19 Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.20 Total counts and incidence of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during
April- May 2012 5.4.21 Total counts and incidences of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during
September 2012 5.4.22 Total counts and incidences of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during
December 2012 5.4.23 Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna at different transects in
coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.4.24 Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna at different transects in
coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012 5.4.25 Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna at different transects in
coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.26 Composition (%) of Intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012 5.4.27 Composition (%) of Intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during
September 2012 5.4.28 Composition (%) of Intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during
December 2012 5.4.29 Range and average (parenthesis) of subtidal macrobenthic fauna at different stations in coastal
waters off Kuranga during September 2012 5.4.30 Range and average (parenthesis) of subtidal macrobenthic fauna at different stations in coastal
waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.31 Composition (%) of subtidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012 5.4.32 Composition (%) of subtidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012 5.4.33 Depth at different stations and Secchi disk reading in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-
May and December 2012 5.4.34 The status of coral along transect IV (seawater intake corridor) 5.4.35 The status of coral along transect V (effluent disposal corridor)
xv
5.4.36 The status of corals along transect VI(effluent disposal corridor) 5.4.37 Marine fish landings (t) for Gujarat State and Jamnagar District. During 1991-2012 5.4.38 Species-wise and yearly-wise marine fish production (kg) of Jamnagar District during 2006-12 5.4.39 Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Jamnagar District during 2011-2012 5.4.40 Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Harshad during 2011-12 5.4.41 Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Navadra during 2011-12 5.4.42 Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Dwarka during 2011-12 5.4.43 Group-wise marine fish production (kg) at 3 major fish landing centers bordering the coastal
waters of Gojiness-Kuranga of Jamnagar District during 2008-09 5.4.44 Data on fishing crafts and fishermen population of Jamnagar District during 2006-07 5.4.45 Scientific and common names of fish, crustacean and molluscan species at Gojiness Creek near
Bhogat village during March 2010 5.4.46 Fishes, crustaceans and gastropods obtained from catch of local fishermen in coastal waters off
Kuranga / Gojiness during April-May 2012 5.4.47 Fishes obtained from catch of local fishermen in coastal waters off Kuranga/ Gojiness during
December 2012 5.4.48 Sand dune vegetation along the coastal waters off Kuranga 5.4.49 Macro algae along the coastal water off Kuranga 5.4.50 Corals along the coastal water off Kuranga 5.4.51 Fauna at the intertidal area of Kuranga 6.6.1 Variation in temperature, ammonia and SS at various observation points around
outfall location OF1 6.6.2 Variation in temperature, ammonia and SS at various observation points around
outfall location OF2 6.7.1 Instantaneous erosion and deposition rates and bed level increase at various observation points
around outfall location OF1 during the run period 6.7.2 Instantaneous erosion and deposition rates and bed level increase at various observation points
outfall location OF2 during the run period 6.9.1 The plume characteristics for the bottom release of RSPL effluent in the coastal waters off
Kuranga
xvi
LIST OF FIGURES
1.1.1 Map showing project area for RSPL in Jamnagar District 1.1.2 Map showing the coast along Kuranga-Gojinesss region 1.4.1 Map showing sampling locations in coastal waters off Kuranga 5.1.1 Map showing bathymetry of marine environment of coastal waters off Kuranga 5.1.2 Soft sediments estimated from the dual frequency echo sounder in the survey area of
coastal waters off Kuranga 5.1.3 Predicted tides at Dwarka and Miyani during 24 April - 11 May 2012 (premonsoon) 5.1.4 Predicted tides at Dwarka and Miyani during 7-27 December 2012 (postmonsoon) 5.1.5 Current speed (a) and direction (b) at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during
29 April- 6 May 2012 5.1.6 Current speed (a) and direction (b) at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during 15-21
December 2012 5.1.7 Current (a) speed and (b) components at Dwarka during October 2009 5.1.8 Current speed and direction near Dwarka during 21-29 March 2010 5.1.9 Current component near Dwarka during March 2010 5.1.10 Drogue study conducted at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during flood-ebb on
2 nd May 2012 5.1.11 Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 23 October 2002 5.1.12 Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 24 October 2002 5.1.13 Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 28 October 2002 5.1.14 Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 1 April 1999 5.1.15 Drogue trajectory at Rupen Bandar during ebb on 29 March 2010 5.2.1 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) (B ● ) at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga)
on 3rd May 2012 5.2.2 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) (B ● ) at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga)
on 5 May 2012 5.2.3 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) on
11th September 2012 5.2.4 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) on
12th September 2012 5.2.5 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) (B ● ) at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga)
on 28th December 2012 5.2.6 Temporal variations in water quality (S o ) (B ● ) at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga)
on 16th December 2012 5.4.1 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on
3rd May 2012 5.4.2 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on
30th April 2012 5.4.3 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on
11 September 2012
xvii
5.4.4 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 7 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 September 2012
5.4.5 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 28 December 2012
5.4.6 Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 16 December 2012
5.4.7 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 3 May 2012
5.4.8 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 30 April 2012
5.4.9 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 11 September 2012
5.4.10 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 7 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 September 2012
5.4.11 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 December 2012
5.4.12 Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 16 December 2012
5.4.13 Intertidal transects (IV-VI) for investigation of corals along Kuranga coast 6.2.1 Study domain for the hydrodynamic modeling studies showing with the intake locations
(IT1 and IT2) and outfall point locations (OF1 and OF2) 6.3.1 Terrain features of study region in coastal waters off Kurunga 6.3.2 Computational BFC grid 6.3.3 Contours of computed bathy depths (m) 6.3.4 Contours of Chezy’s coefficient (m ½ /s) 6.3.5 Boundary input tides 6.3.5 (a) Comparison of computed and calculated tides at outfall location (OF1) 6.3.5 (b) Comparison of computed and calculated currents at calibration point
(22° 01’ 14.2” N, 69° 07’ 16.3” E) 6.4.1 Simulated tides during a typical spring tide (LLW) 6.4.2 Simulated currents during a typical spring tide (LLW) 6.4.3 Simulated tides during a typical spring peak flood 6.4.4 Simulated currents during a typical spring peak flood 6.4.5 Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW) 6.4.6 Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW) 6.4.7 Simulated tides during a typical spring peak ebb 6.4.8 Simulated currents during a typical spring peak ebb 6.5.1 Terrain features of study region 6.5.2 Computational BFC grid 6.5.3 Simulated tides during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT1 6.5.4 Simulated currents during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT1 6.5.5 Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT1 6.5.6 Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT1
xviii
6.5.7 Observation points around the Intake point IT1 6.5.8 (a) Variation of elevation / tides at different observation points around intake IT1 6.5.8 (b) Variation of elevation / tides at different observation points around intake IT1 6.5.9 (a) Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT1 6.5.9 (b) Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT1 6.5.10 Simulated tides during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT2 6.5.11 Simulated currents during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT2 6.5.12 Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT2 6.5.13 Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT2 6.5.14 Observation points around the intake point IT2 6.5.15 (a) Variation of elevations/ tides at different observation points around intake IT2 6.5.15 (b) Variation of elevations / tides at different observation points around intake IT2 6.5.16 (a) Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT2 6.5.16 (b) Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT2 6.6.1 Temperature dispersion during a typical spring LW with release at OF1 6.6.2 Temperature dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with release at OF1 6.6.3 Observation points around the outfall point OF1 6.6.4 (a) Variation of excess temperature at different locations around OF1 6.6.4 (b) Variation of excess temperature at different locations around OF1 6.6.5 Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with release of OF1 6.6.6 Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with release at OF1 6.6.7 (a) Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different location around OF1 6.6.7 (b) Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different location around OF1 6.6.8 SS dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with Outfall at OF1 6.6.9 SS dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF1 6.6.10 (a) Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF1 6.6.10 (b) Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF1 6.6.11 Temperature dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with outfall at OF2 6.6.12 Temperature dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2 6.6.13 Observation points around the outfall point OF2 6.6.14 (a) Variation of temperature (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.6.14 (b) Variation of temperature (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.6.15 Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring LW with outfall at OF2 6.6.16 Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2 6.6.17 (a) Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.6.17 (b) Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.6.18 SS dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with outfall at OF2 6.6.19 SS dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2 6.6.20 (a) Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.6.20 (b) Variation of excess SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF2 6.7.1 Instantaneous rates of erosion during a typical spring peak flood due to release at OF1 6.7.2 Instantaneous rates of erosion during a typical spring peak ebb due to release at OF1 6.7.3 Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (LW) due to release at OF1 6.7.4 Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (HW) due to release at OF1 6.7.5 Bed level changes after 15 days due to release at OF1
xix
6.7.6 Different observation point locations around outfall location OF1 6.7.7 (a) Instantaneous rate of erosion at different observations points due to release at OF1 6.7.7 (b) Instantaneous rate of erosion at different observations points due to release at OF1 6.7.8 (a) Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release at OF1 6.7.8 (b) Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release at OF1 6.7.9 (a) Bed level changes at different observations points around OF1 6.7.9 (b) Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF1 6.7.10 Instantaneous erosion rates during a typical spring peak flood due to release at OF2 6.7.11 Instantaneous erosion rates during a typical spring peak ebb due to release at OF2 6.7.12 Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (LW) due to release at OF2 6.7.13 Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (HW) due to release at OF2 6.7.14 Bed level changes after 15 days due to release at OF2 6.7.15 Different observation point locations around outfall around OF2 6.7.16 (a) Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release at OF2 6.7.16 (b) Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release at OF2 6.7.17 (a) Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF2 6.7.17(b) Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF2 6.8.1 Trajectory of a particle discharged at OF1 6.8.1 Trajectory of a particle discharged at OF2 7.1.1 Map showing alignments of effluent disposal pipeline (LFP1-DP-OF1/OF2) and seawater
intake pipeline (LFP2-IT1)
xx
COMMON ABBREVIATIONS General Av - Average
B - Bottom
BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l)
Corg - Organic carbon (%)
DO - Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)
Eb - Ebb tide
FI - Flood tide
Max - Maximum
Min - Minimum
NH4+-N - Ammonium nitrogen (µmol/l)
NO2--N - Nitrite nitrogen (µmol/l)
NO3--N - Nitrate nitrogen (µmol/l)
PHc - Petroleum Hydrocarbons (µg/l)
Phenols - Total phenols (µg/l)
PO43—P - Reactive phosphate phosphorus (µmol/l)
S - Surface
SS - Suspended Solids (mg/l)
Microbiology CFU - Colony Forming Unit
ECLO - Escherichia coli like Organisms counted on
MacConkey medium
M-FC-ECLO - ECLO counted on M-FC media for coliforms
MF - Membrane Filter
PALO - Pseudomonas aeruginosa like organisms
PKLO - Proteus klebsiella like organisms
SFLO - Streptococcus faecalis like organisms
SHLO - Shigella like organisms
SLO - Salmonella like organisms
TC - Total Coliforms
TVC - Total viable counts
xxi
VCLO - Vibrio cholera like organisms
VLO - Vibrio like organisms
VPLO - Vibrio parahemolyticus like organisms
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
M/s. RSPL Limited (RSPL) a North India based well reputed company
is in the business of detergents, soaps, leather products and dairy products.
The company’s products are well accepted and appreciated by market
because of consistent quality and timely delivery. It has 27 detergent
manufacturing units in various states of India with a turnover of around
Rs. 3000 crores. RSPL is the largest producer of detergent powder and
detergent cake (marketed under brand name of ‘GHARI’) and as Soda Ash
being the raw material for detergent, a conscious strategic decision has been
taken to diversify in the field of heavy chemicals i.e. Soda Ash with the sole
objective of achieving backward integration and of controlling the quality and
cost of raw materials of detergent. Soda Ash contributes about one third of
cost for the detergent.
RSPL therefore proposes to set-up a greenfield soda ash plant
(1500 TPD Light Soda Ash / 770 TPD Dense Soda Ash – Dense Soda Ash is
conversion of Light Soda Ash) including a Captive Power Plant (50 MW)
near Village Kuranga, Taluka Dwarka, District Jamnagar in Gujarat State
(Figure 1.1.1). The water requirement of about 6 x105 m3/d for process,
cooling, RO/DM plant , utilities and process plant effluent dilution etc would
be met by drawing seawater from the adjoining coastal waters off Kuranga.
The diluted combined effluent of about 6 x105 m3/d generated from process,
brine preparation/purification rejects, RO/DM plant rejects, utility rejects etc
after treated/ dilution with return cooling water /fresh seawater would be
released at an appropriate location in the coastal waters to meet Gujarat
Pollution Control Board (GPCB)/ Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)
(Figure 1.1.2).
RSPL therefore engaged Council of Scientific and Industrial
Research-National Institute of Oceanography (CSIR-NIO) to (a) suggest
suitable seawater intake, and effluent disposal locations in the coastal waters
off Kuranga as well as (b) conduct comprehensive Marine Environmental
2
Impact Assessment (MEIA) of the facilities and (c) recommend adequate
marine Environmental Management Plan (EMP) on the basis of 3 season
field studies conducted.
Accordingly CSIR-NIO conducted field studies in respect of physical
processes, water quality, sediment quality and flora and fauna during April-
May 2012 (premonsoon), September 2012 (monsoon) and December 2012
(postmonsoon) as well as model studies to evaluate the prevailing marine
environment, to suggest seawater intake and effluent disposal locations and
EIA for the proposed activities in the marine environment. This report is
based on the data generated from these studies as well as the data of earlier
period available with CSIR-NIO.
1.2 Objectives
a) To assess the prevailing marine ecological status of the coastal water off
Kuranga and surrounding areas.
b) To suggest suitable locations for seawater intake and release of effluent in
Arabian Sea including the method of disposal of the effluent.
c) To assess the impact on the coastal ecology due to proposed facilities.
d) To suggest mitigation measures for maintaining a healthy marine
environment.
e) To suggest suitable marine environmental management plan to minimize
adverse impacts, if any.
1.3 Scope of studies
The scope of studies to undertake marine EIA/EMP studies will be as
follows:
1.3.1 Physical processes
The oceanographic investigations will be conducted in a suitable grid
which includes the proposed project site, intake and outfall locations and the
coastal environment.
3
a) Tides: The tides will be assessed based on available information.
b) Circulation: Circulation pattern in the study area would be evolved based
on drogue trajectories.
c) Model: A predictive 2D model studies, will be carried out for identifying
the intake and outfall locations.
1.3.2 Water quality
Water quality will be assessed at about 12 stations in the nearshore
water off Kuranga and surrounding region. The samples collected at the
surface and the bottom (wherever the water depth exceeds 3 m) will be
analysed for salinity, suspended solids, pH, Dissolved Oxygen (DO),
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD), phosphate, nitrate, nitrite, ammonia,
Petroleum Hydrocarbons (PHc) and phenols. Two critical locations will be
sampled temporally to assess tidal variability of selected water quality
parameters.
1.3.3 Sediment quality
Subtidal and intertidal sediments of pre-decided sites at 3 transects
would be studied for texture, selected metals (chromium, iron, cobalt, nickel,
copper, zinc, lead, cadmium and mercury), organic carbon, phosphorus and
PHc.
1.3.4 Biological characteristics
The status of flora and fauna of the project area will be established
based on phytoplankton pigments, population and generic diversity,
zooplankton biomass, population and group diversity, macrobenthic biomass,
population and group diversity, corals, fisheries and mangroves.
4
1.3.5 Assessment
The data would be analysed to meet the objectives as stated above.
Based on the results of studies, the potential environmental impacts due to
proposed activities would be assessed. This will include modeling studies for
seawater intake and effluent disposal locations in the Arabian Sea. Suitable
mitigation measures and environmental management plan would be
suggested to minimize the adverse impact, if any identified.
1.4 Approach strategy
Severity of negative impacts of developments in the coastal zone on
associated marine ecology vary widely depending on many factors such as
the extent, period and type of disturbance, anthropogenic perturbations,
availability of adequate seawater quantity at the intake point, effluent quality
and quantity and its available dilution, and extent of ecological sensitivity.
Hence, the primary requirements for assessing adverse impacts on
withdrawal of seawater from the Arabian Sea and disposal of the effluent are
the baseline information for the coastal area in general and intensive site
specific data for the nearshore waters off Kuranga, in particular.
CSIR-NIO has been conducting general and site-specific studies along
the North Saurashtra coast since 1981 with more frequent investigations in
recent years due to several proposed and ongoing developments bordering
the region. These data are adequate to describe general environmental
settings of the study region and intensive field data acquisition in the coastal
waters off Kuranga in the present study is considered sufficient to meet the
objectives.
The published scientific literature and available technical reports
indicate that the site specific information related to the ecology of the coastal
waters off Kuranga is rather scanty. CSIR-NIO, however, monitors the
coastal waters off Okha at a few locations once every year since 1990 that
5
has generated long-term database for water quality, sediment quality and
biological characteristics. The information available for the coastal waters off
Okha-Kachchigadh (approach 13 km from Dwarka) has been assessed to
plan field data acquisition for the present study. Accordingly, 9 subtidal
stations covering an area of about 280 km2 of the open shore segment were
sampled. Intertidal area has been also considered for the study and samples
at 3 intertidal transects were collected. The sampling locations are illustrated
in Figure 1.4.1.
Coastal waters often reveal significant seasonal changes in ecology.
These variations should be clearly understood for assessing the prevailing
status of a water body. The study region experiences three distinct seasons:
premonsoon, monsoon and postmonsoon. However, field observations are
hampered during monsoon due to rough sea conditions. Moreover, monsoon
season is not considered critical with respect to EIA study since the prevailing
high turbulence minimises the impacts of contaminants on ecology. Hence
the data acquisition during monsoon was restricted to few observations. This
report is based on the field studies conducted during April-May 2012
(premonsoon), September 2012 (monsoon) and December 2012
(postmonsoon) as well as the model studies.
6
2 PROJECT DOMAIN
This section is based on the information provided by RSPL.
2.1 The company – RSPL
M/s. RSPL Limited (RSPL) a North India based well reputed company
is in the business of detergents, soaps, leather products and dairy products.
The company’s products are well accepted and appreciated by market
because of consistent quality and timely delivery. It has 27 detergent
manufacturing units in various states of India with a turnover of around Rs.
3000 Crores. RSPL is the largest producer of detergent powder and
detergent cake (marketed under brand name of ‘GHARI’) and Soda Ash
being the raw material for detergent, a conscious strategic decision has been
taken to diversify in the field of heavy chemicals i.e. Soda Ash with the sole
objective of achieving backward integration and of controlling the quality and
cost of raw materials of detergent. Soda Ash contributes about one third of
cost for the detergent.
2.2 Project location
Proposed project location is about 34 km from the Dwarka, District
Jamnagar and located within the Survey of India Topo-sheet No 41/F4
(Restricted). It is geographically located between Latitudes 22° 0'N to 22° 3’N
and between Longitudes 69° 9'E to 69° 12'E with an elevation of
5.0 to 15.0 m above MSL (Figure 1.1.1).
The site is flanked by villages Kuranga in the northwest, Bhatvadia in
northeast, Gojiness in southeast. The approximate effective area for soda
ash plant and captive power plant will be around 1000 acres after considering
the Environmental siting guidelines for setting up of Industries. Arabian
seashore is located at the distance of approx. 1 km. The plant site is beyond
500m from HTL. The Coastal National Highway No. NH-8E (Porbandar-
Dwarka) is passing nearby the project site, which is well connected by road
for efficient transport of raw materials and finished products. The nearest
7
broad gauge railway station is Kuranga at a distance of 2.0 km (aerial). The
nearest airport is Porbandar at a distance of approx. 65 km (aerial) and
Jamnagar at a distance of approx 100 km (aerial).
2.3 Project description
RSPL proposes to set-up a Soda Ash plant (1500 t/d light soda ash
and 770 t/d dense soda ash) and captive power plant (50 MW) as follows:
Proposed plant
Capacity Technology
Soda Ash
Plant
Light Soda Ash 1500 t/d
Dense Soda Ash 770 t/d
Note: Dense Soda Ash
is conversion of Light
Soda Ash
Standard Solvay process with dry
liming technology
Captive
Power Plant
Steam: 3 nosx150 tph
Power : 50 MW
Boilers based on CFBC technology
and back pressure-double extraction
cum condensing turbo-alternator
Emergency
DG set
6 MVA (total no. of sets
can be 2/3)
-
Soda ash process is based on dry liming technology having salient
features as follows:
Adopts dry liming technology instead of milk of lime. Dry lime is fed for
Ammonia Recovery which results in lesser volume of effluents and lesser
requirement of sweet water.
Heat of hydration of lime and of chemical reaction themselves are
sufficient to raise the temperature of liquor to the boiling temperature. Hence
the quantity of steam required is less i.e. only to drive out ammonia.
8
Already proven in India using limestone available in
Saurashtra/Gujarat, coke with high ash content available in India and solar
salt produced in Saurashtra/Gujarat.
Most energy efficient technology.
2.3.1 Soda ash process
The dry lime process consists of the following steps:
a) Brine purification
b) Burning of limestone
c) Ammoniation of brine,
d) Carbonation of ammoniated brine,
e) Filtration of sodium bicarbonate,
f) Calcination of sodium bicarbonate,
g) Recovery of ammonia .
The details are as follows:
a) Brine purification: The main impurities in crude solar salt are calcium
and magnesium in the form of chloride and sulphates and insolubles.
Most of the solid impurities are separated from the salt crystals by
washing. The washed salt is dissolved with treated water to form crude brine
which is then treated with milk of lime followed by soda ash solution to
minimise calcium and magnesium.
b) Burning of limestone: A soda ash plant requires lime for recovery of
ammonia and CO2 for carbonation of ammoniated brine. These are obtained
from limestone.
Limestone is burnt in coke fired vertical shaft kilns where the following
reaction takes place:
CaCO3 + Heat = CaO + CO2
9
Kiln gas containing CO2 (39-40%) leaves the top of the kiln and burnt
lime is discharged from the bottom. Lime gas is cooled, cleaned and
compressed before its use for carbonation of ammoniated brine.
c) Ammoniation of brine: The ammonia and brine are passed through
packed towers along with ammonia that is supplied from the distillation plant
to obtain ammoniated brine.
d) Carbonation of ammoniated brine: The ammoniated brine is carbonated
by passing through the carbonating tower along with compressed CO2 .The
temperature of the tower is controlled by circulating seawater and chilled
water. The exothermic reaction taking place in the carbonating tower is as
follows:
NH3 + NaCl + H2O + CO2 = NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
e) Filtration of sodium bicarbonate: NaHCO3 cake is separated in filters
while NH4Cl and other salts remain in mother liquor in the dissolved state.
The crude bicarbonate is filtered and washed with sweet water to remove
traces of impurities.
f) Calcination of sodium bicarbonate: The crude bicarbonate is fed to a
calciner where it is decomposed into sodium carbonate, carbon dioxide,
ammonia and water according to endothermal reactions
2NaHCO3 = Na2CO3 + CO2 + H2O
NH4HCO3 = NH3 + CO2 + H2O
Soda ash from calciner is further cooled, routed through Soda Ash
cooler and transported to the light ash storage silos for bagging. The Dense
Soda Ash is conversion of Light Soda Ash.
g) Recovery of ammonia: The economical operation of ammonia in soda
ash process depends upon the efficiency of recovery of ammonia because
ammonia is an expensive chemical.
10
The preheated mother liquor is fed to the free-ammonia still where
practically all remaining CO2 in the liquor is stripped out with hot
gases/ammonia vapour. The bottom liquor from the free-ammonia still is
pumped in the prelimer where burnt lime powder is added. The reaction
mixture flows to a solid separation system where the major part of the solid
settles out and the remaining liquor flows to the fixed ammonia still.
h) Raw materials and fuels: The major raw materials for production of soda
ash are salt, limestone and coke. Besides coal / lignite is required for the
boiler for generation of steam. The approximate requirements of raw
materials for production of 1500 t/d soda ash is as follows:
Raw salt : 1.72*1500=2580 t/d
Lime stone : 1.8*1500=2700 t//d
Coke : 180 t/d
Coal / lignite: 1800 t/d/2700 t/d - fuel for the boilers (depending upon the
calorific value)
In addition to the above mentioned raw materials, ammonia about 2 –
2.5 kg /ton of LSA and sodium sulphide 1.49 kg /ton of LSA are also required.
Solar salt produced by evaporation of seawater will be used in soda
ash process. Such salt contains impurities of calcium and magnesium which
have to be removed prior to its use in the process. Consumption of salt is
estimated at 1.7 to 1.8 t/t of Light Soda Ash produced. Salt shall be sourced
primarily from self owned salt works. Salt may also be procured from open
market based on the requirements.
The second major raw material required for the manufacture of soda
ash is limestone. Limestone required for soda ash industries has to be
essentially a chemical grade limestone with silica content preferably not more
than 5%. Essentially it is the carbonate part of the limestone, which is
important. Therefore, higher the content of carbonate in the limestone, lower
the consumption of limestone per ton of soda ash. Higher silica containing
limestone gives considerable trouble in limekiln operation due to formation of
11
lumps and clinker. Consumption of limestone is estimated at 1.8 t/t of soda
ash produced.
Limestone shall be sourced from the captive mines / open market and
transported to plant site by trucks. In recent times, imported limestone is
utilised in the lime kilns for soda ash production which is proven to be more
efficient. Hence imported limestone is also considered for the plant.
In standard Solvay process, major quantity of ammonia is recovered
from ammonium chloride (Mother Liquor) and recycled back to the process.
Fresh ammonia is required only for accounting the process and other losses,
and is generally around 2 – 2.5 kg/t of soda ash produced.
Sodium sulphide is used in the process as a passivating agent against
carbonic acid corrosion attack. The requirement of sodium sulphide is about
1.49 kg/t of soda ash produced.
The fuel for calcining limestone in the lime kilns shall be coke. This
shall be sourced from reputed suppliers like NRE, Agrawal and others who
has plants in the Jamnagar and Kutch regions of Gujarat and transported to
plant site by trucks.
The fuel for boilers of the captive power plant shall be lignite/coal.
Lignite shall be sourced from the lignite mines of GMDC and transported to
plant site by trucks. Coal, for quality and prevailing economic reasons, shall
be sourced from outside India by sea route and transported to plant site by
surface transport.
i) Water requirement: Manufacture of soda ash is water intensive. Water is
required in chemical process for removing low level heat generated at different
stages in the process and for generating steam.
Approximate requirement of treated/process water, for various
purposes is around 15000 m3/d for a 1500 t/d soda ash plant and associated
facilities.
12
Besides above requirement, additional water for washing of crude
bicarbonate cake etc. can be met by recycling the process condensate from
other process sections.
Some of the requirement for washing of dust etc. can be met by
seawater.
Cooling water required to remove low level heat from the process / hot
fluids will vary between 150 m3 and 250 m3 per tonne of soda ash depending
upon the type of system adopted for refrigeration of water required for
carbonation and system adopted for partial recovery of water from process
stream. The main process plant operations which require cooling water in
large quantities are carbonation, refrigeration, calciner, gas cooling,
ammoniated Brine cooling, Distiller gas cooling etc.
Since seawater is considered for cooling water requirement, the ‘once-
through’ seawater is utilized in dilution of the effluent prior to discharge in the
sea.
J) Miscellaneous: Dust emission control: All sources of dust generation in
the plant will be well designed for producing minimum dust and will be
provided with high efficient dust control systems. For collecting the particulate
matter from CFBC boiler and de-dusting of vent air, a suitable sized ESP will
be considered with emission level < 50 mg/Nm3.
For controlling fugitive dust from silos and bunker, bag filter/ spray
systems have been considered. In the stack emission from boiler the CO
content shall be negligible, NOx content will be minimized by properly
designed fuel firing system, SO2 concentration shall be minimised by
limestone dozing, 122 m height stack will be provided for release of
emissions as per GPCB / CPCB norms.
13
Noise pollution: Noise pollution from soda ash plant systems, turbine, fans,
centrifugal pumps, electric motor etc will be kept below the permissible level
of 90 dB(A), in line with the recommendation.
Fire protection system: The entire fire protection system will be designed to
meet the requirements of early detection, alarm and suppression of fire
effectively and quickly.
2.3.2 Captive power plant
Initial start up power will be by setting up of 66 KV sub-station with
Gujarat Electricity Board grid connection. Later power will be generated from
the turbines of captive power plant by using the differential pressure between
the generated steam pressure and the required pressure for use in different
unit processes.
Captive power plant capacity will be of 50 MW having 20 MW x 2 nos.
+ 10 MW x 1 no. multi extraction turbo-alternator and 150 TPH x 3 nos.
Lignite/coal based CFBC boilers, necessary machineries/systems will be
installed in order to meet internal steam and power requirement for the
proposed soda ash complex. As far as possible proper steam power
balancing is done to avoid extra use of steam. The required extra power load
will be met from state electricity.
The steam generator units proposed for the plant will be compact,
semi-outdoor, natural/assisted circulation, balanced draft, single drum, water
tube type provided with circulating fluidized bed combustion system. In a
typical circulating fluidized bed furnace, the lignite/coal fed on a bed of
suitable inert material with addition of a sorbent material (such as limestone)
is burnt in suspension through the action of primary air distributed below the
combustor floor. In addition, secondary air is introduced at suitable points in
the combustion zone to ensure controlled and complete combustion of the
fuel. Suitable lignite/coal feeding and limestone feeding arrangements will be
provided in the typical circulating fluidized bed combustion system.
14
The steam generators will be designed for satisfactory continuous
operation with the range of lignite/coal expected for this plant without any
need for auxiliary fuel oil for fire stabilization etc.
The furnace would be conservatively designed to allow adequate
residence time for fuel to burn completely. The furnace design would also
consider adequate reaction time for removal of sulphur in fuel (max. 6.0 %)
by addition of grounded limestone in the furnace. The air and flue gas
velocities would be carefully selected to minimize erosion of pressure parts
and other vital components on account of ash. Renewable ceramic lining will
be provided in critical areas to prevent high degree of erosion. The steam
generators would be designed in accordance with the latest provisions of the
Indian Boiler Regulations.
Super heater section would be divided in convection and radiant
zones and designed so as to maintain rated steam temperature of around
535 °C with ± 5 °C margin at outlet over the control range of 50 to 100 % of
BMCR load. The boiler furnace and flue gas passages would be designed for
low gas velocities in order to minimize erosion and slagging effect.
Lignite/coal and limestone would be fed into the lower furnace where
combustion and sulphur capture reactions would occur in the furnace. The
solid particles entrained in the flue gases, leaving the furnace would be
mostly separated in the electrostatic precipitator. The feed control for
lignite/coal and limestone would be done through selector switch by manually
or automatically and controlled as per plant load and sulphur content in the
fuel. The steam generating units will be provided with arrangement for initial
start-up by HSD/ furnace Oil.
The power plant consists of
Coal/lignite handling system including stack,
Limestone handling system,
Fly ash handling system,
Boiler (steam generator),
Turbo generator,
15
Condensate tank,
Flash tank,
Ejector condenser,
Gland Vent Condenser (GVC),
Low Pressure Heater (LPH),
High Pressure Heater (HPH),
Deaerator,
Boiler Feed Pump (BFP) and
Condensate Extraction Pump (CEP)
2.3.3 DG set
In order to meet emergency power requirement diesel generators of
total 6 MVA capacity are essential. The emergency loads are for process
requirements, turbine lube oil system, emergency lights and boiler start-up.
The emergency DG set can be used to meet power requirement of the
plant during outage of any boiler/ TG. Synchronizing facilities will also be
provided.
2.4 Proposed marine facilities
Following marine facilities in the coastal waters off Kuranga have been
proposed by RSPL.
2.4.1 Seawater intake
The total seawater requirement of RSPL will be around 6x105 m3/d for
i) Soda ash plant: Process, cooling, desalination (RO/DM) etc.
ii) Power plant: Cooling and desalination (RO/DM)
iii) Miscellaneous: Domestic use
iv) Seawater for dilution of process effluent.
For the purpose of establishment of a pipeline between the seawater
intake point and the intake well with a pump house have been planned in the
16
construction phase while drawing of seawater is envisaged in the operational
phase during which phase seawater will be brought to the intake well/sump
by a pipeline from where it will be pumped to the plant.
The details are given in Section 6.
2.4.2 Effluent disposal
The combined/diluted final effluent of about 6x105 m3/d will be
generated by RSPL from following sources:
i) Soda ash plant: Process diluted distiller Waste effluent, brine preparation/
purification reject once through return, cooling water, washing, RO/ DM plant
rejects.
ii) Power plant: Once through return cooling water, boiler blowdown, RO/DM
plant rejects
iii) Domestic use: Sewage
Sewage will be treated in septic tank and soak pit system / STP as per
GPCB norms and will be used for green belt development/dust suppression.
For releasing the effluent a submarine pipeline from LFP to the
effluent Disposal Point (DP) with diffusers will be established in the
construction phase. The treatment and release of the effluent will be done
routinely in the operational phase.
The soda ash effluent streams, brine preparation/ purification rejects,
boiler blowdown from captive power plant and RO/DM plant rejects will be
mixed with once through return cooling seawater/ fresh seawater to meet the
criteria laid down by GPCB/CPCB for releasing the treated effluent into
nearby coastal waters. The effluent will be transported in an open channel
within the plant premises and thereafter in closed above / underground
pipelines upto LFP. From there it will be released through a submarine
pipeline having a diffuser system at a designated point in the coastal waters
off kuranga.
The details of the system are given in Section 6.
17
2.4.3 Field and model studies
The seawater intake (IT) and effluent disposal (DP) locations, pipeline
alignments and diffuser design will be suggested by CSIR-NIO on the basis
of field investigations conducted and model studies.
18
3 EARLIER STUDIES IN SURROUNDING REGION AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The study area of the coastal waters off Kuranga which comes under
the northern portion of the Saurashtra coast which is described below (Figure
1.1.2).
3.1 Saurashtra coast / Arabian sea
The continental shelf which is about 100 km wide off Saurashtra,
increases to 300 km off Mumbai. The cohesive (recent mud) and non-
cohesive (relict calcareous sand) sediment boundary occurs at about 60 km
on the shelf.
The coastal configuration is very irregular with numerous islands,
creeks and bays. Besides, there are a number of eroded shallow banks
along the shore, some of which harbour living corals. The intertidal region is
sandy and muddy or rocky.
As expected for tropical waters, the temperature varies in a narrow
range and in shallow waters (<50 m) there is no vertical stratification.
However in deeper waters, the decrease that is gradual in the surface mixed
layer (50 - 250 m), falls steeply in the thermocline zone followed by a gradual
fall. The DO concentrations in the shallow coastal area and the surface
mixed layer of the deeper regions are generally uniform and close to the
saturation value. A sharp fall in DO occurs within the thermocline with severe
depletion of DO even at 100 m water depth. The occurrence of a permanent
thermocline and high primary production in the euphotic zone results in the
depletion of nutrients above the thermocline. The concentration of nutrients
in the coastal water is relatively high and uniformly distributed in the water
column. Vertical profiles of phosphate and nitrate indicate increase in their
concentrations below the surface mixed layer due to their regeneration from
the sinking organic matter.
19
The marine sediments of the Saurashtra coast are characterised by
low CaCO3 content (<25 %) and is contributed by skeletal components. The
content of organic carbon (Corg) is generally <2 % and the concentrations of
trace metals such as chromium, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, mercury and
arsenic indicate their lithogenic origin.
The Saurashtra coast sustains high biological productivity especially in
terms of fishery, macrobenthos, zooplankton and phytoplankton. The water
upto 100 m depth contour along Saurashtra has very high fishery potential as
revealed by the exploratory fishery expeditions by the Fishery Survey of
India. The estimated stock of demersal fishery alone is of the order of 2x105 t.
Veraval, Mangrol, Diu and Jafrabad are the major fish landing centres of the
Saurashtra coast from where thousands of fishing vessels conduct their
operations. The fishing season starts from September and lasts upto April
with October-November often yielding high catch.
3.1.1 Land environment
The coastal area falls under Jamnagar District (14125 km2). The land
use pattern (km2) within 10 km radius from the shoreline in the district is
given below.
Land use / Land Cover Classes Area
(km2) (%)
Arabian Sea 108.17 34.44
Water body 19.22 6.12
Vegetation 25.29 8.00
crop Land 13.02 4.14
Fallow Land 111.12 35.38
Salt pan 2.36 0.75
Waste land 24.09 7.67
Sand 3.10 0.98
Built – up Land 7.60 2.42
Total 314 100
20
This indicates that barely 4.14% land under crops and 8.05%
vegetation. Oil seeds is the dominant crop in the Jamnagar District. Bajra,
pulses, wheat, sugarcane etc are the other common crops in the region. The
general vegetation in the area is sparse and scattered, and of tropical dry
mixed deciduous scrub and desert thorn type belonging to the xerophytic
group. The coastal belt is sparsely populated except few pockets like
Porbandar, Dwarka, Mithapur, Bhogat etc.
Due to extreme unreliability of rainfall in the Jamnagar District, ground
water is a more reliable source of water for domestic as well as agricultural
needs. However, uncontrolled and indiscriminate withdrawal of ground water
has resulted in a sharp decline in the water table in the coastal belt causing
ingress of salinity.
The coastal region is industrially less developed and the majority of
large-scale industries including the refineries, marine oil terminals coal based
thermal power plant and cement industry are located in the Sikka-Salaya
segment of the Jamnagar District. Tata Chemicals Limited (TCL) is located at
Mithapur near Okha Port. Okha and Bedi are the two important intermediate
ports in the Jamnagar District.
3.1.2 Geomorphology
The Saurashtra coast is a unique strip of land displaying varied
geomorphic features all along and is characterised by numerous cliffs - a few
of which rising upto 20 to 25 m, small islands, extensive tidal flats, deposits of
littoral concrete in rocky beaches, sandy beaches, bars, dunes and coral
formations. The peninsular Saurashtra is extensively covered by the Deccan
Traps mainly of basalts and dolomites. The topography of the region is
gently sloping towards the sea, excepting small hillocks of Milliolitic
limestone. These hillocks reach the elevation of 1117 m in the Girnar hill
ranges. Quaternary formations consisting of Milliotic limestone and alluvium
are exposed along the coastline. The solubility of limestone in water is
responsible for creating a krast topography where the limestone is exposed.
21
3.1.3 Meteorological conditions
The region forms a part of the semi-arid coastal belt and receives low
rainfall. The rainfall pattern however is irregular and erratic resulting in
considerable fluctuations in agricultural produce which is dependent on the
rain. Moreover, the fertility of the coastal belt is affected by salinity ingress
due to excess withdrawal of ground water not compensated by the recharge
of aquifers. As a result of combination of these factors, the farming which
has been the major occupation of the local inhabitants, is gradually declining
with people shifting over to other occupations such as service, construction
work, etc. Bajra, jowar, wheat, oil seed, ground nut, mustard, castor etc are
the major crops grown in the region. The region sustains sparse and
scattered vegetation of tropical dry mixed deciduous scrub and desert thorn
type belonging to the xerophytic group.
With a few rain days, the climate is hot and humid from April till
October and pleasant during brief winter from December to February.
Meteorological parameters for the year 2010-11 recorded at Mithapur are
summarised in the table below.
Period Temperature
(oC)
Relative humidity
(%)
Evaporation rate (av) (mm/d)
Rainfall (mm)
April-10 20-34.2 57-92 - 0
May-10 24-35 59-81 6.5 0
June-10 23-36.8 68.2-70 7.1 55
July-10 22-35 66-92 7 787
August-10 20.2-34.6 67-90 3.8 366
September-10 21-36.4 70-92 3.9 239
October-10 21.6-38.2 59-89 3.9 0
November-10 17.6-34.6 50-84 4.2 18
December-10 14-30.6 36-84 4.6 0
January-11 13-29.8 33-78 4.7 0
February-11 15.6-32.6 40-82 4.7 0
March-11 18-39.6 40-88 5.2 0
22
Although the highest temperature recorded during the year was
39.6oC in March 2011, historical data indicate that on a few occasions
temperatures reaching 40oC have occurred. The rainfall received (1465 mm)
during the year was well above average with maximum precipitation in June-
September (98.7% of annual precipitation) and in the remaining part of the
year the climate was hot and humid. No rainfall was observed after
September till March except with a few rainfall days in November. The wind
records of Okha indicate that (a) wind speed varies between 0 and 30 km/h
during November-February; the predominant direction being NW-NE, (b)
wind speed marginally increases during March-April with change in direction
to NW-SW, (c) maximum speeds of 40 to 50 km/h occur during May; the
predominant direction being SW-W, and (d) maximum speeds can reach upto
70 km/h with predominant direction of SW-W during June-September.
Cyclonic disturbances strike North Gujarat, particularly the Kachchh
and Saurashtra regions, periodically. These disturbances generally originate
over the Arabian Sea and sometimes the Bay of Bengal. The details of
number of cyclonic storms which struck the North Gujarat region during last
100 yrs are given in Table 3.1.1. Generally during June, the storms are
confined to the area N of 15oN and E of 65oE. In August, in the initial stages,
they move along the NW course and show a large latitudinal scatter. W of
80oE, the tracks tend to curve towards N. During October the direction of
movement of a storm is to the W in the Arabian Sea. However, E of 70oE
some of the storms move N-NW and later recurve NE to strike Gujarat-North
Mekran coast.
3.1.4 Marine environment
The coastal waters off Kuranga forms part of the coastal belt from
Porbandar to Okha of the Saurashtra coast. The general marine
environmental quality of the region in respect of physical processes, water
quality, sediment quality and flora and fauna is described below.
a) Physical processes: The tides along the coast of Okha-Porbandar are
mixed semi-diurnal with the mean high water spring and neap rise of about
23
3.0 and 1.9 m respectively. The high tide at Okha lags by roughly 1 h 40 min
to 2 h 10 min with respect to the tide at Porbandar.
Off Mithapur-Kachchigadh, the currents are mainly tide-induced
though wind also contributes to some extent. The currents have maximum
speeds of 0.4 to 0.7 m/s with net onshore and alongshore components
varying spatially. The tidal excursion estimated based on drogue trajectories
varies between 5.5 and 28 km depending on the tidal phase, location and
period.
b) Water quality: The average water temperature varies in accordance with
the air temperature and is generally below 28oC. The average pH (7.7 – 8.0)
is in the range expected for the coastal area and spatial or temporal changes
are minor. The average SS is low (21-65 mg/l) as the seafloor is rocky or
sandy. In the absence of freshwater discharges, the salinity is high (>36 ppt)
as compared to that of the typical seawater (35.5 ppt). The water is well-
mixed vertically as well as laterally.
DO content, a vital water quality parameter influencing the health of
aquatic biota, is fairly high (av 4.2 – 6.3 ml/l) and is saturated to the extent of
93 to 120 %. Consequently, the BOD of the coastal water is low. The
average concentrations of PO43--P (0.4 – 1.5 mol/l) and NO3
--N (1.8 – 8.1
mol/l) are in the range expected for the coastal area off Okha. Low levels of
NH4+-N (av 0.2 – 0.5 mol/l) and NO2
--N (av 0.1 – 0.6 mol/l) indicate good
oxidizing conditions in water.
The average concentrations of PHc (2.7 – 6.6 g/l) and phenols (34-
75 g/l) are low and in the range commonly encountered in uncontaminated
coastal waters.
c) Sediment quality: The surface sediment has variable texture but
generally dominated by varying grades of sand. The carbonate (CO32-)
content of surface sediment varies between 11.6 and 89.6 %; dry wt.
24
The subtidal as well as the intertidal sediments off Mithapur-
Kachchigadh sustain variable concentrations of trace metals such as
chromium, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc and mercury primarily because of the
heterogeneous character of sediments and in the absence of any known
anthropogenic source, they represent a baseline.
The Corg (<1.1 %; dry wt) and phosphorus (<972 g/g; dry wt)
contents in sediments are low and represent the baseline. The
concentrations of PHc (0.2 – 2.2 g/g; wet wt) in the sediment are also low
and reveal uncontaminated status of the sediment with respect to PHc.
d) Flora and fauna: Bacterial count like TVC in water and sediment vary
widely without any specific trend. Pathogens are rarely detected suggesting
clean and natural coastal system off Okha-Kachchigadh.
The concentration of chlorophyll a in the coastal water (0.5–7.6
mg/m3) indicates variable and patchy phytoplankton biomass. The
concentration of phaeophytin (0.1–4.5 mg/m3) is low. The phytoplankton
population is variable in accordance with the trend in phytopigments. Overall,
72 genera are recorded in the region with the common occurrence of
Nitzschia, Guinardia, Navicula, Leptocylindrus, Chaetocerus, Pleurosigma,
Coscinodiscus, Thalassiosira and cyclotella.
Mangroves are generally low or absent at Mithapur-Kachchigadh. The
intertidal rocky region (150-300 m) however sustains marine algae. The
seaweed flora is represented by 17 species of Chlorophyceae, 18 spp of
Phaeophyceae and 28 spp. of Rhodophyceae. The sand dunes, particularly
narrow foreshore and burm regions of 50 to 100 m width, support sand dune
vegetation- mostly in patches. The sand dune flora is represented by 15
species with the common occurrence of Atriplex stocksii, Cressa cretica and
Cyperus arenarius.
The zooplankton standing stock in terms of biomass (0.1-26.9
ml/100m3) and population (1.5×103 – 284×103 no/100m3) varies widely. The
composition of zooplankton is fairly diverse and consists mainly of copepods,
25
decapods larvae, lamellibranchs, gastropods and chaetognaths which
together contribute about 97% to the total population. Overall 22 to 26 faunal
groups are identified. Good number of fish eggs and fish larvae though at a
low percentage, occur in majority of the zooplankton collections. Decapod
larvae occur in all zooplankton samples and contribute about 2.6 % to the
zooplankton population. The most dominant groups are crab zoea and
pagurids.
The intertidal macrobenthic standing stock in terms of population and
biomass vary from 0 to 17900 no/m2 and from 0 to 52.6 g/m2; wet wt
respectively. The fauna is mainly constituted by crustaceans, polychaetes
and molluscs. The faunal group diversity varies between 0 and 11 groups.
The subtidal benthic macrofaunal standing stock in terms of population and
biomass vary from 0 to 1500 no/m2 and from 0 to 17 g/m2 (wet wt) with poor
faunal group diversity (av 2-3 no). The faunal composition indicates overall
dominance of polychaetes followed by crustaceans and molluscs.
The Jamnagar District contributes about 10% of the Gujarat State’s
fish landings. Major fish landings are from Okhamandal zone (76 %) for the
Jamnagar District and within Okhamandal major landings are from Okha.
The experimental trawling reveals a catch rate of 6.6 to 11.0 kg/h consisting
of 13 to 20 species.
The intertidal transect north of Kachchigadh (density: 0.01-0.58/m2)
and corresponding subtidal corridor (density: 0.2-0.5/m2) sustain low coral
density with their absence beyond 7 m depth (CD). Intertidal transect south
of Kachchigadh with predominant sandy intertidal stretch sustains low coral
density, however, the corresponding subtidal corridor harbours good corals
(5-30% coverage). Major genera of corals in the region are Porites, Favia,
Favites, Goniastrea, Cyphastrea, Montipora, Goniopora and Acanthastrea.
Corals however, are absent at most of the other locations.
3.2 Adjacent area
The adjacent area investigated earlier is Gojiness (Figure 1.1.2) which
is described below.
26
3.2.1 Land environment
The Gojiness is located near Bhogat village, about 60 km NW of
Porbandar and 37 km SE of Dwarka in Jamnagar District. The land
environment is mainly barren, largely flat, and the water front available is
about 2.5 km long, bounded by a small creek called the Ghughadwa /
Gojiness Creek to the south and a wind farm to the north extending about 1.5
km inland from the shoreline and separates the villages of Gojiness and
Bhogat. The vegetation in the coastal strip mainly comprises of sand dune
grasses, thorn scrub and cactus etc.
Gojiness village is located just off National Highway NH – 8E, which
extends to Jamnagar to the north and Porbandar to the SE. The shoreline at
Gojiness runs parallel to NH-8E and the nearest railway station is at Kuranga,
which is a broad gauge and non-electrified single line railway route lying 5 km
NW of Gojiness.
The area of Gojiness has appropriate water front with deeper draft for
bringing large vessels near to the shore. The fishermen mostly operate from
Gojiness Creek near Bhogat village. They have temporary sheds on shore.
Some fishing boats operate just off the creek also.
3.2.2 Marine environment
The general marine environmental quality in respect of physical
processes, water quality, sediment quality, and flora and fauna of the coastal
waters off Gojiness (as assessed during March 2010) which is located
towards south of the present study area off Kuranga is described below
(Figure 3.2.1).
a) Physical processes: The coastal waters off Gojiness is a typical marine
environment along the Saurashtra coast where tidal movements highly
influence the flow regime of the area.
Currents which are maximum upto 0.35 m/s are parallel to the shore.
They reverse with tide changing from NW during high tide to SE during low
27
tide. Waves vary between 6.5 to 7.1 m brought in between 157 and 293o.
Circulation off Kuranga is parallel to the coast and is governed by tide.
b) Water quality: The coastal waters off Gojiness sustain very good water
quality due to high oxygen content and low influence of anthropogenic
releases. It is described below.
Temperature of the waters is generally below 27.5oC which varies
according to prevailing air temperatures. The pH remains above 8 indicating
negligible impact of freshwater as well as anthropogenic discharges, if any.
SS is mostly low (< 29 mg/l) revealing low turbidity of the waters.
Salinity is above 35.5 ppt suggesting that influence of the land run-off
of non-saline water is negligible on the coastal environment. It reaches upto
40 ppt during summer when evaporation rates exceed precipitation rates.
This phenomenon is commonly observed as the region is arid. Absence of
surface to bottom gradient in salinity indicates that the waters are well mixed
vertically. DO remains above 5.5 mg/l revealing highly oxidising conditions
prevailing in the area.
The selective nutrients are generally low in the coastal waters. For
instance phosphate and nitrate vary in 0.7 to 1.7 and 0.5 to 4.4 mol/l ranges
respectively. The oxygen deficient species namely nitrite and ammonia are
low (0.2 to 0.5 and 0.2 to 5.5 mol/l respectively) indicating well oxygenated
waters.
Phenols and PHc remain low of 5.4 to 42.5 and 0.7 to 7.8 g/l
respectively indicating that adverse impact of anthropogenic fluxes, if any, is
negligible.
c) Sediment quality: The area possesses rocky bottom with sediment in few
pockets. The organic content in sediment is as low as 1%, dry wt and build-
up of selective toxic metals namely Cd, Pb and Hg are very low representing
lithogenic background of the area.
28
d) Flora and fauna: The coastal waters off Gojiness possess high
biopotential with diverse population as follows:
Phytoplankton: Chlorophyll a and phaeophytin in the coastal waters vary
from 0.63 to 2.2 and 0 to 1.15 mg/l respectively with marginally higher levels
at the surface. They possibly indicate well mixed waters. The ratios of
chlorophyll a to phaeophytin are mostly above 1 revealing favourable
conditions for biological growth. The phytoplankton population is high upto
163 x 102 no/l with total 37 genera identified.
Zooplankton: The standing stock of zooplankton is highly variable with
biomass and population in the ranges of 1.1 to 7.8 ml/100 m3 and 1880 to
24539 no/100 m3 respectively. The population comprises faunal groups
dominated by copepods (35%). Other dominant groups are amphipods,
chaetognaths, Lucifer, fish eggs etc. The economically important groups
namely fish eggs/larvae and decapod larvae account for 5% of the total
zooplankton population.
Macrobenthos: The macrobenthic standing stock in terms of biomass and
population range from 12 to 121 g/m2 and 0 to 4550 no/m2 respectively. The
groups vary from 0 to 9 nos. with gastropods as the dominant group followed
by polychaetes and isopods.
Corals and associated flora: The Gojiness area possesses some locations
having rocks with coralline structure which sustains moderately scattered
patches of reef building corals in the intertidal area. Porites is the dominant
species found there. Fossilized coral boulders are also sighted in the study
area.
Several species are associated with corals in the intertidal area off
Gojiness. They are coelenterates, sponges, gastropods, polychaetes, flat
worms, pelecypods, nudibranchs, cephalopods, echinoderms etc. Few
colourful species of reef fishes are also present in rocky pools.
29
Algae and associated flora: The flora of the area is represented by 17
species of Chlorophyceae, 18 species of Phaeophyceae and 28 species of
Rhodophyceae. Lynghya is the most common species of cyanophyceae.
The lower rocky intertidal zone mainly harbour sargassum, gracilaria,
helimenia species. The upper rocky intertidal zone is dominated by Hypnea
musiformis, Ulva lactuca while pools in rocky and sandy areas in the upper
zone harbour. Padina gymnosphora, Hyphea and Cytoseira. Among
Rhodophyceae; Gracilaria corticata, Champia, Laurencia papillosa and
Acanthopora are common.
Sand dune vegetation: The narrow sand beach is almost devoid of sand
dune vegetation. The backshore dunes are dominated by Prosopis juliflora.
The flora is represented by 15 species with commonly occurring species of
Atriphea stocksii, Cressa cretoca, Cyperus arenarius etc.
Birds: Coral reefs, reef vegetation, sand beach, rocky shore and tidal creeks
provide ideal conditions for avifauna in the region mainly migratory birds such
as white Pelicon, Grey Heron, smaller Egret, Painted stock, Ibis, Red wattled
Lapwing, Kingfisher etc.
Fishery: The coastal area between Dwarka and Bhogat is a traditional
fishing zone. Gill netting is fairly active during the fishing season from
September to May. The fish species commonly occur off Gojiness are white
fish, mackerel, cat fish, croaker etc. Other species are crab, lobster, shrimp
etc.
30
4 STUDIES CONDUCTED
The field studies were conducted in the coastal waters off kuranga are
described below.
4.1 Period of study
The study was conducted in 3 phases for 3 seasons namely
premonsoon, monsoon and postmonsoon as given below.
Season Period shade
Premonsoon April-May 2012
Monsoon September 2012
Postmonsoon December 2012
4.2 Sampling locations
Subtidal sampling stations were selected based on the proposed sites
of seawater intake and effluent release, bathymetry as given in the National
Hydrographic Office (NHO) Chart No. 2055 to obtain intensive information for
the coastal segment likely to be impacted by the seawater intake and the
release of the effluent. These locations are illustrated in Figure 1.4.1.
Stations 1 to 3 fall in the northern segment and stations 7 to 9 in the southern
segment while stations 4 to 6 lie in the middle segment of the study area.
Stations 1, 4 and 7 were sampled over a tidal cycle. These stations were
categorised as nearshore (1, 4, 7), towards offshore (2, 5, 8) and offshore (3,
6, 9). The station positions are given below.
The intertidal area was sampled at 3 transects (I - III) for assessing the
quality of intertidal zone including flora and fauna as well as other biotic
features. These transects are illustrated in Figure 1.4.1.
31
The positions of sampling locations (Figure 1.4.1) were as follows:
Area Station/transect Position shade
Subtidal
1 22o 04’24.0’’N
69o 03’00.0’’E
2 22o 02’30.0’’N
69o 01’00.0’’E
3 22o 01’00.0’’N
68o 59’00.0’’E
4 22o 00’24.8’’N
69o 06’51.2’’E
5 21o 58’30.0’’N
69o 04’24.0’’E
6 21o 56’48.0’’N
69o 02’00.0’’E
7 21o 56’12.0’’N
69o 10’00.0’’E
8 21o 54’24.0’’N
69o 08’00.0’’E
9 21o 53.00.0’’N
69o 06’00.0’’E
Intertidal I 21o 57’48.0’’N; 69o 12.0.0’’E
II 22o 01’48.0’’N; 69o 08.36.0’’E
III 22o 06’12.0’’N; 69o 04’48.0’’E
4.3 Sampling frequency
Spot sampling was done at all stations/ transects in duplicate for water
quality and biological characteristics. Temporal measurements over a tidal
cycle were conducted at stations 1, 4 and 7 with 1 h frequency. Station 6
could not sampled during April – May 2012 (premonsoon).
Intertidal stations were sampled once at each transect in the area
between the Low Tide Line (LTL) and the High Tide Line (HTL).
32
4.4 Physical processes
a) Tide: Available information on tides for Okha and Porbandar was
assessed.
b) Currents: Currents were measured by deploying an Aanderaa (RCM 7)
current meter at station 4 during 29 April to 6 May 2012 and station 7 during
15-20 December 2012.
c) Circulation: Circulation was assessed by deploying a neutrally buoyant
biplane drogue at a pre-decided location and tracking it over the desired
period. The position of the drogue was periodically fixed with a GPS
(Garmin). These positions were then plotted to obtain the trajectory.
4.5 Water quality
a) Sampling procedure: Surface water samples were collected using a
clean polyethylene bucket while an adequately weighed Niskin sampler with
a closing mechanism was used for obtaining subsurface water samples at a
desired depth. Sampling at the surface and the bottom (1 m above the bed)
was done when the station depth exceeded 3 m. For shallow regions, only
surface samples were collected. A glass bottle sampler (2.5 l) was used for
obtaining samples at depth of 1 m below the surface, for the estimation of
PHc. For shallow areas only surface water was collected.
b) Methods of analyses: Majority of the water quality parameters were
analysed within 24 h of collection in the field laboratory. Colorimetric
measurements were made on a Shimadzu (Model 1201) spectrophotometer.
Shimadzu (Model 5301) fluorescence spectrophotometer was used for
estimating PHc. The analytical methods for the measurements were as
follows:
i) pH: pH was measured on a Cyber Scan (pH 510) pH Meter. The
instrument was calibrated with standard buffers just before use.
33
ii) SS: A known volume of water was filtered through a pre-weighed 0.45 m
membrane filter paper (Millipore), dried and weighed again.
iii) Salinity: A suitable volume of the sample was titrated against silver
nitrate (20 g/l) with potassium chromate as an indicator. IASPO standard
seawater (DSIL; UK) was used to standardise silver nitrate.
iv) DO and BOD: DO was determined by Winkler method. For the
determination of BOD, direct unseeded method was employed. The sample
was filled in a BOD bottle in the field and incubated in the laboratory for 3 d
after which DO was again determined. v) Phosphate: Acidified molybdate reagent was added to the sample to
yield a phosphomolybdate complex which was then reduced with ascorbic
acid to a highly coloured blue compound which was measured at 882 nm.
vi) Total phosphorus: Phosphorus compounds in the sample were oxidized
to phosphate with alkaline potassium persulphate at high temperature and
pressure. The resulting phosphate was analyzed as described under (v).
vii) Nitrite: Nitrite in the sample was allowed to react with
sulphanilamide in acid solution. The resulting diazo compound was
reacted with N-1-Naphthyl-ethylenediamine dihydrochloride to form a highly
coloured azo-dye. The light absorbance was measured at 543 nm.
viii) Nitrate: Nitrate was determined as nitrite in (vi) above after its reduction
by passing the sample through a column packed with amalgamated
cadmium.
ix) Ammonia: Ammonium compounds (NH3 + NH4+) in water were reacted
with phenol in presence of hypochlorite to give a blue colour of indophenol.
The absorbance was measured at 630 nm.
34
x) Total nitrogen: Nitrogen compounds in the sample were oxidized to
nitrate by autoclaving with alkaline persulphate. The solution was neutralized
and nitrate was estimated as described under (viii).
xi) PHc: Water sample (1 l) was extracted with hexane and the organic layer
was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and reduced to 10 ml
at 30o C under low pressure. Fluorescence of the extract was measured at
360 nm (excitation at 310 nm) with Saudi Arabian crude residue as a
standard. The residue was obtained by evaporating lighter fractions of the
crude oil at 100oC for 30 min.
xii) Phenols: Phenols in water (500 ml) were converted to an orange
coloured antipyrine complex by adding 4-aminoantipyrine. The complex was
extracted in chloroform (25 ml) and the absorbance was measured at 460 nm
using phenol as a standard.
4.6 Sediment quality
a) Sampling procedure: Subtidal surfacial bed sediment from all locations
was obtained by a van Veen grab of 0.04 m2 area. The sample after retrieval
was transferred to a polyethylene bag and preserved for further analysis.
Intertidal sediment was sampled using a hand shovel.
b) Methods of analyses: (i) Texture: Dried sediment (25 g) mixed with
deionised water and 10 ml sodium hexameta phosphate (6.2 g/l) was sieved
through 63 m sieve to retain sand and the passed material was dispersed in
deionised water (1 l). The fraction (20 ml) picked up at 20 and 10 cm depth
immediately and after 2 h 30 min, respectively were considered as silt and
clay after drying and weighing.
ii) Metals: Sediment was brought into solution by treatment with conc HF-
HClO4-HNO3-HCl and the metals were estimated on a Perkin Elmer
(Analyst 300) Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS) by flame.
35
Mercury was estimated by flameless AAS technique after digesting the
sediment with aquaregia.
iii) Corg: Percentage of Corg in the dry sediment was determined by oxidising
organic matter in the sample by chromic acid and estimating excess chromic
acid by titrating against ferrous ammonium sulphate with ferroin as an
indicator.
iv) Phosphorus: Dried and powdered sediment (20.5 g) was digested using
HF, HC104, HNO3 and HCl. It was used for estimating total phosphorus as
described under Section 1.5.3(b)(v).
v) PHc: Sediment after refluxing with KOH-methanol mixture was extracted
with hexane. The residue was subjected to clean-up procedure by silica gel
column chromatography. PHc content was then estimated by measuring the
fluorescence as described under Section 1.5.3 (b) (xi).
4.7 Flora and fauna
a) Sampling procedure: For microbial analysis, surface water was collected
directly in a sterilised glass bottle. Sediment sample was obtained using van
Veen grab and transferred directly into sterilised polyethylene bag.
Polyethylene bucket and Niskin sampler respectively, were used for
sampling surface and bottom waters for the estimation of phytoplankton
pigments and population. Samples for phytoplankton cell count were fixed in
Lugol's solution.
Zooplankton samples were collected by oblique hauls using a Heron
Tranter net (mesh size 0.3 mm, mouth area 0.25 m2) with an attached
calibrated TSK flow meter. All collections were of 6 min duration. Samples
were preserved in 5% buffered formaldehyde.
Sediment samples for subtidal macrobenthos were collected using a
van-Veen grab of 0.04 m2 area. Intertidal collections between the HTL and
36
the LTL were done with a hand shovel for muddy and silty substratum while
quadrants of different sizes were employed for sampling rocky, sandy and
areas of compact sediment. All samples were preserved in 5% buffered
formaldehyde - Rose Bengal.
Experimental bottom trawling and gill netting were undertaken
wherever feasible using a high opening bottom net of 20.7 m (637 meshes of
50 mm) length and locally procured gill net.
b) Methods of analyses:
i) Microbes: Samples were analysed by plating and 0.22 m membrane
Millipore filtration techniques for Total viable counts (TVC), Total coliforms
(RC), Escherichia coli like organisms (ECLO), Faecal coliforms like
organisms (FCLO), Shigella like organisms (SHLO), Salmonella like
organisms (SLO), Proteus klebsiella like organisms (PKLO), Vibrio like
organisms (VLO), Vibrio parahaemolyticus like organisms (VPLO), Vibrio
cholerae like organisms (VCLO), Pseudomonas aerugenosa like organisms
(PALO) and Streptococcus faecalis like organisms (SFLO). Colonies of TC,
ECLO, VLO, VPLO and VCLO were counted separately. The bacterial
counts in water (CFU/ml) and sediment (CFU/g; dry wt) are reported. The
media employed for growth of colonies were as follows:
Nutrient agar for TVC, Mac Conkey agar for TC and ECLO, M-Fc agar
for faecal coliforms, Xylose-lysine deoxycholate agar for SHLO, SLO and
PKLO, thiosulphate citrate bile salts medium for VLO, VPLO and VCLO,
centrimide agar for PALO and M.enterococcus agar for SFLO.
ii) Phytoplankton: Pigments: A known volume of water was filtered through
a 0.45 m membrane filter paper (Millipore) and SS retained on the filter
paper were extracted in 90% acetone. For the estimation of chlorophyll a and
phaeophytin the extinction of the acetone extract was measured at 665 nm
after treatment with dilute 0.1 N-HCl of 750 nm. The concentrations of
phytopigments were expressed as mg/m3.
37
Population: The cells in the sample preserved with Lugol’s solution were
allowed to settle and transferred into a Sedgwick-Rafter slide. Enumeration
and identification of phytoplankton were done under a microscope. The cell
counts are expressed as no/l.
iii) Algae, seaweeds, mangrove and sand-dune ecosystem: Algae,
seaweed and mangrove flora were assessed from upper to lower intertidal
region along predecided transect.
iv) Zooplankton: Volume (biomass) was obtained by displacement method.
A portion of the sample (25-50%) was analysed under a microscope for
faunal composition and population count. Biomass and population are
expressed as ml/100 m3 and no.x103/100 m3 respectively.
v) Fish eggs, fish larvae and decapod larvae: These groups were sorted
out from zooplankton samples and counted. Frequency of occurrence and
their percentage composition were then determined.
vi) Benthos: The sediment samples were sieved through a 0.5 mm mesh
sieve and animals retained were preserved in 5% buffered formaldehyde-
Rose Bengal. Total population was estimated as number of animals in 1 m2
area and biomass on wet weight basis (g/m2).
vii) Corals: Distribution and abundance of live corals were assessed by
physical examination of the intertidal zone during low tide and by mapping
using remote sensing.
viii) Fishery: After trawling fishes were sorted out into different groups,
weighed, and catch rate (kg/h) and composition were determined. A part of
the catch was preserved in 5% formaldehyde for identification at species
level. Fish landing data were obtained from the Department of Fisheries,
Government of Gujarat, for assessing the fishery status of the region.
38
4.8 Model studies
A Hydrodyn-FLOWSOFT model was used for predictions on tides and
currents as well as seawater intake. A Hydrodyn-POLSOFT model was
applied for predictions on critical water quality parameters in the effluent as
release while a Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT model was employed for predictions on
spread of SS in effluent on release.
39
5 PREVAILING MARINE ENVIRONMENT
The prevailing marine environment off Kuranga which is adjacent to
the plant site of RSPL has been proposed for establishment of marine
facilities i.e. seawater intake and effluent disposal (Figure 1.4.1). Hence the
area has assessed in respect of physical processes, water quality, sediment
quality, and flora and fauna to generate the oceanographic data for 3
seasons namely April-May 2012 (premonsoon), September 2012 (monsoon),
and December 2012 (postmonsoon). Total 9 stations in the subtidal
environment were so spaced that the transects i.e. nearshore, towards
offshore and offshore would be about 4 to 5, 9 to 10 and 13 to 14 km from
the shore and in 21 to 25, 30 to 35 and 35 to 40 m depths respectively in 280
km2 area (Figure 1.4.1). The stations were categorised in 3 above mentioned
transects (Figure 1.4.1) as follows:
Transect Station
Nearshore 1,4,7
Towards offshore 2,5,8
Offshore 3,6,9
The status of prevailing marine environment has been described in
detail as follows:
5.1 Physical processes
Bathymetry, tides, currents, circulation and stratification in the water
column are the important factors to be considered while evaluating sites for
seawater intake and release of an effluent in coastal areas devoid of
substantial freshwater runoff.
They are described below.
40
5.1.1 Bathymetry
The bathymetry of the region is even with no large depressions or out
crops and the contours are smooth with 10 to 12 m water depths
encountered within 1.5 km from shore. The bathymetry studies conducted for
the site specific information using a dual frequency echo sounder confirmed
that large scale variations did not occur in the bathymetry (Figure 5.1.1).
The identification of type of sediment deposits on the seafloor was
attempted by assessing the difference in depths recorded during the
bathymetry survey using dual frequencies i.e. 200 and 33 kHz. The lower
frequency (33 kHz) has the ability to penetrate the softer bed compared to
the higher frequency (200 kHz). The sedimentation was computed by
subtracting the depth indicated by lower frequency from that of higher
frequency.
The difference in penetration was estimated as the thickness of the
soft sediments present on the sea floor. The sedimentation map prepared
for intake and outfall regions is shown in Figure 5.1.2 from which it can be
expected that the region has soft sediments of 0.2 m in the south nearer to
shore and about 1 m in the north (deep water area).
5.1.2 Tides
The selected stretch is in the open coast of Dwarka-Miyani. This
segment forms a part of the Okha- Porbandar stretch in the Saurashtra
coast. The following tidal parameters (m) with respect to the Chart Datum
(CD) are established for Okha and Porbandar from the recorded tides:
Level Okha Porbandar
MHWS 3.47 2.66
MHWN 2.96 2.38
MSL 2.04 1.82
MLWN 1.20 1.46
MLWS 0.41 0.77
41
The tides along the coast off Saurashtra were mixed semi-diurnal with
two unequal high and two unequal low waters occurring in each tidal day.
The tidal range decreased considerably from Okha to Porbandar. The high
tide at Okha lagged by roughly 1 h 40 min to 2 h 10 min with respect to the
tide at Porbandar.
The predicted tide at Dwarka during premonsoon and postmonsoon of
2012 along with predicted tide at Miyani for the same period are presented in
Figures 5.1.3 and 5.1.4 respectively. Maximum tidal range was 3.4 m at
Dwarka where as at Miyani it was 1.8 m on the same date.
5.1.3 Currents
In the coastal waters off Okha-Kuranga, the currents are generated
mainly due to tidal movement of the water mass though wind also contributes
to some extent. Currents are responsible for dispersion and advection of the
effluent discharged in the sea and hence plays an important role while
selecting sites for the release of an effluent.
Currents were recorded at station 4 during 29 April-6 May 2012
(premonsoon season). The results are presented in Figure 5.1.5. Maximum
currents of 0.4 m/s were observed in this area. In the postmonsoon season
(15-12 December 2012), the current meter was moored at station 7. The
results showed that the maximum currents in this location varied between 0
and 0.3 m/s (Figure 5.1.6). In both the cases, the currents were parallel to
the coast.
In the earlier studies of the general area, currents were recorded at
Dwarka during October 2009 for a period of 5 days (Figure 5.1.7). The
analysis of the currents indicated that the currents were moderate
(maximum 0.4 m/s during flood and 0.55 m/s during ebb) and due to sudden
undulations in bottom topography and curvature of the shoreline the currents
have a net onshore component(+0.22 m/s) almost equal to the net
alongshore component (-0.27 m/s). The net onshore component was positive
42
indicating a shoreward transport particularly during flood phase of the tides.
The net alongshore components were in ebb direction.
During March 2010 a current meter was deployed for about 8 days at
offshore of Kachchigadh which is more than 30 km away towards north from
station 4. The currents are graphically illustrated in Figures 5.1.8 and 5.1.9. It
can be noted that the maximum current speeds during flood was 0.65 m/s
and during ebb it was 0.58 m/s. The general flood and ebb directions were
NNE and SSW respectively. The currents when resolved into v
(onshore/offshore) and u (alongshore) components indicated very small
onshore component and a net negative v component (-0.07 m/s) suggesting
transport in the offshore direction while the alongshore component indicated
a net northerly transport (+ 0.34 m/s).
5.1.4 Tidal excursion
Tidal excursion which is useful while considering advection of
contaminants when released to marine waters is the average distance a
particle travels from slack water to slack water due to tidal currents. In order
to evaluate the tidal excursion in the study area, drogue study was
conducted on 2 May 2012 and the results are presented in Figure 5.1.10.
The excursion length of the float was 6 km during 5 h.
On 23 October 2002, the drogue released near Dwarka during flood
tide travelled 12 km covering 8.6 km in N and 7.5 km in E directions. The
average speed computed based on the results was 0.64 m/s over a period of
5 h 15 min. During the ebb, the excursion was about 6 km covering 4.3 km in
S and 3.7 km in W directions with an average speed of 0 to 0.5 m/s over a
period of 3 h 30 min. The total displacement of the drogue during the
observation period of 8 h 45 min. was 18 km with an average speed of 0 to
0.58 m/s (Figure 5.1.11).
On 24 October 2002, the drogue released near Dwarka during flood
tide travelled a total of 9.8 km distance covering 7.9 km in N and 4.7 km in E
directions with an average speed of 0.61 m/s over a period of 4 h 30 min.
43
During the ebb, the excursion was about 7.6 km covering 6.3 km in S and 2.4
km in W directions with an average speed of 0.33 m/s over a period of 6 h 30
min. The total drogue displacement over 11 h of observation was 17.8 km
with an average speed of 0.44 m/s (Figure 5.1.12).
On 28 October 2002, the drogue released near Dwarka during ebb
tide travelled 5.5 km covering 1.4 km in N and 1.1 km in E directions with an
average speed of 0.23 m/s over a period of 5 h 30 min. During the flood the
excursion was about 17 km covering 10 km in N and 8 km in E directions
with an average speed of 0.67 m/s over a period of 7 h. The total travel
during the observation period of 12 h 30 min was about 22 km with an
average speed of 0.50 m/s (Figure 5.1.13).
Studies available for drogue in the openshore near Dwarka in the past
(1999), indicated that a particle would predominantly move parallel to the
shore over a distance of 18 km over a period of 6 h 10 min (Figure 5.1.14).
Drogue released off Rupen Bandar on 29 March 2010 at peak flood
(Figure 5.1.15) travelled about 8 km in 2 h 30 min with an average speed of
0.88 m/s.
All the above trajectories indicated sufficient excursions and possibility
of distribution of the pollutants associated with the effluents over a wider
area.
5.2 Water quality
Water quality of the coastal waters off Kuranga investigated at 9
stations during April-May, September and December 2012 is presented in
Tables 5.2.1 to 5.2.21 while temporal variations observed at stations 1, 4 and
7 are illustrated in Figures 5.2.1 to 5.2.6. To facilitate discussion averages
are generally used in the following discussion:
44
5.2.1 Temperature
Water temperature generally regulates species distribution,
abundance and their composition and life cycle associated with an aquatic
environment. Since, most of the aquatic animals are cold blooded, water
temperature regulates their metabolism and ability to survive and reproduce
effectively. Hence, artificially induced changes may alter the equilibrium
status of an indigenous ecosystem.
The average temperature (oC) of the coastal waters off Kuranga
varied in following ranges:
Temperature (oC)
Segment Premonsoon
(April-May12)
Monsoon
(Sept 12)
Postmonsoon
(Dec 12)
Nearshore 24.1-28.6
(26.5)
28.1-29.6
(28.9)
21.6-26.7
(25.1)
Towards offshore 26.5-27.9
(27.2)
- 24.3-25.5
(24.8)
Offshore 25.3-27.1
(26.4)
- 24.2-25.1
(24.78)
Overall 24.1-28.6
(26.7)
28.1-29.6
(28.9)
21.6-26.7
(24.9)
Average in parenthesis
These changes were according to prevailing air temperature (23.0 -
32.5 oC, av). The lateral variations were small and the vertical gradient in
temperature was also marginal indicating well mixed waters. Though pre and
postmonsoon temperatures were similar, they were higher during monsoon
possibly because of the retreating of monsoon and beginning of dry weather.
The earlier studies of March 2010 indicated that temperature was
generally below 27.3 oC in the nearshore area off Gojiness which is adjacent
to the study area.
45
5.2.2 pH
The principal systems that regulate pH of water are the carbonate
systems consisting of CO2, H2CO3, HCO3- and CO3
2-. Because of the
buffering capacity of seawater, generally seawater pH has limited variability
(7.8 to 8.3). In shallow, biologically active tropical waters, large diurnal pH
changes from 7.3 to 9.5, may occur naturally because of photosynthesis. In
nearshore and estuarine systems influx of freshwater particularly during
monsoon can affect the buffering process and the pH often remains below 8.
These areas are also vulnerable to pH changes due to release of
anthropogenic discharges. Though pH range of 5 to 9 is not directly harmful
to the aquatic life, such changes can make many common pollutants more
toxic.
The average pH of the study area varied as follows:
pH
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 8.0-8.0
(8.0)
8.1-8.3
(8.2)
8.0-8.3
(8.2)
Towards offshore 8.0-8.2
(8.1)
- 8.0-8.1
(8.1)
Offshore 8-8.2
(8.1)
- 8.0-8.1
(8.1)
Overall 8.0-8.2
(8.0)
8.1-8.3
(8.2)
8.0-8.3
(8.1)
Average in parenthesis
Thus as expected the average pH varied in a narrow range of 8.0 to
8.3 during the present study. The surface to the bottom variation was not
marked. The spatial as well as seasonal variations were marginal in this case
with minor spatial and temporal changes.
The pH of 8.0 to 8.2 has been reported for March 2010 for the
nearshore area off Gojiness which is adjoining to the study area.
46
5.2.3 Suspended Solids (SS)
SS of natural origin mostly contains clay, silt and sand of bed
sediments, organic debris and plankton. For nearshore areas clay, organic
debris and vegetative matter form important components of SS.
Anthropogenic discharges add a variety of SS depending upon the source.
Since the major contribution comes from the disturbance of bed and shore
sediments, energy of the region such as tidal currents is the vital influencing
factor for SS and typically leads to high values in the bottom water.
The immediate effect of SS is an increase in turbidity which reduces
light intensity and the depth of photic zone leading to decrease in primary
production and fish food. SS in the water column also adversely affects
certain sensitive populations through mortality, reducing growth rate and
resistance to diseases, preventing proper development of fish eggs and
larvae, modifying natural movement and migration and reducing abundance
of available food. SS settling on the bed can damage the benthic invertebrate
population, block spawning etc. Organic content in SS increases oxygen
demand in the water column and its settlement on the bed can make the
sediment anoxic.
The average SS (mg/l) of the study area during 2012 varied as
follows:
SS (mg/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 24 - 274
(77)
101 - 121
(112)
16 - 23
(20)
Towards offshore 20 - 170
(70)
- 16 - 21
(18)
Offshore 109 - 200
(153)
- 18 - 22
(19)
Overall 20 - 274
(100)
101 - 121
(112)
16 - 23
(19)
Average in parenthesis
47
Thus average SS was in the wide range of 16 to 274 mg/l during the
present study. The vertical variation was insignificant in the study area. The
content was higher with marked spatial variations during premonsoon. It was
lower during monsoon and postmonsoon indicating significant seasonal
variations.
The average SS was low (< 29 mg/l) for the nearshore area off
Gojiness during March 2010.
5.2.4 Salinity
Salinity is an indicator of freshwater incursion in nearshore coastal
waters as well as excursion of saline water in inland water bodies such as
estuaries, creeks and bays. Normally seawater salinity is 35.5 ppt which may
vary depending on the processes such as evaporation and precipitation, and
freshwater addition. Biota is generally acclimatized to a certain range of
salinity where they thrive. Hence, wide changes in salinity can result in
adoption with modification and dominance of selected species in the lower
order while higher order biota may migrate, thereby bringing alterations in
community structure. Sudden changes in salinity may cause high mortality of
biota including fish due to salinity shock.
The average salinity (ppt) of the Kuranga coastal waters varied as
follows:
Salinity (ppt)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 35.2-36.4
(35.6)
35.7-37.0
(36.4)
35.9-36.8
(36.3)
Towards offshore 35.2-35.3
(35.3)
- 36.1-36.3
(36.2)
Offshore 35.2-36.4
(35.4)
- 36.1-36.3
(36.2)
Overall 35.2- 36.4
(35.2)
35.7-37.0
(36.4)
35.9-36.8
(36.3)
Average in parenthesis
48
Thus as expected for coastal area devoid of freshwater inflow during
the dry season, the average salinity ranged from 35.2 to 37.0 ppt and was
fairly stable. Narrow ranges of variation between the surface and the bottom
as well as laterally indicated that the waters were well mixed and stratification
was largely absent. The seasonal variations were also not significant in the
content.
The earlier studies of March 2010 reported salinity of 36.4 to 39.4 ppt
for the nearshore area off Gojiness which is adjacent to the study area.
5.2.5 DO and BOD
DO content of water is a vital water quality parameter influencing the
health of aquatic biota. Although there is considerable dispute on minimum
level of DO required for a healthy tropical marine environment, it is
considered that the DO levels should not fall below 3 ml/l for prolonged
periods in inshore waters. The sources of DO in natural waters are
photosynthesis and dissolution from the atmosphere across the air-water
interface. However, the DO is consumed by biotic respiration and decaying
organic matter. Hence, an increase in oxidisable organic matter in water can
deplete DO to levels which can be detrimental to aquatic life.
The average DO (mg/l) in the study area was given in the following
table:
DO (mg/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 6.4-8.6
(7.3)
6.4-7.0
(6.6)
6.0-7.0
(6.6)
Towards offshore 4.2-7.6
(6.4)
- 6.3-7.0
(6.6)
Offshore 6.7-8.3
(7.5)
- 6.3-7.0
(6.6)
Overall 4.2-8.6
(7.1)
6.4-7.0
(6.6)
6.0-7.0
(6.6)
Average in parenthesis
49
Hence, with the average DO of in excess 4 mg/l, the coastal waters
were well oxygenated indicating healthy environment for biological growth.
The seasonal as well as spatial variations were largely absent indicating
absence of any influxes of biodegradable organic matter.
DO was fairly high (6.0 - 7.4 mg/l, av) in the nearshore area off
Gojiness during March 2010 with the saturation of 93 to 120 %.
The average BOD (mg/l) of the study area was as follows:
BOD (mg/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 1.6 - 4.3
(2.8)
0.3-6.7
(3.8)
0.3-2.2
(1.2)
Towards offshore 1.6 – 4.2
(2.9)
- 0.6-1.9
(1.2)
Offshore < 0.1 - 4.2
(3.0)
- 1.0-1.9
(1.5)
Overall < 0.1 – 4.3
(2.9)
0.3-6.7
(3.8)
0.3-2.2
(1.3)
Average in parenthesis
BOD of the study area was < 0.1 to 6.7 mg/l which is low and common
to such highly productive coastal ecosystems. The low BOD indicated that
degradable organic matter entering the coastal waters was efficiently
oxidised by high available DO in the waters to maintain very good oxidative
conditions in the study area. BOD was also low (< 2.4 mg/l) in the nearshore
area off Gojiness during March 2010.
50
5.2.6 Phosphorus and nitrogen compounds
Dissolved nutrients though in low concentrations in natural surface
waters play an important role in controlling production at the primary level
and in turn the biotic potential including fishery of the area. Among several
inorganic constituents such as Phosphorus and nitrogen compounds, silicon,
trace metals etc, the traditional nutrients namely phosphorus and nitrogen
compounds have a major role to play in primary productivity particularly in
coastal waters where silicate and metals generally do not control primary
productivity. However, their occurrence in high levels in areas of restricted
water exchange such as creeks, bays and estuaries can lead to an excessive
growth of algae which in extreme conditions results in eutrophication.
Phosphorus as phosphate (PO43--P) is one of the major nutrients
required for plant growth and essential for life. Sources of phosphate in
coastal marine environment include domestic sewage, detergents, effluents
from agro-based and fertilizer industries, agricultural run-off, organic detritus
such as leaves, cattle waste, remains of dead organisms etc.
Nitrogen cycle involving elementary dissolved nitrogen, its oxides like
NO3-, NO2
- and reduced forms like NH4+, NH3; plays a significant role in
sustaining life in aquatic environment. NO3- is the end product of oxidation
and the most stable form at pH 7. The principal source of nitrogen in marine
environment is nitrogen fixation to N2O and NH3 via atmosphere. NO2- occurs
in seawater as an intermediate product of nitrate in microbial processes i.e.
denitrification at low oxygen levels at which NO2- is further transformed into
NH3 and N2 in anoxic conditions. Unionised ammonia (NH3) is in equilibrium
with ammonium ion (NH4+) in water and its toxicity is largely influenced by
pH, total concentration and water temperature. Ionic strength levels of 0.2 to
2.0 mg/l NH3 are lethal to a variety of fish species.
a) Phosphate: The average reactive phosphate-phosphorus (mol/l) in the
coastal waters of the study area is summarised below.
51
PO43--P (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 0.1-2.3
(0.8)
0.8-1.7
(1.3)
0.4-1.4
(0.9)
Towards
offshore
ND-1.2
(0.6)
- 0.9-1.8
(1.3)
Offshore 0.2-0.8
(0.5)
- 0.9-1.5
(1.3)
Overall ND-2.3
(0.6)
0.8-1.7
(1.3)
0.4-1.8
(1.1)
Average in parenthesis
Hence, phosphate was present in low range of ND to 2.3 mol/l and
spatial variations were evident only during premonsoon when the levels were
higher. The content of 0.7 to 1.7 mol/l recorded for the nearshore of
Gojiness during March 2010 compared well with the present corresponding
values.
b) Total phosphorus: The average phosphorus content (mol/l) in the
coastal waters off Kuranga is given below.
TP (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 2012)
Postmonsoon (Dec 2012)
Nearshore 1.7 – 2.3
(2.0)
2.0 – 2.1
(2.1)
1.4 – 2.6
(1.9)
Towards offshore 0.3 – 1.7
(1.2)
- 1.8 – 2.5
(2.2)
Offshore 0.6 – 1.6
(1.1)
- 1.8 – 2.6
(2.1)
Overall 0.3 – 2.3
(1.4)
2.0 – 2.1
(2.1)
1.4 – 2.6
(2.1)
Average in parenthesis
52
Hence the average content was low of 0.3 to 2.6 mol/l which was
uniformly distributed in the waters. Spatial as well as seasonal variations
were not noticed in the content. The total Phosphorus content was mostly
contributed by phosphate present in the waters.
The content was similarly low of 0.5 to 1.6 mol/l in the nearshore
area off Gojiness which is located adjacent to the study area during March
2010.
c) Nitrate: The average concentration of nitrate-nitrogen (mol/l) in different
zones of the study area is given below.
NO3--N (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 1.0-8.3
(4.3)
1.9-5.5
(3.7)
2.6-9.4
(6.8)
Towards offshore 0.8-8.0
(4.5)
- 5.9-9.2
(8.0)
Offshore 1.0-4.8
(3.2)
- 4.3-11.7
(8.7)
Overall 0.8-8.3
(4.0)
1.9-5.5
(3.7)
2.6-11.7
(7.8)
Average in parenthesis
Thus nitrate content varied in 0.8 to 11.7 mol/l range. Significant
seasonal variations were evident but spatial variations were random.
The earlier data for the nearshore (March 2010) indicated the content
of 0.4 to 4.4 mol/l.
d) Nitrite: The average nitrite-nitrogen concentration (mol/l) in the study
area is given below.
53
NO2--N (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 0.1-1.6
(0.6)
0.2-0.6
(0.3)
0.2-2.2
(0.9)
Towards offshore 0.1-1.5
(0.7)
- 1.2-1.9
(1.6)
Offshore ND-0.2
(0.1)
- 0.5-1.9
(1.1)
Overall 0.1-1.6
(0.5)
0.2-0.6
(0.3)
0.2-2.2
(1.2)
Average in parenthesis
Hence the content was uniformly low (< 2.2 mol/l) as expected for
well-oxygenated natural waters. The spatial as well as seasonal variations
were not exhibited for the content.
The low content (0.2 - 0.5 mol/l) was also reported for the nearshore
area off Gojiness which is adjacent to the study area during March 2010.
e) Ammonium: The study area sustained the following average
concentrations (mol/l) of ammonium-nitrogen:
NH4+-N (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore ND-1.0
(0.1)
0.4-2.2
(1.4)
0.3-1.6
(0.9)
Towards offshore 0.1-1.0
(0.5)
- 0.8-1.5
(1.2)
Offshore 0.2-0.8
(0.5)
- 0.7-1.4
(1.0)
Overall ND-1.0
(0.4)
0.4-2.2
(1.4)
0.3-1.6
(1.0)
Average in parenthesis
54
As expected for uncontaminated natural coastal waters the
ammonium-nitrogen levels in the waters were low (ND – 2.2 mol/l). As in
the case of nitrite, the low content of ammonium was indicative of absence of
any anthropogenic stress and presence of good oxidative conditions in the
study area. The seasonal and spatial variations were not descrinable.
The earlier studies of March 2010 also recorded the low content of 0.2
to 5.5 mol/l for the nearshore.
f) Total nitrogen: The coastal waters off Kuranga sustained very high levels
of total nitrogen (mol/l) as follows:
TN (mol/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 5.0 – 58.4
(20.9)
42.2 – 57.2
(50.1)
74.1 – 182.5
(118.7)
Towards offshore 12.0 – 85.5
(56.1)
- 119.1 – 159.4
(137.5)
Offshore 12.2 – 85.8
(47.8)
- 95.6 – 195.0
(149.2)
Overall 5.0 – 85.8
(41.6)
42.2 – 57.2
(50.1)
74.1 – 195.0
(135.1)
Average in parenthesis
Hence the average content was in the range of 5.0 to 195.0 mol/l in
the study area. The higher levels clearly indicated the seasonal variations.
The spatial variations were also significant with the higher content away from
the shore. However the total contribution by the above studied species
namely nitrate, nitrite and ammonia in the content appeared less as these
species levels were low (16.1 mol/l, max).
The content was comparable (7.5 – 32.7 mol/l) in the nearshore area
off Gojiness during March 2010.
55
5.2.7 PHc and phenols
a) PHc: Oil enters the marine environment by a number of different routes
as a result of both human activities and natural processes. By far, the biggest
contribution comes from terrestrial source, mainly in the form of domestic and
industrial wastes. The rate and extent to which oil dissolves/disperses,
depend upon its composition, extent of spreading, water temperature,
turbulence and rate of dispersal. The heavy components of crude oil are
virtually insoluble in seawater whereas lighter compounds particularly
aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene, are lowly soluble.
However, these components are also the most volatile and so are lost very
rapidly by evaporation, typically 10 to 1000 times faster than by dissolution.
Concentrations of dissolved hydrocarbons thus rarely exceed 1 mg/l even in
areas receiving their fluxes.
Average PHc concentrations (g/l) in the study area were as given in
the following table:
PHc (g/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 16.1-28.9
(21.0)
0.2-3.2
(2.9)
5.2-19.4
(14.9)
Towards offshore 6.8-27.4
(16.2)
- 7.3-15.2
(11.5)
Offshore 6.6-32.8
(19.7)
- 7.8-10.7
(9.4)
Overall 6.6-32.8
(19.0)
0.2-3.2
(2.9)
5.2-19.4
(11.9)
Average in parenthesis
The concentrations of PHc of upto 32.8 g/l in the coastal waters
indicated some of influence of anthropogenic activities. The contamination by
56
fishing boats operating in the area could be the possible source. These
contents represented the baseline values for the coastal marine waters.
PHc concentration was low (0.7 to 7.8 g/l) for the nearshore off
Gojiness during March 2010.
b) Phenols: Phenols are generally present at levels of a few micrograms
per litre as biologically produced polyphenols in natural waters. Effluents
originating from industries such as pesticide, dye and pigment, coal, refinery
and petrochemical as well as port can raise the levels in an aquatic system.
The average levels of phenols (g/l) in the coastal waters are
summarised below.
Phenols (g/l)
Segment Premonsoon (April-May 12)
Monsoon (Sept 12)
Postmonsoon (Dec 12)
Nearshore 86.2 - 145.9
(111.8)
72.0 - 126.0
(107.1)
91.4 - 137.0
(106.4)
Towards offshore 124.3 - 139.2
(129.4)
- 103 - 126.7
(118.2)
Offshore 68.6 - 111.4
(90.0)
- 84.2 - 95.5
(88.8)
Overall 68.6 - 145.9
(110.4)
72.0 - 126.0
(107.1)
84.2 - 137.0
(104.5)
Average in parenthesis
Thus phenols which varied from 69 to 146 g/l were low and in
absence of any known anthropogenic releases in the area, the content
appeared to have originated from natural sources.
In comparison phenols were 5 to 43 g/l for the nearshore off
Gojiness during March 2010.
57
5.2.8 Temporal variations
The temporal variations (Figures 5.2.1 to 5.2.6) showed that pH,
salinity, DO and ammonia generally varied randomly. Phosphate and nitrite
were higher during ebbing while nitrate increased during flooding.
5.3 Sediment quality
Determination of trace pollutants such as heavy metals and organic
compounds in water often reveals fluctuations in the concentrations
depending on the location and time of sampling, nature of pollutant and
chemical characteristics of water. Moreover, several pollutants get rapidly
fixed to particulate suspended matter and are thus removed from the water
column. In several instances, it is observed that even close to a location of
effluent release, the metal content in the receiving water often decreases to a
normal value making assessment of the contamination through analysis of
water, a difficult task.
The pollutants adsorbed by the particulate matter are ultimately
transferred to bed sediment on settling. Evidently, concentrations of
pollutants in sediment increase over a period of time in regions receiving
their fluxes. Hence, sediment can serve as a useful indicator of certain trace
pollutants such as heavy metals and PHc.
The content of anthropogenic metals, phosphorus, organic carbon,
PHc etc transported to the receiving water through the effluent would be low
since the soda ash manufacturing process does not generate these
contaminants except those inherited from the raw materials namely
limestone, salt and seawater. However, oils originating through spillages and
leakages from compressors, pumps, cranes etc and residual fuel from
vehicles which form part of the floor washing have the potential to enhance
PHc concentrations in the receiving water and ultimately the bed sediment
when the residue gets associated with suspended particulate matter and
sinks.
The results of subtidal and intertidal sediments in the coastal
sediments off Kuranga region are presented in Tables 5.3.1 to 5.3.3.
58
5.3.1 Texture
Texture of the sediment in the region was influenced by hard rocky
substratum. The sediment texture was mostly sand (> 91%, dry wt) except
that for the subtidal sediment during December 2012 (postmonsoon) when
sediment was mostly slit (> 83 %). The sediment possessed clay in meagre
percentage. Hence though the seasonal variations were noticed, the spatial
variations were not observed within the typical segments namely subtidal or
intertidal except during postmonsoon when the subtidal sediment was mostly
silt while the intertidal sediment was mostly sand.
5.3.2 Heavy metals
Natural sediments always contain heavy metals to a varying degree
depending on the source rock from which they are derived as well as the
environment of deposition. This lithogenic contribution should be known fairly
accurately to estimate probable increase due to anthropogenic fluxes. The
situation however is often complicated due to significant variations in
concentration of metals in different areas of the given region primarily
because of the grain-size effect with sediment having higher clay content
often exhibiting higher levels of lithogenic metals. The grain size effect can
be compensated to a certain extent by normalizing the metal value with
aluminium which can be considered as a measure of clay content.
59
The metal content (dry wt) in the subtidal and intertidal sediments was
as follows:
Metal
Period
April-May 2012 September 2012 December 2012
Subtidal
Al (%) - 0.1-0.2 6.0-7.2
Mn (µg/g) - 89-90 449-517
Fe (%) - 0.2-0.3 4.9-5.3
Co (µg/g) - 1 19-22
Ni (µg/g) - 3 42-51
Cu (µg/g) - ND 41-49
Zn (µg/g) - 6-8 62-76
Hg (µg/g) - ND 0.01-0.04
Intertidal
Al (%) 0.2 0.2 0.2-0.3
Mn (µg/g) 91-134 81-94 110-171
Fe (%) 0.1 0.3 0.2-0.3
Co (µg/g) 1 1 1
Ni (µg/g) 5 3 1
Cu (µg/g) 5-6 ND 1
Zn (µg/g) 4-5 7-10 1-2
Hg (µg/g) 0.01-0.02 ND ND-0.01
Thus the data revealed that the metal content in the subtidal sediment
varied in the wide ranges. This is expected in view of wide variations in
texture as well as levels of aluminium, iron and manganese. The levels were
low during premonsoon and monsoon when the sediment texture was sandy
while they were comparatively higher in the subtidal sediment during
postmonsoon when sediment was mostly silt.
As in the case of subtidal sediment, the metal content of the intertidal
sediment also varied considerably, as expected. In view of the absence of
any anthropogenic releases in the study area these concentrations could be
considered as the baseline.
60
The earlier studies conducted during March 2010 in the nearshore
area off Gojiness reported the levels (dry wt) of 0.113 µg/g, 0.48 µg/g and
118 µg/g for Hg, Cd and Pb respectively.
5.3.3 Corg and phosphorus
Generally, organic carbon (Corg), and phosphorus (P) in marine
sediments largely result from decaying organic matter as well as through
anthropogenic releases. Phosphorus also occurs in some mineral phases.
Hence, sediment of areas receiving organic wastes invariably has high
concentrations of these constituents.
The concentrations of Corg (%, dry wt) in the sediments of the region
are given in the following table:
Period (Season)
Type
Subtidal Intertidal
April-May 2012
(Premonsoon) - 0.1-0.2
September 2012
(Monsoon) 0.2-0.3 0.2-0.3
December 2012
(Postmonsoon) 1.5-1.9 0.1-0.2
The above results revealed uniformly low content (< 1.9 %, dry wt) of
Corg in the sediment of the study area during 2012 indicating that the area
was free from anthropogenic organic releases.
The adjacent nearshore area off Gojiness recorded the content of 1
%, dry wt during March 2010.
61
Phosphorus content (g/g, dry wt) in the sediments is as follows:
Period (Season)
Type
Subtidal Intertidal
April-May 2012
(Premonsoon) - 818-1035
September 2012
(Monsoon) 872-1210 993-1514
December 2012
(Postmonsoon) 893-942 967-1250
Hence P content in the region was low suggesting that adverse impact
of domestic releases, if any were negligible.
5.3.4 PHc
Natural concentrations of biogenic hydrocarbons in marine sediments
are low and observed levels invariably result due to anthropogenic releases.
PHc entering marine water is partially weathered and also adsorbed onto SS
and carried to the bed, thereby enhancing their levels in the sediment. In
areas subject to releases of oil wastes, the sediment levels of PHc can be
high and concentrations in excess of 10 g/g, wet wt invariably occur around
oil terminals and ports.
The concentrations of PHc (g/g, wet wt) in the sediments of the
region varied as follows:
Period (Season)
Type Shade
Subtidal Intertidal
April-May 2012
(Premonsoon) - 0.2-0.6
September 2012
(Monsoon) 0.1 0.1-0.2
December 2012
(Postmonsoon) 0.2-1.4 0.1-0.2
62
These levels were low indicating that the study area was generally
free from significant contamination by petroleum hydrocarbons. The levels
did not suggest any trend in seasonal as well as spatial variations.
The comparable low values (0.2-2.2 g/g, wet wt) were also reported
for the nearshore area off Gojiness during March 2010.
5.4 Flora and fauna
Establishment of biological status of a marine ecosystem is an
essential pre-requisite to assess the impacts of existing as well as proposed
developments in the coastal zone. While considering assessment of aquatic
pollution and its implications, it must be realized that, despite many changes it
may cause in the physico-chemical properties of the water body and bed
sediment, the ultimate consequences are inevitably of a biological nature.
Hence, the investigations of an ecosystem and particularly of its communities
constitute an important part of any ecological assessment study. This can be
achieved by selecting a few reliable parameters from a complex community
structure.
The living community of an ecosystem comprises of consumers,
producers and decomposers and related non-living constituents interacting
together and interchanging material as a whole system. The basic process in
an aquatic ecosystem is its primary productivity. The transfer of energy from
the primary sources through a series of organisms is defined as the food
chains, which are of two basic types; the grazing food chain and the detritus
food chain. The stress may cause the communities to exhibit low biomass and
high metabolism. In addition, due to depressed functions of less tolerant
predators, there may be also a significant increase of dead organic matter
deposited in sediments of ecosystems modified under stress. Depending
upon the type, strength and extent of a stress factor, the ecosystem will react
to either re-establish the previous equilibrium or establish a new one, or it may
remain under prolonged inequilibrium.
The coastal segment of Saurashtra harbours a variety of ecosystems
and habitats, in areas such as creeks, mangroves, intertidal foreshore–rocky,
63
sandy, muddy zones; coastal lagoons, coral reefs and seagrass beds. The
biological parameters considered for the present study at Kuranga coastal
system are phytoplankton pigments and cell count, zooplankton standing
stock and population, macrobenthic biomass and population, fishery and coral
status. The first two reflect the productivity of water column at the primary and
secondary levels. Benthic organisms being sedentary animals associated with
the bed, provide information regarding the integrated effects of stress, if any,
and hence are good indicators of early warning of potential damage while
ultimate commercial interest being fisheries. The local fisherman operating
hand net and bag net were seen and the fishes caught by them at Kuranga
were obtained to identify species for understanding the quality of fishes in
association with the landing statistics obtained from the Department of
Fisheries, Government of Gujarat. Information of larval stages of fishes and
decapods is used to evaluate probable occurrence of spawning and breeding
grounds of economically important species. Data on microbiological counts in
water and sediment are used to assess the extent of contamination by
pathogens. Assessment of seaweeds, mangroves, corals and other
macrobenthic fauna of the intertidal area were carried out to understand the
biodiversity of study area. The aggregate data presented in Tables 5.4.1 to
5.4.51 and Figures 5.4.1 to 5.4.13 are used to evaluate the status of flora and
fauna of the coastal waters off Kuranga.
64
5.4.1 Bacteria
Bacterial counts including TVC, TC, FC, ECLO, and SFLO in the
surface water and sediment at station 4 during postmonsoon period
(December 2012) were considered to assess the health status of the coastal
system.
a) Seawater: The total counts of microbes were very low and most of the
pathogens are not detectable in the surface water. The bacterial counts in
surface water are summarised in the table below.
Type of
bacteria
Station 4
Count (CFU/ml)
E Fl
TVC
(X102) 2500 1600
TC 30 ND
FC ND ND
ECLO ND ND
SFLO ND ND
As evident from above data, the TVC count was higher during ebb than
that of flood suggesting the human contamination at the nearshore area.
However, the overall values of TVC and TC indicated the poor bacterial
population and suggested the study area to be free from anthropogenic
contamination.
b) Sediment: The TVC count in subtidal sediments off Kuranga were
significantly poor and the other pathogens like TC, FC, ECLO and SFLO were
not detectable in the sediment of subtidal region indicating the area to be free
from human contamination which is evident in the following table:
Type of
bacteria Station 4
Count (CFU / g)
TVC (X104) 300
TC ND
FC ND
ECLO ND
SFLO ND
65
5.4.2 Phytoplankton
Phytoplanktons are vast array of microscopic plants passively drifting in
natural waters and mostly confined to the illuminated zone. Phytoplankton
being a basic component of food chain, play a major role in transfer of energy
from primary level to secondary level and their assessment in any water body
facilitates and understanding of primary production potential. Phytoplankton
long has been used as indicators of water quality too. Some species flourish
in highly eutrophic waters while others are very sensitive to organic and/or
chemical wastes. Some species develop noxious blooms, sometimes creating
offensive tastes and odours or anoxic or toxic conditions resulting in animal
death or human illness. Because of their short life cycles, plankton responds
quickly to environmental changes. Hence their standing crop in terms of
biomass, cell counts and species composition are more likely to indicate the
quality of the watermass in which they are found. Generally, phytoplankton
standing crop is studied in terms of biomass by estimating chlorophyll a and
primary productivity. The community structure of phytoplankton by means of
population and species composition are more specific to give an idea of status
of marine ecosystem. When under anthropogenic stress or at the end of their
life cycle, chlorophyll a in phytoplankton decomposes to phaeophytin as one
of the major products. The estimation of ratios of chlorophyll a / phaeophytin
gives an idea of phytoplankton cells health.
a) Phytopigments: Phytoplankton pigments in terms of chlorophyll a and
phaeophytin were studied at different locations in the coastal waters off
Kuranga during three seasons and results are shown in tables 5.4.2 to 5.4.4.
The coastal waters off Kuranga revealed a significant variation in the
concentration of chlorophyll a (0.7 - 30.6 mg/m3, av 5.5 mg/m3) suggesting a
good primary production in the region with relatively higher during
premonsoon period. A conspicuous seasonal variation with noticeable
decrease in concentration of chlorophyll a (0.1 - 1.2 mg/m3, av 0.5 mg/m3)
during monsoon in comparison with premonsoon was evident. A slight
improvement in chlorophyll a (0.1 - 7.6 mg/m3, av 0.9 mg/m3) during
postmonsoon as compared to monsoon was clear indication of seasonal
influence on variation of phytoplankton pigments.
66
The status of chlorophyll a is evaluated in the different segments of the
coastal waters off Kuranga and the results are summarised below.
Zone
Chlorophyll a (mg/m3)
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
S B S B S B
Nearshore 1.9-8.9
(4.2)
1.6-7.9
(4.6)
0.1-1.2
(0.5) -
0.2-7.6
(2.3)
0.2-6.6
(1.8)
Towards
offshore
0.9-2.8
(1.9)
3.2-7.4
(5.5) - -
0.1-0.6
(0.3)
0.1-0.6
(0.3)
Offshore 0.7-1.4
(1.1)
1.3-30.6
(15.6) - -
0.1-0.4
(0.3)
0.1-0.2
(0.1)
Overall
0.7-8.9
(2.4)
1.3-30.6
(8.6)
0.1-1.2
(0.5) -
0.1-7.6
(1.0)
0.1-6.6
(0.7)
Average in parenthesis
The nearshore water off Kuranga exhibited higher level of chlorophyll a
than that of the offshore water except one occasion during premonsoon at the
bottom when abnormally high chlorophyll a was recorded. This trend of
variation is common which could be attributed with an enhanced level of
nutrients towards shore. An augmented level of chlorophyll a (30.6 mg/m3) at
the bottom in the offshore water off Kuranga could be a result of high
proliferation of Nitzschia with the presence of optimal irradiance available
there. However, overall level of chlorophyll a suggested a good primary
production in the coastal waters off Kuranga.
The concentration of phaeophytin was also seen to be enhanced which
varied in the range of 0.2 -5.8 mg/m3, av 2.5 mg/m3 during premonsoon. A
decline in phaeophytin ranging between 0.2 and 1.1 mg/m3 (av 0.4 mg/m3)
during monsoon could be attributed with seasonal impact on pigments.
Similar to that of chlorophyll a the concentration of phaeophytin was also
noticed an increased level of 0.04 - 5.5 mg/m3, av 0.6 mg/m3 during
67
postmonsoon as compared to monsoon indicating the seasonal influence on
phytopigments distribution.
The distribution pattern of phaeophytin in the different segments of
coastal waters off Kuranga is shown in the following table:
Zone
Phaeophytin (mg/m3)
Premonsoon (April-May
2012)
Monsoon (September
2012)
Postmonsoon (December
2012)
S B S B S B
Nearshore 1.1-3.9
(2.4)
1.7-5.2
(3.7)
0.2-1.1
(0.4) -
0.2-5.5
(1.6)
0.1-5.3
(1.3)
Towards
offshore
0.3-2.2
(1.0)
2.0-5.8
(4.4) - -
0.1-0.4
(0.2)
0.1-0.4
(0.2)
Offshore 0.2-0.8
(0.5)
0.6-4.7
(2.7) - -
0.1-0.2
(0.1)
0.04-0.1
(0.1)
Overall
0.2-3.9
(1.3)
0.6-5.8
(3.6)
0.2-1.1
(0.4) -
0.1-5.5
(0.6)
0.04-5.3
(0.5)
Average in Parenthesis
In general, the concentrations of phaeophytin were higher in the
nearshore water than that in the offshore water which could be attributed with
increased level of SS towards the shore area. The ratios of chlorophyll
a/phaeophytin were higher than 1 suggesting a healthy condition of
phytoplankton cells in the coastal waters off Kuranga.
Temporal variation in pigments studied at stations 1 and 4 during
premonsoon as depicted in Figure 5.4.1 to 5.4.2 indicated a small variation
which could be due to tidal variability. In general, the concentrations of
pigment were marginally higher during ebbing than that of flooding periods
indicating an increased primary production towards shore region. The results
of temporal variation during postmonsoon again revealed the similar trend of
distribution of pigments as premonsoon (Figures 5.4.5 and 5.4.6). At all the
occasions of observation the surface and the bottom both waters sustained
68
higher concentrations of chlorophyll a than phaeophytin suggesting a healthy
condition of phytoplankton cells and good phytoplankton production in the
region.
b) Phytoplankton: The distribution pattern of phytoplankton population
followed the similar trend of variation as pigments (Tables 5.4.5 - 5.4.7). The
premonsoon period sustained a significant variation in cell counts (71.0 × 103
- 2812.0 × 103 no/l, av 495.7 × 103 no/l) and total genera (11-19 no, av 15 no.)
of phytoplankton. Similar to that of chlorophyll a the phytoplankton population
also showed a decreased level of cell counts (8.8 × 103 to 100.0 × 103 no/l, av
50.5 × 103/l) and total genera (7 - 13, av 10) during monsoon. The gradual
improvement in cell counts (6.0 × 103 to 846.4 × 103 no/l, av 87.9 × 103/l) and
total genera (7 - 15, av 11) during postmonsoon was discernible from the
results (Tables 5.4.5 - 5.4.7).
The distribution of phytoplankton population in terms of cell counts in
the different segments of coastal water is shown below.
Zone
Cell Count (no x 103/l)
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September
2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
S B S B S B
Nearshore 210-415.2
(305.1)
201-497.1
(372.4)
8.8-100.0
(50.5) -
42.4-
846.4
(257.7)
6.0-
686.4
(151.6)
Towards
offshore
85.6-
261.3
(183.1)
344.0-687.0
(534.3) -
13.6-57.6
(32.5)
16.0-
66.4
(38.4)
Offshore
71.0-
140.0
(105.5)
135.0-
2812.0
(1473.5)
- 20.8-32.0
(25.8)
15.2-
27.2
(21.3)
Overall
71.0-
415.2
(197.9)
135.0-
2812.0
(793.4)
8.8-100.0
(50.5) -
13.6-
846.4
(105.3)
6.0-
686.4
(70.4)
Average in Parenthesis
69
Vertical variability in phytoplankton cell counts was distinctly seen
during premonsoon with higher values at the bottom than the surface which
could be due to optimal irradiance available at particular depth resulting a
bloom (2812 x 103/l) of Nitzschia. The high irradiance at the bottom was
confirmed with significantly high secchi disc reading in the coastal waters off
Kuranga (Table 5.4.33). This was indicative of significantly high
photosynthetic activities resulting into good primary production in the coastal
waters off Kuranga. During the period of monsoon the scenario of vertical
distribution of phytoplankton was opposite with an enhanced phytoplankton
production at the surface as compared to that of the bottom in the nearshore
and the offshore waters which could be due to an additional input of nutrients
through land drainage during monsoon allowing the fast growth at the surface
and later at the bottom. This phenomenon is common in the water which is
free from anthropogenic input and sustains low level of SS as the case of
Kuranga. The coastal waters off Kuranga was conducive for the growth of
phytoplankton as a result of which generic diversity was seen to be rich as
shown in the following table:
Zone
Total genera
(no.)
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
S B S B S B
Nearshore 14 - 18
(16)
13 - 16
(14)
7 - 13
(10) -
12 - 15
(14)
7 - 14
(10)
Towards
offshore
12 - 14
(13)
17 - 19
(18) - -
9 - 15
(11)
9 - 12
(10)
Offshore 11 - 15
(13)
11 - 16
(14) - -
9 - 12
(10)
8 - 12
(10)
Overall 11 – 18
(14)
11 - 19
(15)
7 - 13
(10) -
9 - 15
(12)
7 - 14
(10)
Average in Parenthesis
The above results indicated that the phytoplankton generic diversity
was significantly high throughout the water column off Kuranga suggesting an
optimal availability of nutrients and irradiance for phytoplankton growth.
70
Overall, the average generic diversity of 15 during premonsoon, 10
during monsoon and 11 during postmonsoon clearly supported the diversity of
good phytoplankton production in the region (Tables 5.4.8 - 5.4.10).
The major phytoplankton genera observed during different seasons are
summarised in the following table:
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Nitzschia (77) Navicula (25.8) Chaetoceros (76)
Chaetoceros(5.4) Thalassiosira (21.0) Nitzschia (7.9)
Skeletonema(3.6) Melosira (10.5) Navicula (4)
Protoperidinium (2.1) Nitzschia (7.3) Thalassiosira (1.7)
Guinardia(1.6) Surirella (6.0) Thalassionema (1.4)
Navicula (1.3) Licmphora (5.6) Peidinium (1.3)
Thalassiosira (1.3) Coscinodiscus (4.6) Prorocentrum (1.3)
Miscellaneous (7.7) Gramatophora (4.5) Miscellaneous (6.4)
- Pleurosigma (4.2) -
- Miscellaneous (10.5) -
The community structure of phytoplankton revealed a prominent
alteration due to seasonal change which is clearly discernible from the above
table. The predominance of Nitzschia (av 77%) with very high percentage
composition followed by Cheatoceros (av 5.4%) during premonsoon was
replaced by Navicula (av 25.8%) and Thalassiosira (av 21 %) during
monsoon. The succession of species during postmonsoon is apparent in the
above table with the predominance of Cheatoceros (av 76%) and Nitzschia
(av 7.9%) which could be due to transparent water allowing optimal
penetration of light and ample nutrient availability. Thus the overall scenario
of phytoplankton indicated a good primary production in the coastal waters
off Kuranga.
The comparison of phytoplankton standing crop and population
observed during present study are compared with the earlier results (March
2010) of adjacent area off Gojiness are shown in the following table:
71
Parameter
Adjacent area
(March 2010)
Study area
(April-May 2012)
S B S B
Chlorophyll a
(mg/m3)
0.6-2.2
(1.2)
0.5-1.4
(0.8)
0.7-8.9
(2.4)
1.3-30.6
(8.6)
Phaeophytin
(mg/m3)
0.3-1.6
(0.8)
0-1.65
(0.6)
0.2-3.9
(1.3)
0.6-5.8
(3.6)
Cell count
(no x 103/l)
2.9-16.2
(8.7)
1.9-99.7
(5.4)
71.0-415.2
(197.9)
135-2812
(793.4)
Major genera
Coscinodiscus
Thalassiothrix
Navicula
Rhizosolenia
Pyrophacus
Navicula
Thalassiothrix
Coscinodiscus
Nitzschia
Chaetoceros
Skeletonema
Rhizosolenia
Nitzschia
Chaetoceros
Skeletonema
Guinardia
As evident in the above table, there was a noticeable increase in
phytoplankton pigments and population during the present study as compared to
that of earlier records of the nearshore. A conspicuous alteration in community
structure of phytoplankton during both the periods of study is discernible in the
above table. The changes in predominance of species could be inherent to
alteration of season.
5.4.3 Zooplankton
Zooplankton includes arrays of organisms, varying in size from the
microscopic protozoans of a few microns to some jelly organisms with tentacles
of several meters long. By virtue of sheer abundance and intermediate role
between phytoplankton and fish, zooplankton are considered as the chief index
of utilization of aquatic biotope at the secondary tropic level.
The zooplankton biomass (0.04 - 1.4 ml/100 m3, av 0.9 ml/100 m3)
indicated a low secondary productivity in the coastal waters off Kuranga during
premonsoon (Table 5.4.11). A slight increase in biomass (< 0.1 - 3.7 ml/100 m3,
av 1.0 ml/100 m3) during monsoon suggested the seasonal influence on the
distribution of zooplankton standing stock. There was an increase in zooplankton
biomass (0.1 - 19.2 ml/100 m3, av 2.9 ml/100 m3) during postmonsoon season.
72
Thus the gradual increase in zooplankton biomass from premonsoon to
postmonsoon was an indicative of a systematic secondary production following
the reverse distribution trend of primary producers inherent to seasonal changes
in an environment free from anthropogenic stress.
The zone-wise distribution of zooplankton biomass is shown in the
following table:
Zone
Biomass (ml/100m3)
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Nearshore 0.04 - 1.3
(0.5)
< 0.1 - 3.7
(1.0)
0.1 -19.2
(4.6)
Towards
offshore
0.8-1.4
(1.0) -
0.6 - 7.9
(2.8)
Offshore 1.1 - 1.4
(1.2) -
1.0 - 5.1
(1.8)
Overall 0.04 - 1.4
(0.9)
< 0.1 - 3.7
(1.0)
0.1 - 19.2
(2.9)
Average in Parenthesis
The lower values during premonsoon and gradual increase during
postmonsoon revealed a reverse distribution trend with phytoplankton pigments
suggesting active grazing in the region.
The zooplankton population (0.3 - 19.6 x 103 no/100 m3, av 8.7 x 103 no
/100 m3) during premonsoon and (0.01 - 0.5 x 103 no /100 m3, av 0.2 x 103 no
/100 m3) during monsoon revealed a moderate secondary production. The
influence of season was evident on zooplankton resulting a significant increase
in population (0.001 - 133.8 x 103 no/100 m3, av 23.8 x 103 no/100 m3) during
postmonsoon (Table 5.4.13). The zone-wise distribution of zooplankton
population is presented in the following table:
73
Zone
Population (no x103/100 m3)
Premonsoon
(April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Nearshore 0.3 - 16.3
(5.3)
0.01 - 0.5
(0.2)
0.001 - 133.8
(39)
Towards
offshore
8.0 – 14.1
(6.9) -
2.6 - 80.3
(21.5)
Offshore 6.6 - 19.6
(12.1) -
2.6 - 37.4
(11.1)
Overall 0.3 - 19.6
(8.7)
0.01 - 0.5
(0.2)
0.001 - 133.8
(23.8)
Average in Parenthesis
The distribution pattern of zooplankton population was in the opposite
trend of phytoplankton with the lower values in the nearshore water than that in
the offshore water suggesting again active grazing in the study area.
The group diversity of zooplankton was comparable between premonsoon
(4 - 16 no, av 9 no) and postmonsoon (1 - 18 no., av 11 no). The results showed
a slight decline in the group diversity (1 - 10 no, av 4 no.) during monsoon period
which could be due to a limited sampling carried out during this period.
74
The overall scenario of total groups of zooplankton recorded during all the
seasons is shown below.
Zone
Total groups (no.)
Premonsoon
(April-May 2012)
Monsoon
(September 2012)
Postmonsoon
(December 2012)
Nearshore 4 - 16
(8)
1 - 10
(4)
1 - 18
(12)
Towards
offshore
6-11
(9) -
10 - 14
(12)
Offshore 4 - 14
(9) -
7 - 12
(9)
Overall 4 - 16
(9)
1 - 10
(4)
1 - 18
(11)
Average in Parenthesis
The above data revealed a slight increase in the group diversity of
zooplankton in the nearshore water in comparison of the offshore water
which could be due to natural variability in the region.
The results of temporal variations conducted at stations 1 and 4 during
premonsoon and postmonsoon are depicted in Figures 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.11
and 5.4.12. The results did not indicate any definite trend of distribution
associated with the tide. This could be due to patchiness in the distribution of
zooplankton associated with strong currents playing a role on their existence.
The temporal variation studies also suggested a moderate zooplankton
production in the coastal waters off Kuranga associated with good primary
production as commonly noticed along the northwest coast of India.
As high as 16 groups of zooplankton during premonsoon and 18
groups during postmonsoon as discernible in Tables 5.4.14 to 5.4.16 were
indicative of a conducive environment for zooplankton community. However,
during the period of monsoon the total groups of zooplankton recorded were
10 which could be due to only shore sampling at few stations. The most
common faunal groups were copepods, decapod larvae, cladocerans,
75
lamellibranchs, gastropods, chaetognaths, Lucifer sp, fish eggs and larvae.
In addition to above, the groups like foraminiferans, siphonophores,
medusae, ctenophores, polychaetes, ostracods, amphipods, stomotopods,
pteropods, appendicularians and isopods were also frequently noticed but in
less numbers during the periods of studies.
The percentage compositions of major groups of zooplankton
community for the different seasons recorded during the present study are
shown below.
Premonsoon (%)
Major groups Nearshore Towards offshore Offshore
Copepods 77.8 37.0 34.1
Cladocera 22.4 60.2 62.8
Decapod larvae 2.7 0.2 0.3
Appendiculariae 2.2 0.9 1.4
Fish eggs 1.2 1.4 0.3
Monsoon(%)
Major groups Nearshore Towards offshore Offshore
Foraminiferans 71.3 - -
Gastropods 10.2 - -
Lamellibranchs 9.7 - -
Postmonsoon(%)
Major groups Nearshore Towards offshore Offshore
Copepods 86.4 91.0 94.2
Foraminiferans 3.2 0.8 1.8
Decapod larvae 4.8 0.7 0.9
Lucifer sp 7.6 1.4 0.7
Fish eggs 0.02 0.6 1.4
The alteration in community structure of zooplankton was associated with
changes of season. The copepods which were predominant in the nearshore
water during premonsoon was replaced by forameniferans during monsoon.
76
However, the postmonsoon season again revealed the predominance of
copepods. The community structure of zooplankton in the offshore water
revealed a slight change in the dominance as evident in the above table. During
the period of premonsoon the predominant group of zooplankton was cladocera
whereas postmonsoon sustained copepod as a predominant group.
The results of zooplankton standing stock observed during the present
study are compared with the earlier records and shown below.
Parameter Adjacent area (March 2010)
Study area (April-May 2012)
Biomass (ml/100m3) 1.1-7.8
(3.2)
0.04-1.4
(0.9)
Population (no x 103/1003) 1.7-24.5
(8.8)
0.3-19.6
(8.7)
Major genera Copepods,
Amphipods,
Decapods,
Crustacean larvae
Fish egg and larvae
Copepods
Cladocera
Decapods larvae
Fish egg
Average in Parenthesis
The present results show a decrease in the zooplankton biomass as
compared to earlier data of adjacent area which could be associated with
alteration in the community structure. However, the population density of
zooplankton remains almost similar during the present study as compared to the
results of earlier studies.
a) Breeding and spawning: To identify breeding grounds of fishes and
crustaceans, extensive field observations over a long duration are required. This
approach was not possible during the present short-term investigation. Hence,
alternatively, decapod larvae, fish eggs and fish larvae were studied from
zooplankton collections and taken as indices of probable existence of spawning
grounds. The adults caught while trawling were considered for comparison. The
77
available information on the breeding habits of the species found in the area
were also included as a supportive literature.
i) Decapods: This group forms the major constituent of zooplankton and
includes the larval stages of commercially important shrimps. Decapod larvae
occur in all zooplankton samples and contribute about 2.6 % to the zooplankton
population (Tables 5.4.17 to 5.4.19).
The incidence (%) and abundance of decapod larvae and Lucifer sp in the
study are given below.
Faunal groups
Period
Premonsoon (April-May
2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
a) Decapod larvae
(i) Population
(no /100m3)
(ii) Incidence
(%)
0 - 718
(73)
40 - 100
(93)
0 - 18
(6)
0 - 30
(10)
0 - 6367
(1042)
0 - 100
(96)
b) Lucifer sp
(i) Population
(no/100m3)
(ii) Incidence
(%)
0 - 4
(3)
0 - 50
(42)
-
0 - 1873
(261)
50 - 100
(94)
Average in Parenthesis
As evident from the above table, the abundance of decapod larvae and
Lucifer sp varied widely in the study area. The percentage incidence of decapod
larvae was 93, 10 and 96% during premonsoon, monsoon and postmonsoon
respectively. The Lucifer sp revealed noticeably low incidence associated with
low abundance during premonsoon in the comparison to postmonsoon, however
it was completely absent during monsoon.
78
Generally, the spawning grounds of penaeid prawns are away from the
coast. The spawning ground of M. dobsoni is reported to be at 20 to 30 m while
that of M. affinis is at still deeper waters. Spawning ground of M. monoceros is
reported to be at 50 to 65 m and that of P. stylifera at 18 to 25 m. M. affinis and
P. stylifera prefer areas of salt mud and zones of rich plankton for mating and
spawning.
Acetes indicus is another common economically important species of
shrimps. During January-April they form conspicuous aggregations in nearshore
and are fished on a large scale along the west coast. Fishing grounds of these
shrimps are mostly located in calm muddy intertidal zones or waters shallower
than 5 m. The life span of Acetes is 3 to 10 months and the adults die soon after
spawning. Breeding is continuous and surface water currents stimulate Acetes
to swarm in shallow inshore waters when the wind blows moderately towards the
coast. Acetes is not recorded in the coastal system of Kuranga during the
present study.
ii) Fish eggs and larvae: Fish eggs and larvae though less in number are fairly
common among zooplankton (Tables 5.4.20 - 5.4.22). The relative occurrence
and abundance of fish larvae are less than fish eggs.
The incidence (%) and abundance (no./100m3) of fish eggs and larvae in
the study area during April-May and December 2012 are given below.
79
Faunal
Groups
Period
Premonsoon
(April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
a) Fish eggs
(i) Population
(no/100m3)
(ii) Incidence
(%)
0-305
(76)
75-100
(97)
-
0-375
(89)
85-100
(98)
b) Fish larvae
(i) Population
(no/100m3)
(ii) Incidence
(%)
0-8
(6)
0-100
(64)
-
0-50
(10)
0-100
(84)
Average in Parenthesis
As evident from above data that the incidence and abundance of fish
eggs and larvae widely vary in the study area.
Generally, along the west coast of India, fishes spawn during monsoon
and postmonsoon periods. The number of eggs shed by different species may
vary considerably. Even individuals of the same species produce varying
number of eggs depending on their age, weight and condition of gonad.
During the present study, Gobiidae an economically unimportant group
dominated the area. Harpadon nehereus is a continuous breeder with intense
activity from October to April and slack from May to September. Breeding of
these species is reported in deeper waters (>75 m) and the number of ova
produced vary from 1.5 x 104 to 1.5 x 105 no as generally known.
80
5.4.4 Macrobenthos
The organisms inhabiting the sediment are referred as benthos.
Depending upon their size, benthic animals are divided into three categories; viz,
microfauna, meiofauna and macrofauna. Macrobenthos being sedentary
organisms, responses to environmental perturbations directly which are useful in
assessing the anthropogenic impacts on environmental quality. Macrobenthic
organisms which are considered for the present study are animals with body size
larger than 0.5 mm. The presence of benthic species in a given assemblage
and its population density depend on numerous factors, both biotic and abiotic.
a) Intertidal macrobenthos: The intertidal macrobenthic standing stock was
studied in terms of biomass, population and total groups during three seasons
(Tables 5.4.23 - 5.4.25).
The macrofaunal biomass recorded at different transects is summarised
in the following table:
Transect
Biomass (g/m2 ;wet wt)
Premonsoon (April-May 2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
I 0 - 9.2
(1.2)
0 - 36.3
(6.0)
0.1 - 9.1
(2.2)
II 0 - 61.0
(23.3)
0 - 5.7
(1.5)
0 - 48.8
(12.0)
III 0 - 3.5
(0.9)
0 - 2.0
(0.5)
0.4 - 9.1
(1.9)
Overall 0 – 61.0
(8.6)
0 - 36.3
(2.8)
0 - 48.8
(5.3)
Average in Parenthesis
The distribution of macrobenthic biomass was associated with seasonal
changes revealing decline (0 - 36.3 g/m2, av 2.8 g/m2; wet wt) during monsoon
than that (0 - 61 g/m2, av 8.6 g/m2, wet wt) observed during premonsoon. The
period of postmonsoon season recorded enhancement in intertidal macrobenthic
production with the biomass of 0 - 48.8 g/m2, av 5.3 g/m2; wet wt suggesting a
seasonal variability on macrobenthos.
81
The summary of intertidal macrobenthic population studied during
different seasons at Kuranga is presented in the table given below.
Transect
Population (no / m2,)
Premonsoon (April-May
2012)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
I 0 - 525
(125)
0 - 375
(94)
50 - 7125
(1413)
II 0 - 750
(226)
0 - 450
(163)
0 - 350
(144)
III 0 - 1000
(359)
0 - 450
(113)
700 - 4475
(1475)
Overall 0 - 1000
(237)
0 - 450
(123)
0 - 7125
(1011)
Average in Parenthesis
The distribution pattern of intertidal macrobenthic population followed the
similar trend as biomass with the decreased values of 0 to 450 no/m2, av 123
no/m2 during monsoon than that of population (0 - 1000 no/m2, av 237 no/m2)
recorded during premonsoon. There was a significant increase in the population
(0 - 7125 no/m2, av 1011 no/m2) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna during
postmonsoon. However, the overall values of the present study revealed
moderate to good macrobenthic standing stock in the region.
82
The results of total groups of intertidal macrobenthic fauna is shown in the
following table:
Transect
Total groups (no.)
Premonsoon
(April- May 2012)
Monsoon
(September 2012)
Postmonsoon
(December 2012)
I 0 - 3
(1)
0 - 4
(1)
1 - 4
(2)
II 0 - 6
(3)
0 - 3
(2)
0 - 4
(2)
III 0 - 4
(2)
0 – 2
(1)
1 - 5
(2)
Overall 0 – 6
(2)
0 - 4
(1)
0 - 5
(2)
Average in Parenthesis
Since the intertidal macrobenthic faunal group diversity in a single
transect was low similar to other neighbouring area consisting sandy and rocky
shore, the variation with relation to season and space was not significant. Overall
intertidal area represented by intertidal fauna like polychaetes, isopods,
amphipods, gastropods, nematodes, amphimurans, oligochaetes, anomurans,
brachyurans recorded at different occasions and locations which suggested a
good diversity at Kuranga.
The total faunal groups were 6 during premonsoon which decreased to as
low as 4 during monsoon. The postmonsoon period revealed the presence of
overall 5 groups during the period of the study.
83
The composition of the major groups recorded during different seasons is
shown in the following table:
Faunal groups Period
Premonsoon Monsoon Postmonsoon
Polychaetes (%) 38.4 22.6 20.7
Crustaceans (%) 35.1 74.6 77
Molluscs (%) 15.3 2.2 2.3
Others (%) 11.2 0.6 -
Total group (no) 11 7 9
It is evident from the above data that the intertidal zone represented the
dominance of crustaceans followed by polychaetes as compared to molluscs
and other groups.
The present results of intertidal macrobenthic standing stock is compared
with earlier data of adjacent area and shown below.
Parameter Adjacent area
(March 2010)
Study area
(April-May 2012)
Biomass (g/m2;wet
wt)
0.05-178.6
(51.76)
0-61
(8.5)
Population
(no/m2;wet wt)
25-10422
(4390)
0-1000
(237)
Major genera
Gastropods,
Polychaetes,
Amphipods,
Isopods.
Polychaetes,
Isopods,
Gastropods,
Nematodes.
Average in Parenthesis
A decrease in biomass of macrofauna during the present study as
compared to earlier data could be due to variation in faunal composition.
84
However, the population density of macrofauna of the present study was
comparable to earlier records of March 2010
b) Subtidal macrobenthos: The results of macrobenthic standing stock in
terms of biomass, population and total groups are presented in Tables 5.4.29 to
5.4.31 are given in following table:
Transect
Biomass (g/m2;wet wt)
Monsoon
(September 2012)
Postmonsoon
(December 2012)
Nearshore 0 - 21.5
(1.8)
3.3 - 11.5
(6.2)
Towards
offshore -
1.6 - 18.3
(6.6)
Offshore - 3.1 - 19.8
(9.5)
Overall 0 - 21.5
(1.8)
1.6 - 19.8
(7.4)
Average in Parenthesis
The subtidal macrobenthic standing stock in terms of biomass (0 - 21.5
g/m2, av 1.8 g/m2) indicated low benthic productivity during monsoon as evident
in above table. The seasonal impact on the distribution of subtidal macrobenthos
was evident as the biomass increased significantly (1.6 - 19.8 g/m2, av 7.4 g/m2)
during postmonsoon indicating a good standing stock in the region. A gradual
increase in biomass from the nearshore water to the offshore water suggested a
conductive environment for macrobenthic production.
The subtidal macrobenthic population recorded during the present study is
summarized in the following table:
85
Zone
Population (no/m2)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Nearshore 0 - 600
(105)
1650 - 1975
(1825)
Towards
offshore -
650 - 2425
(1365)
Offshore - 2200 - 7100
(3582)
Overall 0 - 600
(105)
650 - 7100
(2257)
Average in Parenthesis
The distribution of population recorded during the present study followed
the similar trend as biomass with a low population during monsoon and
substantial increase during postmonsoon as evident in the above table. The
population of macrofauna recorded during postmonsoon suggested again a
good standing stock in the coastal waters off Kuranga. The offshore revealed a
higher macrofaunal population than that of the nearshore suggesting a natural
variation inherent to the environment free from any anthropogenic pressure.
The details of average of subtidal macrobenthic faunal groups are
presented in the table below:
Zone
Total groups (no)
Monsoon (September 2012)
Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Nearshore 0 - 2
(1)
3 - 5
(4)
Towards
offshore -
3 - 5
(4)
Offshore - 2 - 8
(4)
Overall 0 - 2
(1)
2 - 8
(4)
Average in Parenthesis
86
The poor group diversity of macrobenthic fauna in the subtidal region of
Kuranga during monsoon as evident in the above table could be due to limited
sampling conducted during monsoon. However, during the period of
postmonsoon the faunal group diversity increased significantly suggesting the
environment conducive for benthic production.
These results suggested that the subtidal macrobenthic standing stock in
terms of biomass and population varied on a narrow range with moderate values
suggesting moderate benthic production in the study area. This could be
attributed to presence of coarse sandy bottom with rock boulders. In general, the
faunal diversity of macrobenthos varied on a narrow range (0 - 9 groups)
averaging at 4 groups. The different zones of the study area revealed almost
comparable faunal diversity.
The faunal composition of subtidal benthos of the present study is given
below.
Faunal group Period
Monsoon Postmonsoon
Polychaetes (%) 77.2 48.8
Crustaceans (%) 8.9 05.2
Molluscs (%) 0.4 -
Others (%) 13.5 -
Total group (no) 13 2
The above data revealed overall dominance of polychaetes followed by
crustaceans in the study area. Seasonal variation in the community structure is
evident in the above table.
87
5.4.5 Corals and associated biota
The shoreline is clean without any debris of dry seaweeds and dead
corals washed ashore as other coasts of Gujarat. Marine avian fauna is
absent in intertidal area. Further, as per the Coral Atlas of Gujarat State
published by Gujarat Ecology Commission and BISAG, Gandhinagar year
2011, the proposed coastal area off Kuranga coast has not reported
distribution of corals (page 36-39 of Atlas).
There are a few creeklets like shallow intertidal depression running to
the sea. They are covered with sand devoid of any life. The intertidal area is
narrow, rocky and patchy continuously running parallel to the sandy shore. At
a few places, rocky formations are seen on the slope of the sandy shore.
Rocky areas do not support the smooth movements of fascinating reptiles-
the turtles. The intertidal area is connected with intermediate steep fall of
subtidal area with high depth.
a) Seawater intake corridor: An extensive micro level field study was
carried out along a transect IV (Figure 5.4.13) to assess the status of corals
and delineate a suitable intake corridor for the pipeline to minimise the losses
of corals and associated biota on 26 May 2013. The results are given in
Table 5.4.34.
The intertidal area was seen with patchy grass clumps, stolon,
vegetative propagation, rocky formation and coral rock formation with holes
of mudskipper and gobids on upper terrain. The intake corridor is more or
less free from corals. However, there were several locations which were free
from corals as evident in above table.
b) Effluent release corridor: The transect (V, Figure 5.4.13) in the corridor
of LFP for proposed DP was surveyed for the assessment of corals and other
biota on 27 May 2013. The results are summarised in Table 5.4.35.
88
The above table indicates that the intertidal region of proposed LFP
corridor sustained corals viz. Porites compressa and Zoanthus. The coral
colonies were seen in patches on encrusting the rocks. However, there were
many sandy stretcher admeasuring 20 to 110 m on the intertidal region which
were coral free. At the uppermost intertidal area across the limit of tidal
water, old turtle nesting as cited above were seen which were at the
lowermost part of sand dune region (Serial no. 15-17). Thereafter a small
creeklet originating from landward and opening into sea was seen at serial
no. 18. The locations of serial no. 19 to 21 were also seen with some old pits
similar to turtle nesting grounds. A few abandoned old turtle nesting pits were
noticed on almost flat top of sandy shore with closely set clumps of grasses
at different positions described above. Near the north let creek (small check
dam type structure upstream), the funnel shaped 3 to 4 pits were dug out
closely at one point by a female turtle, including false pits. The bursting of
egg shells is irregular. Forest Department, Government of Gujarat collects
live turtle eggs from the different nesting (in situ conditions) and brings to
nearby turtle hatcheries located at Okha Madhi (Ex situ conditions).
However, the live turtles and eggs were not seen during the period of
field visit. Thus the location at 22o 01’ 04.70” N and 69o 09’ 38.93” E may be
considered as an option for LFP to lay the pipeline to dispose the effluent into
sea.
Another transect (VI, Figure 5.4.13) in the continuation of above
transect was assessed for the status of corals on 28 May 2013 and the
results are given in Table 5.4.36.
The results indicated that this transect from serial no 6 to 32 was
almost free of corals. The location of serial no 19 was seen with a small creek
opening into sea and connected with check dam. The location at 22o 01’ 05.6”
N and 69o 09’ 37.0” E was completely sandy area. Adjacent to this location
both north and south sides were also coral free areas. This location is 370 m
away towards south from the end point of old turtle pits. Thus, this location at
22o 01’ 05.6” N and 69o 09’ 37.0” E may be considered as an another option
towards south direction for LFP to lay the pipeline for the effluent release.
89
The corals like Porites, Favites (1 colony), Montipora (1 colony) and
Goniopora, showing very low generic diversity were seen. They were
sedimentary, sedentary and encrusting in nature of seabed. The corals
present here were having pore shape minute polyps. so they were surviving
in sedimentation. The large sized polyps corals were generally not seen here
due to sedimentation. Scattered coral distribution gives rise to intertidal coral
free area. No planulae larvae (coral larvae) were seen in the settling stages
in the area at the time of the visit.
Intertidal area holds stray and scattered distribution, low coverage and
density of Scleractinian hermatypic coral. Creation of intertidal structures in
coralline coral free area may not further impact on the surrounding
Scleractinian corals because the surrounding corals are subjected to high
tide and low tide/water circulation which supply nutrients (largely
zooplankton) and oxygen to corals and remove sediments from the coralline
areas.
c) Mapping by remote sensing: A remote sensing based study related to
coral mapping has been carried by Geosoft Systems, Hyderabad. The
assessment of an area of 5 km radius along the corridors of seawater intake
and effluent release using high resolution images did not reveal presence of
corals in the area.
5.4.6 Seaweeds
Marine flora like algae play a significant role in enriching coastal waters
by adding dissolved organic matter, nutrients and detritus besides serving as
nursery areas for larvae and juveniles of several marine organisms.
The substratum of the intertidal expanse off Kuranga is a combination of
sand and rock. Three intertidal transects (I - III) from HWL to LWL of the study
site were chosen for evaluating marine vegetation, sea grasses, sea anemones
etc. The rocky and sandy intertidal regions were studied for marine algae to
assess their species composition and abundance based on frequency of
occurrence (sparse and dense) of different species.
90
The portion of intertidal area of Kuranga with rocky substratum was seen
with the existence of several algal species such as Caulerpa racemosa,
Caulerpa sps., Ulva lactuca, Ulva fasciata Halimeda tuna, Udotea indica,
Bryopsis plumosa, Chaetomorpha sp, Cladophora facicaularis, Porphyra
vietnamensis ,calcareous algae and floating algae like Sargassum polysystum
which suggested a good biodiversity of seaweeds at Kuranga.
5.4.7 Fishery
The coastal waters off Kuranga were seen with some local small boats
conducting gill netting in the area. However, the commercial fishing operation by
trawling was not seen in the area. Absence of rocky boulders on the intertidal
area results the absence of traditional ‘’Wada” fisheries and “Pagadia” fisheries.
The prevailing fishery status of the region was evaluated on the basis of data
from the Department of Fisheries, Government of Gujarat and fishes obtained
from local fishermen and identified.
Depending on the topography of the coast and type of fishing, necessary
modifications are made to economize fishing operations by local operators.
Small, plant build canoes and traditional crafts like the sail boat locally known as
“Machuwa” were seen to be deployed for fishing in surrounding area. The gears
commonly used by these traditional crafts are drift nets, gill nets, and large bag
nets.
Gujarat State ranks number one in marine fish production in India. The
Gulf contributes about 22 % to the fish production of the state. The share of the
Jamnagar District is between 5 and 14 % to the state’s total marine fish landings
(Table 5.4.37).
The total active fishermen of Jamnagar District were 9330 (Table 5.4.44).
The Jamnagar District had 1637 and 326 mechanised and non-mechanised
fishing boats.
The species in landings of Jamnagar District revealed considerable
fluctuations between the period of 2006 and 2012 (Table 5.4.38). The common
91
species in the landing of Jamnagar were White pomfret, Black pomfret, Bombay
duck, Thread fin, Jew fish, Hilsa, Other clupeids, Coilia, Shark, Mullet, Cat fish,
Eel, Leather jacket, Seer fish, Indian salmon, Ribbon fish, Silver bar, Perches,
Small scienides, Shrimps, Prawns (Medium), Prawns (Jumbo), Lobster, Crabs,
Levta, Cuttle/Squid fish, Tuna, Carangies/Macarel, Ranifish and Sole. The
landing of Jamnagar also revealed a high catch of the important fishes like
lobster (68.5 - 222.3 t), Tuna (7.2 - 683.8 t), Hilsa (0 - 23.7 t) and Shark (876 -
2380 t). The data for white pomfret revealed a marked decrease in the landings
(773) during 2011 - 12 in comparison of landing (4412 t) obtained during 2006-
07. The open shoreline is provided with several fish landing centres from Okha
to Jafarabad. The nearby fish landing centers are Gojines, Navadra, Bhogat,
Harshad etc. Due to fish landing centers there is continuous vessel movement
parallel to the shore. The fish landing during February 2012 was Harshad:
293625kg (small Sciaenides), Navadra: 217500kg (seer fish, small Sciaenides)
and Dwarka: 606100kg (eel, other clupeids)
Some fishermen were seen operating bag netting and gill netting in the
coastal waters off Kuranga. The fishes obtained from this local fishermen of
Gojiness were John’s snapper (Lutjanus johnii), Dussumeir’s croaker (Johnius
dussumerri), Long toungsole (Cynoglossus lingua), White fish (Lactarius
lactarius), Blackspot threadfin (Polydactylus sextarius), Paplet/ pomfret (Pampus
argenticus), Black pomfret (Parastomateus niger), Yellowfin jack (Caranx para),
Giant captainfish (Johnius elongatus), Silver black porgy (Sparidentex hasta),
Speigler's mullet (Valamugil speigleri), Mandeli (Coilia dussumieri), Tiger shrimp
(Penaus monodon), White shrimp (Fenneropenaeus indicus) and Spiny lobster
(Panulirus sp) during April-May and December 2012. This suggested that the
area was conducive for the quality fishes.
5.4.8 Sand dunes
Sand dunes are the innermost portion of the beach. They are subject to
massive erosion by wind and get shifted inland by high monsoon winds and tides
when coastal storms strike the coast. Thus by arresting the storm surges, at
least partially, the dunes act as barriers to the impact of the sea on land thereby
92
reducing the damage to landward developments. The dune area also provides
habitat for shore birds and many species of plants and animals.
The sandy beach of Kuranga had isolated sand dunes dominated by babul
(Prosopis juliflora) and grass (Cynodon dactylon) vegetation. The other
vegetation of sand dunes viz Ipomoea biloba, Cactus, Jancus maritimus,
Euphorbia neriifolia, Ziziphus rotundifolia, Salvadora persica, Suaeda maritima,
Carex condensata, Convolvulus pluricaulis, Sand binding halophyte, and Udotea
indica which were recorded during the period of study.
Few plants (total < 5.nos) of Salvadora persica were seen at 220 01’ 30.9”N
and 69° 09’ 17.5”E which was at the mouth of the creek. The location was away
from LFP corridor.
5.4.9 Mangroves
Mangrove swamps are complex and highly productive ecosystems that
form an important interface between land and sea. In the past, mangrove
habitats were viewed as economically unproductive and, as a consequence,
they were cut to provide timber and fuel wood and create areas for mariculture
and agriculture, which often proved unsustainable. Ecological and economic
values of mangroves are now recognised world-over and several conservation
programmes are in progress to halt their degradation.
During the field visit it was observed that the intertidal area of Kuranga
was devoid of mangrove vegetation. Further the nearest mangrove patches are
located near Dwarka at a distance of approx 25 Km aerially.
93
6 MODELING STUDIES FOR MARINE FACILITIES 6.1 Marine facilities
The water requirement for the project will be met through seawater,
from Arabian Sea, which is close to the plant location (Arabian Sea shore is
located approximately 1 km from plant location).
The total quantity of seawater required for process, coolant for the
Soda Ash Plant as well as Captive power plant, feed water requirement for
the desalination plant will amount to 6 × 105 m3/d. The return once through
cooling water along with the rejects from desalination plant, DM plant and
effluents from the Soda Ash Plant totalling to 6 × 105 m3/d (diluted) will be
discharged to the Arabian Sea at a location selected. The marine facilities
proposed are:
a) seawater intake facility with a sump and pump house on land, and
b) marine outfall with suitable diffuser and a pipeline.
The available options for the above requirements are described below.
6.1.1 Seawater intake
The proposed project will have to depend upon seawater to meet on a
sustained basis both consumptive and cooling water requirements due to
non-availability of sweet water either from surface water sources or
underground sources. The proposed plant is located on the western shore of
Saurashtra coast and hence has to depend on water from the Arabian Sea.
In the planning of the arrangement of the intake system it is necessary to
consider water requirements of soda ash and captive power plant,
desalination etc. Ideally the following criteria should be considered while
selecting the intake system:
i) Existing marine conditions such as water levels, wave heights, currents,
bathymetry, salinity, temperature, suspended solids, littoral sand drift and
marine ecology;
ii) Seawater drawl alternatives such as submerged intake pipe, intake well
and open intake channel;
iii) Increase in temperature, suspended solids and ammonia levels in the
vicinity of intake facility due to the effluents discharged to marine system.
94
a) Water requirement: The water requirement for the once through cooling
system would be substantial and the same can be used partially for
desalination and dilution for the soda ash effluent. Hence, the option is viable
in this case.
The proposed development requires about 6 × 105 m3/d of seawater
for various purposes like soda ash process, cooling water, feed water for
captive power plant, desalination requirements etc.
b) Mode of intake: The intake of 6 × 105 m3/d will require special
arrangements as the quantity is required continuously without any disruption
as the cooling is an integral part of the power production scheme and soda
ash plant operation. Hence, an intake of 6 × 105 m3/d is considered for
modeling purposes.
The options available for intake of the quantity as projected above are
i) caisson and pipeline system ii) pipeline and sump system and iii) open
channel.
i) Caisson well and pipeline system: Seawater can be drawn from an
intake well situated at a depth of 8 to 10 m through pipeline of suitable
diameter with pumping mechanism connected to a water storage/settling
system in the project site. The bathymetry of the adjoining sea shows depths
of 8 to 10 m (with respect to CD) within a distance of 1 to 1.5 km. The system
requires a caisson to be built. This would be the least preferred option as the
requirement of space for storage cum settling area as the forced suction
brings in unwanted sediments into the system and also requires two stages
pumping. Being open sea and subjected to high wave action during SW
monsoon season the safety of the caisson is doubtful.
ii) Pipeline and sump system: Seawater can be drawn from a sufficiently
deep location through a submarine pipeline of suitable diameter connected to
a sump in the project site. The water will flow at a constant rate (evacuation
rate at the land based sump) by gravity.
iii) Open channel: Water can be drawn through an open channel of
sufficient width dug to a depth of below the datum ( the lowest low water
95
level in the vicinity of the channel mouth upto a length so as to meet the a
similar natural depth contour in the sea). This option is not explored as the
channel will require maintenance as the monsoonal waves of the open coast
may develop erosion problem at the mouth area of the channel and
deposition in the channel entailing maintenance dredging and its disposal
apart from the initial dredging quantity generated by the excavation of the soil
to make about 1.2 km long channel which includes both in marine and
terrestrial segments.
The foregoing discussion clearly indicates that the preferred option
would be a subsea pipeline laid at suitable depth and connecting it to a land
based sump so that the seawater flows by gravity into the sump and
evacuation would be in the plant area only as indicated in option ii above.
Such system is working fine at TCL, Mithapur.
Two intake locations have been studied for such setup. These intake
points are
Intake point 1: IT 1:
Latitude 210 59' 49.70" N; Longitude 690 10' 24.60" E (at a depth of 4.5 m
below CD).
Intake point 2: IT 2:
Latitude 210 59' 46.02" N; Longitude 690 10' 20.04" E (at a depth of 7.0 m
below CD)
An intake system with a submarine pipeline has been proposed for
drawing seawater from the sea.
6.1.2 Release of effluent
The effluent from RSPL plant will have SS, ammonia and temperature
load in comparison to that of the ambient seawater.
The total diluted discharge quantity will be around 6 × 105 m3/d.
Two alternative outfall point locations for discharge of effluent studied are:
Outfall point location 1: OF 1:
Latitude 220 01' 25.62" N; Longitude 690 08' 06.27" E
96
Outfall point location 2: OF 2:
Latitude 220 00' 39.51" N; Longitude 690 09' 7.01" E
The effluent is proposed to be discharged through a pipeline and
diffuser system at one of the two selected points, depending on the
suitability, conveying upto the selected discharge location i) OF1 (depth 13-
14 m) or ii) OF2 (depth 12 m). The effluent discharge will be through a
suitably designed diffuser for obtaining optimum initial dilution.
6.1.3 Modeling
The job of carrying out the numerical modeling studies for the flow
regime, dispersion of effluent after discharge and sedimentation processes to
evaluate the suitability of the locations chosen for the intake and outfall was
entrusted to M/s Environ Software (P) Ltd., Bengaluru.
The general area of the project studied is presented in Figure 6.2.1
with the alternative locations for the intake denoted by IT1 and IT2 and
alternative locations for the outfall are marked as OF1 and OF2 therein.
The various physical processes that play a major role in the effluent
release and its dilution and removal from the area of release are tide,
currents and circulation.
a) Tide: Tide data generated by TIDECALC, a program developed by U S
Admiralty for predicting the tides at selected locations all over the world was
used in the study and the tide output generated by the model is compared
with the calculated tide of the above program to calibrate the model.
b) Currents: Current data recorded and supplied by NIO was used in the
study for validating the model.
6.2 Hydrodynamic model
Dedicated software Hydrodyn - FLOSOFT and Hydrodyn - POLSOFT
for prediction of tides and currents and dispersion (pollutant transport)
processes in the seas and estuaries developed at Environ Software (P) Ltd,
Bangalore, based on solving the hydrodynamic equations numerically
97
through coupled way using the present state-of-art of technology are utilized
for the studies.
6.2.1 Basic governing equations
The basic governing equations of flow are solved numerically in
simulation of tides and currents in the coastal environments. These
equations are formulated based on incompressible flow and vertically
integrated hydrostatic distribution since the vertical acceleration of the flow is
much smaller than the pressure gradient. After applying these assumptions,
the basic governing equations of flow momentum can be written in the
conservation form as follows.
6.2.2 Continuity equation
0
yvH
xuH
t
6.2.3 Momentum equations
The two depth-averaged momentum equations can be written as
where, t = time; x, y are Cartesian co-ordinates; u and v are
depth averaged velocity components in the x and y directions,
respectively; f = Coriolis parameter; g = acceleration due to
gravity; Kx, Ky diffusion coefficients in the x and y directions,
respectively; = water elevation with respect to mean sea level,
H = total water depth at any instant.
6.2.4 Boundary Fitted Coordinate (BFC) system
In the Cartesian or rectilinear co-ordinate system, which is generally
used in all global models, it is difficult to represent the complex coastline
accurately, as grid size remains the same at any given location. To better
resolve complex geometries in the horizontal directions, the model makes the
bywyyx
bxwxyx
yvK
yH
xvK
xH
ygHfuH
yHv
xvuH
tvH
yuK
yH
xuK
xH
xgHfvH
yuvH
xHu
tuH
2
2
98
computations on the boundary-fitted Coordinate (BFC) or generalized
curvilinear coordinate system as shown in Figure 6.2.2 This necessitates the
transformation of the governing equations into boundary-fitted coordinates, ),( . However, in the model the (x, y) coordinates are transformed in such a
way that their components are perpendicular to the ),( coordinate lines.
This is accomplished by employing the chain rule transformation.
The momentum equation in the x direction can be written in BFC system as
02
2
222
22
222
22
22
bxwxyyyyyyyyy
xxxxxxxxxxx
yyxx
uuuuuHK
uuuuuHKgH
fvHuvHuvHHuHut
uH
Where, yyxxyyxxyxyx ,,,,,,, grid transformation
parameters
Kx, Ky = diffusion coefficients in x, y directions
H = total water depth at any time
h = water depth up to mean sea level
= water elevation with respect to mean sea level
H = h+
Similarly, the other momentum equation in the y direction and
continuity equation can be written in the BFC coordinate system as described
above. More details about transformation of basic governing equation of flow
can be found in Reddy (1994).
6.2.5 Diffusion coefficients
The horizontal diffusion coefficients Kx and Ky are calculated as
follows:
where x and y are the diffusion factors in x and y directions and C is
the Chezy's coefficient.
222 CvugK yy
222 CvugK xx
99
6.2.6 Numerical solution algorithm
The transformed governing equations of flow have been discretized on
a staggered grid and solved using Leapfrog trapezoidal scheme through a
predictor and corrector step method. The scheme is fully centered in space
and time and can obtain 2nd order accuracy. The scheme consists of two
level computations (predictor and corrector steps) within the time step t.
F(Kn)=(K* - Kn-1)/(2t)
F(Kn)+F(K*)=2(Kn+1 – Kn)/(t)
Where, K* = predicted variable level. The grid transformation
derivatives ),,,( yyxx can be specified at the cell centers
and cell mid-faces.
Since the range of the co-ordinates in the computational plane is
completely arbitrary, the mesh increments are specified as unity for
convenience. Consequently, the geometric variables are defined on a finite
difference mesh with cell increments of 0.5. The computations have been
carried out for the next time step through predictor and corrector schemes
using the above finite difference quotients.
6.3 Model setup and calibration
6.3.1 Boundary conditions
The region of study in the offshore waters near Kuranga is selected
between geographical coordinates: Longitude: 69° 05’ 23.6” E and 69° 11’
33.7” E and Latitude: 21° 57’ 21.0’’ N and 22° 03’ 24.9’’ N for carrying out
sensitivity analysis and further predicting the flow regime of the proposed
facilities in the domain. The terrain features of the domain considered for the model is given in
Figure 6.3.1. In this figure the locations of the intake points and effluent
disposal points are shown as IT1 and IT2 , OF1 and OF2 respectively. The
model domain is divided into 200 and 100 computational grids in x and y
directions respectively. The model domain has an overall size of 10000 m
(width) X 5000 m (height). The grid size is 50 m x 50 m. Figure 6.3.2 shows
the computational grid for the domain. The bathymetry is selected from the
hydrographic chart data incorporating the recent close grid sounding data
100
supplied by the proponents. The interpolated depth contours used for the
model are shown Figure 6.3.3. The maximum depth is 26 m in the domain.
6.3.2 Bed roughness
The bottom roughness in the domain varies according to bed
characteristics. The bed consists of various sizes of clay, sand and silt.
Depending upon bed configuration and sediment sizes, the d50 size varies
from 0.0001 to 0.005 m. In the present study constant Manning’s roughness
coefficient is selected based on the validation and the same is used for
carrying out various computational runs for the prediction of hydrodynamic
parameters in the off Kuranga flow field system. The software has been run
for various sets of Manning roughness coefficient till the deviation is
minimum in the predicted tides.
From the series of computational runs, the Manning coefficient found
to be the best for model calibration is selected. The bed roughness contours
(Chezy’s bed roughness coefficient) has been calculated based on this
Manning roughness and water depth and are shown in Figure 6.3.4. It can be
observed that the roughness coefficient varies from 0 to 36 in the entire
domain. The model has been run for various inputs using the same
roughness coefficient in the prediction of tide and currents in the region off
Kuranga.
6.3.3 Initial and boundary conditions
The initial conditions for the model are selected based on still water
conditions. The vertical density gradients due to salinity variation have been
neglected since the water column is shallow and well mixed by the tidal
currents. The BFC technique has been adopted to take care of shoreline
shape and make fine mesh near the coastline. The grid is a fine mesh.
The open boundary conditions identified are: Western boundary is
taken as free flow; northern boundary and southern boundary are open
(tides) and eastern boundary is closed. The boundary conditions selected are
as follows: (i) January 2013 tide at Dwarka (Figure 6.3.5) and (ii) no flow
across the coastal boundary. In this model, diffusion coefficients for
horizontal exchange of momentum vary with the space.
101
6.3.4 Model calibration
Comparison has been made between the calculated tides using
software ‘tidecal” and model computed tides at the outfall location point
(OF1) in the project area and is graphically shown in Figure 6.3.5 (a). From
the figure, it can be inferred that the values match in general and the
variation is small and is within the acceptable limits; (variation is less than
<5% for the parameters compared).
A comparison has been made between the model computed currents
and the measured currents at a calibration point location given by the
coordinates 22° 01' 14.2" N; 69° 07' 16.3" E in the project area and is shown
graphically in Figure 6.3.5 (b). It can be inferred from the figure that the
values match in general.
Thus, the model is validated to produce results of the tides and the
currents in the study domain accurately.
The model runs have been made for a period of 15 days covering
spring and neap tide conditions to obtain an insight into the basic
hydrodynamic behaviour of the study domain.
6.4 Modeling for tides and currents
The model clearly reproduces the tidal variation at various locations in
the off Kuranga region. The typical tidal elevations and velocities pertaining
to Low Water (LLW), High Water (HHW), Peak Flood (PF) and Peak Ebb
(PE) of spring tide are presented in Figures 6.4.1 to 6.4.8. The currents were
bimodal with northwest direction during ebb and south east direction during
flood. The instantaneous tide levels showed a maximum variation of 0.07 m
(during a typical spring high water) and minimum 0.01 m (during a typical
neap low water).
102
6.4.1 Tides and currents during Low Water (LW)
The spatial variation of tides and currents varies between 1.34 and
1.35 m in the total domain during neap low water. The flow velocity observed
is in the range of 0.02 to 0.26 m/s during neap low water.
Figures 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 show the spatial variation of tides and currents
respectively during spring low water condition. The water level varies
between 0.6 and 0.62 m in the domain.
The flow velocity observed is in the range of 0.02 to 0.21 m/s during
spring tide. The general direction of flow is towards southeast. It can be
observed that the intertidal areas near the coast are exposed during the low
water condition.
6.4.2 Tides and currents during Peak Flood (PF)
The water level varies between 2.08 and 2.12 m in the domain. The
flow velocity observed is in the range of 0.2 to 0.42 m/s and the direction of
flow is towards southeast.
Figures 6.4.3 and 6.4.4 show the spatial variation of tides and
currents, respectively during spring peak flood conditions. The water level
varies between 2.01 and 2.07 m in the domain. The flow velocity observed is
in the range of 0.22 to 0.52 m/s with the general direction of flow towards
southeast.
6.4.3 Tides and currents during Highest High Water (HHW)
The spatial variation of tides and currents during neap HW varies
between 2.74 and 2.78 m in the domain indicating that there is little or no
variation in the domain in tidal levels and the flow velocity observed is in the
range of 0.15 to 0.27 m/s in the domain and the flow direction is towards
northwest.
103
Figures 6.4.5 and 6.4.6 show the spatial variation of tides and
currents, respectively during spring tide HHW condition when the water level
varies between 3.25 and 3.32 m in the domain and the flow velocity observed
is in the range of 0.15 to 0.34 m/s. The direction of flow remains towards
northwest in the total domain.
6.4.4 Tides and currents during Peak Ebb (PE)
The spatial variation of tides and currents during neap peak ebb
indicates that the water level varied between 2.42 and 2.44 m in the domain
with flow velocity in the range of 0.23 to 0.51 m/s and the direction of flow
towards northwest.
Figures 6.4.7 and 6.4.8 show the spatial variation of tides and
currents, respectively during spring tide PE condition. The water level varies
between 2.23 and 2.24 m in the domain and the flow velocity observed is in
the range of 0.32 to 0.60 m/s. The direction of flow is northwestwards in the
total domain.
6.5 Modeling for flow of intake 6.5.1 Model description
Dedicated software Hydrodyn - FLOSOFT for prediction of tides and
currents in the seas and estuaries developed at Environ Software (P) Ltd,
Bangalore, based on solving the hydrodynamic equations numerically
through coupled way using the present state-of-art technology is utilized for
the intake modeling studies.
6.5.2 Model setup, calibration and validation
A smaller region of study off Kuranga is selected for flow modeling at
the intake point locations. The study domain is taken between geographical
coordinates: Longitude: 69° 08’ 44.76” E and 69° 11’ 34.7” E and Latitude:
21° 58’ 11.82’’ N and 22° 00’ 59.66’’ N.
The region of study is essentially extracted from the large domain
used for the hydrodynamic modeling studies. The calibrated and validated
model is applied to this smaller domain as well.
104
The terrain features of the domain considered for the model is given in
Figure 6.5.1. The alternate locations of the intake are marked as IT1 and IT2.
The model domain is divided into various computational blocks and
generated the grids in x and y directions respectively. Figure 6.5.2 shows the
computational grid for the domain. The interpolated bathymetric depth
contours for the model are shown Figure 6.3.3.
As this study domain is a part of the calibrated model domain used for
the flow modeling, the same calibration and validation holds good here also
and the validated model is thus run to predict the flow regime around the
intake points IT1 and IT2.
6.5.3 Modeling for tides and currents at intake point: IT1
The validated model was run continuously covering both neap and
spring tides with the withdrawal of 6 × 105 m3/d seawater at a constant rate of
6.944 m3/s imposed in the grid containing the intake point (IT1).
The model clearly reproduces the tidal variation at various locations in
the region off Kuranga. The typical tidal elevations and velocities for Low
Water (LW), High Water (HW), Peak Flood (PF) and Peak Ebb (PE) during
both neap and spring tides are for the domain have been generated and
typical cases of spring low water and spring high water are presented in
Figures 6.5.2, 6.5.3 and 6.5.4, 6.5.5 respectively.
a) Tides and currents during Low Water (LW): The spatial variation of
tides during neap low water varies between 1.004 and 1.04 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level is about 0.95 to 0.99 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 1.022 m forming a trough of about 7
cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a radius of 50 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction and is in the range of
0.15 to 0.3 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.7 to 1.3 m/s within the trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring low water varies between
0.3 and 0.34 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level
is about 0.23 to 0.29 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 0.30 m
forming a trough of about 7 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a
105
radius of 50 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction
and is in the range of 0.15 to 0.3 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at
the intake point location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.6 to 1.35 m/s
within the trough (Figures 6.5.3 and 6.5.4).
b) Tides and currents during Peak Flood (PF): The spatial variation of
tides during neap peak flood varies between 2.15 and 2.20 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level is about 2.10 to 2.15 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.16 m forming a trough of about 6 cm
at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a radius of 50 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction and is in the range of
0.25 to 0.5 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.5 to 0.65 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring peak flood varies between
1.97 and 2.08 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT1, the tide
level is about 1.95 to 2.01 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.02 m
forming a trough of about 7 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a
radius of 50 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction
and is in the range of 0.4 to 0.78 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at
the intake point location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.78 to 0.80 m/s
within the trough.
c) Tides and currents during High Water (HW): The spatial variation of
tides during neap high water varies between 2.98 and 3.01 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level is about 2.93 to 2.98 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 3.0 m forming a trough of about 7 cm
at the center and 2 cm in the periphery with a radius of 50 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction and is in the range of
0.08 to 0.17 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.6 to 1.35 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring high water varies between
3.6 and 3.62 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level
is about 3.56 to 3.61 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 3.615 m
106
forming a trough of about 5.5 cm at the center and 0.5 cm in the periphery
with a radius of 50 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards northwest
direction and is in the range of 0.18 to 0.36 m/s in the overall domain.
However, flow at the intake point location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order
of 0.6 m/s within the trough (Figures 6.5.5 and 6.5.6).
d) Tides and currents during Peak Ebb (PE): The spatial variation of tides
during neap peak ebb varies between 2.08 and 2.16 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT1, the tide level is about 2.02 to 2.11 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.12 m forming a trough of about 10
cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a radius of 50 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction and is in the range of
0.2 to 0.4 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.6 to 1.35 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring peak ebb varies between
2.0 and 2.045 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT1, the tide
level is about 1.96 to 2.01 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.02 m
forming a trough of about 6 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a
radius of 50 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction
and is in the range of 0.3 to 0.6 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at
the intake point location IT1 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.78 to 0.80 m/s
within the trough.
e) Impact on flow regime and flow circulation at the intake point location IT1: The model has been run for 15 days continuously for predicting
the impact on flow regime and circulation for various hydrodynamic tidal
conditions due to the continuous withdrawal of water at the intake point
location IT1.
A number of observation points (1 - 20) have been setup around the
intake location IT1 to observe the variations in the water levels and the
current speeds. The observations points are shown in Figure 6.5.7.
Figures 6.5.8 (a) and 6.5.8 (b) show the variation of water
levels/elevations at different locations around the intake point IT1. It can be
107
seen that the impact on tide regime is not significant and limited to a small
well defined area around the intake.
Figure 6.5.9 (a) and 6.5.9 (b) show the variation of currents at different
locations around the intake point IT1. It can be seen that the impact on
current regime is limited to defined area around the intake and does not
affect the rest of the domain.
The changes in the flow regime are mainly local as discussed at
length in the above sections.
6.5.4 Modeling for tides and currents at intake point: IT2
The model runs are made again to predict the flow regime around the
intake location IT2, a location with 7 m depth below CD. The typical tidal
elevations and velocities for Low Water (LW), High Water (HW), Peak Flood
(PF) and Peak Ebb (PE) during both neap and spring tides for the domain
have been generated and typical cases of spring low water and spring high
water are presented in Figures 6.5.10, 6.5.11 and 6.5.12, 6.5.13 respectively.
a) Tides and currents during Low Water (LW): The spatial variation of
tides during neap low water varies between 1.004 and 1.04 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level is about 1.0 to 1.017 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 1.022 m forming a trough of about 2.2
cm at the center and 0.5 cm in the periphery with a radius of 40 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction and is in the range of
0.15 to 0.3 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.6 to 1.35 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring low water varies between
0.3 m and 0.34 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide
level is about 0.27 to 0.32 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 0.33 m
forming a trough of about 6 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a
radius of 40 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction
and is in the range of 0.15 to 0.3 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at
the intake point location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.7 to 1.26 m/s
within the trough (Figures 6.5.10, 6.5.11).
108
b) Tides and currents during Peak Flood (PF): The spatial variation of
tides during neap peak flood varies between 2.15 and to 2.20 m in the
domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level is about 2.146 to 2.17
m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.176 m forming a trough of about 3
cm at the center and 0.6 cm in the periphery with a radius of 40 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards southeast direction and is in the range of
0.25 to 0.5 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.8 to 1.65 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring peak flood varies between
1.97 and 2.08 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide
level is about 2.004 to 2.015 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.026
m forming a trough of about 2.2 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery
with a radius of 40 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards southeast
direction and is in the range of 0.4 to 0.78 m/s in the overall domain.
However, flow at the intake point location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order
of 0.8 to 1.3 m/s within the trough.
c) Tides and currents during High Water (HW): The spatial variation of
tides during neap high water varies between 2.98 m and 3.01 m in the
domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level is about 2.96 to 2.98
m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.995 m forming a trough of about
3.5 cm at the center and 1.5 cm in the periphery with a radius of 40 m. The
flow velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction and is in the range
of 0.08 to 0.17 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.8 to 1.68 m/s within the
trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring high water varies between
3.6 and 3.62 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level
is about 3.58 to 3.60 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 3.61 m
forming a trough of about 3 cm at the center and 1 cm in the periphery with a
radius of 40 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction
and is in the range of 0.18 to 0.36 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow
at the intake point location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.9 to 1.6 m/s
within the trough (Figures 6.5.12, 6.5.13).
109
d) Tides and currents during Peak Ebb (PE): The spatial variation of tides
during neap peak ebb varies between 2.08 and 2.16 m in the domain.
However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level is about 2.05 to 2.106 m
surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.118 m forming a trough of about 6.8
cm at the center and 1.2 cm in the periphery with a radius of 40 m. The flow
velocity in the domain is towards northwest direction and is in the range of
0.2 to 0.4 m/s in the overall domain. However, flow at the intake point
location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 1.0 to 2.0 m/s within the trough.
The spatial variation of tides during spring peak ebb varies between
2.0 to 2.045 m in the domain. However, at the intake point IT2, the tide level
is about 2.007 to 2.019 m surrounded by a region of tide raise of 2.02 m
forming a trough of about 1.3 cm at the center and 0.1 cm in the periphery
with a radius of 40 m. The flow velocity in the domain is towards northwest
direction and is in the range of 0.3 to 0.6 m/s in the overall domain. However,
flow at the intake point location IT2 is like a swirl and of the order of 0.8 to
1.80 m/s within the trough.
6.5.5 Impact on flow regime and flow circulation at the intake point location
IT2: The model has been run for 15 days continuously for predicting the
impact on flow regime and circulation for various hydrodynamic tidal
conditions due to the continuous withdrawal of water at the intake point
location IT2.
The swirl/gyre formed in this case is smaller and not well defined due
to which the currents generated by the withdrawal are of larger magnitude
and restricted to a smaller area.
A number of observation points (1 - 20) have been setup around the
intake location IT2 to observe the variations in the water levels and the
current speeds. The observations points are shown in Figure 6.5.14.
Figure 6.5.15 (a) and 6.5.15 (b) show the variation of water
levels/elevations at different locations around the intake point IT2. It can be
seen that the impact on tide regime is not significant and limited to a small
well-defined area around the intake.
Figure 6.5.16 (a) and 6.5.16 (b) show the variation of currents at
different locations around the intake point IT2. It can be seen that the impact
110
on current regime is limited to a small area around the intake and does not
affect the rest of the domain.
The changes in the flow regime are mainly local as discussed at
length in the above sections.
From the above discussion, it is evident that in both the cases of
intake locations IT1 and IT2 the impact of the continuous withdrawal under
gravity is limited to the Lowest Low Water (LLW) condition only which is also
limited to the immediate surroundings of the intake. However, IT1 is
recommended on the basis minimal area and volume of excavation required
to lay the pipeline and consequent reduction in benthic losses.
It is worthwhile to note that M/s Universal Crescent Power Private Ltd
has planned its intake facility at a location about 500m south and about 1 km
into the sea at a depth of 15-17m CD. The proposed intake point of RSPL is
not expected to have any negative impact on the intake facility of M/s
Universal Crescent Power Private Ltd.
6.6 Outfall modeling study
The RSPL plant will be discharging the effluent to the open sea at the
alternative disposal points OF1 and OF2 through a pipeline and outfall
structure with an increase in SS of 950 mg/l, an increase in ammonia of 5
mg/l and an increase in temperature of 50 C above ambient. The effluent
parameters considered for the present study are SS, ammonia and
temperature at the alternative disposal locations OF1 and OF2, shown in
Figure 6.2.1.
Following is the comparison of critical parameters for the ambient
levels in the coastal waters off Kurunga and levels in the effluent:
Parameter Ambient level Effluent
SS, mg/l 50 1000
Ammonia, mg/l 0 5
Temperature, 0 C 23 28 (50 C above ambient)
The ambient temperature considered pertains to winter period for
which the input tide also pertains.
The study domain is between Longitude of 69° 05’ 23.6” E and 69°
11’ 33.7” E and Latitude of 21° 57’ 21.0’’ N and 22° 03’ 25.9’’ N as shown in
111
Figure 6.2.1 along with terrain features including the intake and the outfall
locations. The hydrodynamic model was coupled to dispersion model.
Two alternative outfall locations for effluent disposal of 6 × 105 m3/d
have been studied and their geographical coordinates are given by
Outfall location 1: OF 1 (Latitude 220 01' 25.62" N; Longitude 690 08' 06.27"
E, depth 13-14 m)
Outfall location 2: OF 2 (Latitude 220 00' 39.51" N; Longitude 690 09' 07.01"
E, depth 12.0 m) This model was run for temperature, ammonia and Suspended Solids
(SS) dispersion in the aqueous medium. The suspended solids were
considered separately in sedimentation model also due to the fact that the
SS particles are not completely miscible but undergo deposition and re-
suspension depending on the local currents and the characteristics of the
particulates.
6.6.1 Effluent discharge at location: OF1
a) Temperature variations: The results pertaining to variation in
temperature at and around the point of disposal OF1 obtained by using the
tide of January 2013 as input are discussed below in detail. The results
pertaining to LW and peak flood of a typical spring tide are shown in Figures
6.6.1 and 6.6.2 (as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of temperature during a typical neap LW condition for
location OF1 produced dispersion around the disposal point more or less
uniformly with a major axis trending towards northwest with the central patch
at the point of discharge having a higher temperature (excess temperature of
3.230 C) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the near ambient
values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of temperature during a typical neap peak flood
condition produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very
small central patch around the point of discharge has excess temperature of
2.170 C and within a distance of 250 m the temperature has attained the
ambient conditions. No increase in temperature elsewhere in the domain and
no effect at intake locations predicted.
112
The dispersion of temperature during a typical neap HW indicated that
the temperature is dispersed uniformly around the source with the small
central patch having an excess temperature value of 3.130 C. Temperature
has attained the ambient values within 150 m from the outfall location OF1.
The variation of temperature during a typical neap peak ebb predicted
that the dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central
patch having an excess temperature value of 2.480 C. The ambient
conditions are attained within a distance of 250 m from the point of
discharge.
The variation of temperature during a typical spring LW is presented in
Figure 6.6.1. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniform around the
discharge location and is compact with the small central patch having an
excess temperature value of 3.350 C. The ambient conditions prevail within a
distance of 150 m from the point of disposal OF1.
The variation of temperature during a typical spring peak flood
indicated dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central
patch having an excess temperature value of 1.50 C above ambient. The
temperature has attained the near ambient values within a distance of 300 m
from the point OF1 (Figure 6.6.2).
The temperature during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly
at and around the source. The central patch has an excess temperature
value of 3.060 C above ambient. The temperature has attained at the
ambient conditions within 150 m from the outfall location and dispersed
around the outfall location OF1.
The temperature during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion
trending more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch
has an excess temperature value of 1.950 C above ambient. The
temperature values are attained near ambient within a distance of 300 m
from the point OF1.
A number of observation points (1 - 20) have been incorporated
around the discharge point OF1 to record the variation of modeled
parameters around the discharge point. The locations of the observation
points are shown in Figure 6.6.3. The variations of temperature at different
locations during the run period for the proposed discharge at OF1 are shown
in Figures 6.6.4 (a) and 6.6.4 (b). From the figures, it can be seen that the
113
temperature dispersion at all tidal conditions is limited to a small area around
the discharge point and shows no increase at the intake point. The distance
of the points from the disposal points, the maximum and minimum values for
the parameter are presented in Table 6.6.1.
b) Ammonia variations: The results pertaining to variation in ammonia at
and around the point of disposal OF1 for neap and spring tide conditions are
discussed below and typical spreads at LW and peak flood are presented in
Figures 6.6.5 and 6.6.6 ( as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap LW condition for the
proposed outfall OF1 produced dispersion around the disposal point more or
less uniformly with a major axis trending towards northwest with the central
patch at the point of discharge having a higher ammonia (excess of 2.94
mg/l) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the near ambient
values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap peak flood condition
produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very small
central patch around the point of discharge has excess ammonia of 2.1 mg/l
and within a distance of 250 m ammonia has attained the ambient conditions.
No increase in ammonia elsewhere in the domain and no effect at intake
locations predicted.
The dispersion of ammonia during a typical neap HW indicated that
ammonia is dispersed uniformly around the source with the small central
patch having an excess ammonia value of 2.88 mg/l. Ammonia has attained
the ambient values within 200 m from the outfall location OF1.
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap peak ebb predicted
that the dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central
patch having an excess ammonia value of 2.37 mg/l. The ambient conditions
are attained within a distance of 200 m from the point of discharge.
The variation of ammonia during a typical spring LW is presented in
Figure 6.6.5. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniformly around the
discharge location with a small central patch having an excess ammonia
value of 3.04 mg/l. The ambient conditions prevail within a distance of 200 m
from the point of disposal OF1.
The variation of ammonia during a typical spring peak flood indicated
dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central patch
114
having an excess ammonia value of 1.55 mg/l above the ambient. Ammonia
has attained the near ambient values within a distance of 300 m from the
point OF1 (Figure 6.6.6).
Ammonia during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly at and
around the source. The central patch has an excess ammonia value of 2.82
mg/l above ambient. Ammonia has attained the ambient conditions within
200 m from the outfall location and dispersed around the outfall location OF1.
Ammonia during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion
trending more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch
has an excess ammonia value of 1.89 mg/l above the ambient. Ammonia
values are attained the near ambient within a distance of 300 m from the
point OF1.
The variation of ammonia, at different locations (Figure 6.6.3) around
the proposed outfall is shown in Figures 6.6.7 (a) and 6.6.7 (b).
c) SS variations: The results pertaining to variations in SS at and around the
point of disposal OF1 for neap and spring tide conditions are discussed
below and typical spreads at LW and peak flood are presented in Figures
6.6.8 and 6.6.9 (as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of SS during a typical neap LW condition for the
proposed outfall OF1 produced dispersion around the disposal point more or
less uniformly with a major axis trending towards northwest with the central
patch at the point of discharge having a higher SS concentration (557 mg/l
above the ambient) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the near
ambient values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of SS during a typical neap peak flood condition
produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very small
central patch around the point of discharge has excess SS of 399 mg/l and
within a distance of 250 m SS has attained the ambient conditions. No
increase in SS elsewhere in the domain and no effect at intake locations
predicted.
The dispersion of SS during a typical neap HW indicated that SS is
dispersed uniformly around the source with the small central patch having an
excess SS value of 543 mg/l. SS has attained the ambient values within 150
m from the outfall location OF1.
115
The variation of SS during a typical neap peak ebb predicted that the
dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central patch
having an excess SS value of 448 mg/l. The ambient conditions are attained
within a distance of 300 m from the point of discharge.
The variation of SS during a typical spring LW is presented in Figure
6.6.8. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniformly around the discharge
location with a small central patch having an excess SS value of 573 mg/l.
The ambient conditions prevail within a distance of 200 m from the point of
disposal OF1.
The variation of SS concentration during a typical spring peak flood
indicated dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central
patch having an excess SS value of 293 mg/l above the ambient. SS has
attained near ambient values within a distance of 300 m from the point OF1
(Figure 6.6.9).
SS during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly at and
around the source. The central patch has an excess SS value of 532 mg/l
above the ambient. SS has attained the ambient conditions within 150 m
from the outfall location and dispersed around the outfall location OF1.
SS during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion trending
more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch has an
excess SS value of 358 mg/l above the ambient. SS attained near ambient
level within a distance of 300 m from the point OF1.
The variations of SS at different locations around the proposed
discharge location are shown in Figures 6.6.10 (a) and 6.6.10 (b). From the
figures, it can be seen that the SS dispersion at all tidal conditions is limited
to a small area around the discharge point OF1 and away from the intake
points. Hence, there will not be any re-circulation and no impact on water
quality at the intake as well as at the shore due to the disposal at OF1.
116
6.6.2 Effluent discharge at location: OF2
a) Temperature variations: The results pertaining to variation in
temperature at and around the point of disposal OF2 obtained by using the
tide of January 2013 as input are discussed below in detail. The results
pertaining to LW and peak flood of a typical spring tide are shown in Figures
6.6.11 and 6.1.12 (as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of temperature during a typical neap LW condition for
the proposed outfall OF2 produced dispersion around the disposal point
more or less uniformly with a major axis trending towards northwest with the
central patch at the point of discharge having a higher temperature (excess
temperature of 3.510 C) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the
near ambient values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of temperature during a typical neap peak flood
condition produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very
small central patch around the point of discharge has excess temperature of
2.70 C and within a distance of 250 m temperature has attained the ambient
conditions. No increase in temperature elsewhere in the domain and no
effect at intake locations predicted.
The dispersion of temperature during a typical neap HW indicated that
the temperature is dispersed uniformly around the source with the small
central patch having an excess temperature value of 3.270 C. Temperature
has attained the ambient values within 150 m from the outfall location OF2.
The variation of temperature during a typical neap peak ebb predicted
that the dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central
patch having an excess temperature value of 2.620 C. The ambient
conditions are attained within a distance of 250 m from the point of
discharge.
The variation of temperature during a typical spring LW is presented in
Figure 6.6.11. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniformly around the
discharge location with a small central patch having an excess temperature
value of 3.470 C. The ambient conditions prevail within a distance of 150 m
from the point of disposal OF2.
The variation of temperature during a typical spring peak flood
indicated dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central
117
patch having an excess temperature value of 1.920 C above the ambient.
Temperature has attained the near ambient values within a distance of 300
m from the point OF2 (Figure 6.6.12).
Temperature during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly at
and around the source. The central patch has an excess temperature value
of 3.30 C above the ambient. Temperature has attained the ambient
conditions within 150 m from the outfall location and dispersed around the
outfall location OF2.
Temperature during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion
trending more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch
has an excess temperature value of 2.370 C above the ambient.
Temperature values are attained the near ambient within a distance of 300 m
from the point OF2.
A number of observation points (1-20) have been incorporated around
the discharge point OF2 to record the variations of modeled parameters
around the discharge point. They are shown in Figure 6.6.13. The variations
of temperature during the run period at different locations are shown in
Figures 6.6.14 (a) and 6.6.14 (b). From the figures, it can be seen that the
temperature dispersion at all tidal conditions is limited to a small area around
the discharge point and in general is found to have no increase at the intake
points. The distances of these points from the disposal point, the maximum
and minimum values for the parameter are presented in Table 6.6.2.
b) Ammonia variations: The results pertaining to variations in ammonia at
and around the point of disposal OF2 for neap and spring tide conditions are
discussed below and typical spreads at LW and peak flood are presented in
Figures 6.6.15 and 6.6.16 ( as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap LW condition for the
proposed outfall OF2 produced dispersion around the disposal point more or
less uniformly with a major axis trending towards northwest with the central
patch at the point of discharge having a higher ammonia (excess of 3.22
mg/l) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the near ambient
values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap peak flood condition
produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very small
central patch around the point of discharge has excess ammonia of 2.6 mg/l
118
and within a distance of 300 m ammonia has attained the ambient conditions.
No increase in ammonia elsewhere in the domain and no effect at intake
locations predicted.
The dispersion of ammonia during a typical neap HW indicated that
ammonia is dispersed uniformly around the source with the small central
patch having an excess ammonia value of 2.93 mg/l. Ammonia has attained
the ambient values within 200 m from the outfall location OF2.
The variation of ammonia during a typical neap peak ebb predicted
that the dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central
patch having an excess ammonia value of 2.5 mg/l. The ambient conditions
are attained within a distance of 200 m from the point of discharge.
The variation of ammonia during a typical spring LW is presented in
Figure 6.6.15. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniformly around the
discharge location and is compact with the small central patch having an
excess ammonia value of 3.12 mg/l. The ambient conditions prevailed within
a distance of 200 m from the point of disposal OF2.
The variation of ammonia during a typical spring peak flood indicated
dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central patch
having an excess ammonia value of 1.92 mg/l above the ambient. Ammonia
has attained the near ambient value within a distance of 300 m from the point
OF2 (Figure 6.6.16).
Ammonia during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly at and
around the source. The central patch has an excess ammonia value of 3.0
mg/l above the ambient. Ammonia has attained the ambient conditions within
200 m from the outfall location and dispersed around the outfall location OF2.
Ammonia during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion
trending more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch
has an excess ammonia value of 2.28 mg/l above ambient. Ammonia
attained the near ambient value within a distance of 300 m from the point
OF2.
The variations of ammonia, at different locations (Figure 6.6.13) for the
proposed outfall discharge at OF2 are shown in Figures 6.6.17 (a) and 6.6.17
(b).
c) SS variations: The results pertaining to variation in SS at and around the
point of disposal OF2 for neap and spring tide conditions are discussed
119
below and typical spreads at LW and peak flood are presented in Figures
6.6.18 and 6.6.19 (as the worst case and best case scenarios).
The variation of SS concentration during a typical neap LW condition
for the proposed outfall OF2 produced dispersion around the disposal point
more or less uniformly and a major axis trending towards northwest with the
central patch at the point of discharge having a higher SS (609 mg/l above
the ambient) near the discharge point but gradually attaining the near
ambient values at the periphery of the patch within a distance of 200 m.
The variation of SS during a typical neap peak flood condition
produced dispersion elongated towards southeast direction. A very small
central patch around the point of discharge has excess SS of 492 mg/l and
within a distance of 300 m SS has attained the ambient conditions. No
increase in SS elsewhere in the domain and no effect at intake locations
predicted.
The dispersion of SS during a typical neap HW indicated that SS is
dispersed uniformly around the source with the small central patch having an
excess SS concentration value of 555 mg/l. SS has attained the ambient
values within 150 m from the outfall location OF2.
The variation of SS during a typical neap peak ebb predicted that the
dispersion is trending towards northwest direction with the central patch
having an excess SS value of 475 mg/l. The ambient conditions are attained
within a distance of 300 m from the point of discharge.
The variation of SS during a typical spring LW is presented in Figure
6.6.18. The figure shows that the dispersion is uniform around the discharge
location and is compact with the small central patch having an excess SS
value of 594 mg/l. The ambient conditions prevailed within a distance of 200
m from the point of disposal OF2.
The variation of SS during a typical spring peak flood indicated
dispersion elongated towards southeast direction with the central patch
having an excess SS value of 364 mg/l above ambient. SS has attained the
near ambient values within a distance of 300 m from the point OF2 (Figure
6.6.19).
SS during a typical spring HW dispersed more uniformly at and
around the source. The central patch has an excess SS value of 566 mg/l
120
above ambient. SS has attained the ambient conditions within 150 m from
the outfall location and dispersed around the outfall location OF2.
SS during a typical spring peak ebb indicated dispersion trending
more towards northwest from the outfall point and the central patch has an
excess SS value of 432 mg/l above ambient. SS values are attained the near
ambient within a distance of 300 m from the point OF2.
The variations of SS, at different locations (Figure 6.6.13) around the
proposed discharge point are shown in Figures 6.6.20 (a) and 6.6.20 (b).
From the figures, it can be seen that the SS dispersion at all tidal conditions
is limited to a small area around OF2 which is away from the intake points.
Hence, there will not be any re-circulation and no impact on water quality at
the intake as well as at the shore due to the disposal at the location OF2.
6.6.3 Summary of results
It can be seen that the dispersion area is compact with higher
temperature, ammonia and SS values prevailing at the central patch at the
points of disposal i.e. OF1 or OF2, during LLW and HHW conditions of both
neap and spring tides. The dispersion is over a larger area with the central
patch showing values lower during the PF and PE conditions compared to
the LW and HW conditions.
From the figures, it can be seen that the temperature, SS and
ammonia dispersion at all tidal conditions is limited to a small area around
the discharge point in both cases of OF1 and OF2. The intake locations are
observed to be free of these contaminants for either of the discharge
locations.
Both the Locations (OF1 and OF2), considered for locating the
discharge point, exhibited 0.9 -1.0 m deep soft sediment cover on the bed
(discussed in Section 5.1) which negates the possibility of presence of
subtidal corals at both the locations.
121
6.7 SS transport modeling 6.7.1 Numerical approach to SS (cohesive and non-cohesive) transport
Following the presentation of the hydrodynamic modeling results
pertaining to the proposed intake and outfall locations of RSPL in the waters
off Kuranga and subsequent discussion, it can be inferred that the proposed
intake and outfall locations would be the most suitable in terms of minimal
impact on the flow regime and water quality. This chapter presents the
setting up of SS transport model and simulation of the existing SS transport
conditions for estimating the SS deposition at and around the intake and
outfall locations due to the proposed discharge for various hydrodynamic
conditions.
As with the flow modeling described in the previous section, a critical
step in applying a numerical model of SS transport is the process of model
verification. Whereas data sets against which to calibrate and validate the
flow model are relatively straight forward to obtain, quantitative prediction of
SS transport rates is typically more difficult. The SS transport studies are
aimed at indicating the likely tendency in the bed level change (i.e. erosion or
deposition) as a result of the facility rather than the quantities involved. This
approach is, however, still valid for predicting the SS erosion/deposition at
various locations. The principal aim of these studies was to assess the total (cohesive
and non-cohesive) SS load depositing at around the outfall location due to
continuous discharge of the effluent which carries SS of 1000 mg/l
concentration and accordingly the simulation runs were carried out with a
sand/fine silt/mud transport which was appropriate for the conditions
prevailing in this area.
6.7.2 Available data pertaining to the morphological assessment
Data which was made available in the present study to provide input
to the morphological studies comprised the following:
Bathymetry data
SS concentration in the coastal waters off Kuranga ( 0-50 mg/l)
Bed material properties
The SS of 1000 mg/l present in the effluent
Diluted effluent release quantity amounting to 6 × 105 m3/d
122
This information was used to specify the initial distribution of silt/mud (limiting
it to the subtidal areas) in the numerical modeling simulations.
6.7.3 SS transport simulation
Simulation of SS transport in the study area (Figure 6.2.1) was carried
out with the Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT model for various tide conditions of
January 2013. Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT is a 2D sediment transport model
(cohesive and non-cohesive) and predicts the process of erosion and
deposition of SS transport.
Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT was driven with the neap and spring tide
hydrodynamic flow file generated by the Hydrodyn-FLOSOFT for the entire
model domain and using standard parameters which describe the erodibility
and settling characteristics of the SS. Simulation runs were carried by
specifying SS composition in the shallower (intertidal) zones where the tide
induced bed shear stress was relatively low.
Following simulation of the hydrodynamics in the domain under
existing conditions, the model was adjusted to include the effects of the SS
concentration and particle sizes and the proposed effluent quantity at the
alternate outfall locations OF1 and OF2 (Figure 6.3.2).
a) Discharge at OF1: The predicted results for the instantaneous rate of SS
erosion at LW, peak flood, HW and peak ebb of both neap and spring
conditions in the study domain for a discharge of 6 × 105 m3/d of the effluent
at the location OF1 were used for describing the role of instantaneous
erosion rates in the sedimentation processes. Typical cases of maximum
erosion rates (re-suspension of the settled SS) at peak flood spring and peak
ebb spring are presented in Figures 6.7.1 and 6.7.2 respectively.
Typical cases of maximum deposition rates ( settling of the SS derived
from the effluent as well as the SS brought back to suspension due to
instantaneous erosion in the model domain) at LW spring and HW spring are
presented in Figures 6.7.3 and 6.7.4 respectively.
Figure 6.7.5 shows that the maximum deposition is at the outfall point
location and the bed levels have shown an increase of 0.04 to 0.045 m at the
outfall location over a 15 day period. Due to this gradual change of bed level,
no change in the flow regime is expected.
123
A number of observation points (1 - 20) are incorporated in the model
domain to record the variations in the instantaneous rates of erosion and
deposition at these points in the domain to evaluate the SS transport
processes. The observation points are presented in Figure 6.7.6. Figures
6.7.7 (a) and 6.7.7 (b) show the variation in the instantaneous rate of erosion
at the various observation points in the domain over 15 days. It can be
inferred from these figures that there is no significant variation in the rates of
erosion in the domain except at the outfall location.
Figures 6.7.8 (a) and 6.7.8 (b) show that there is no significant
variation in the rates of deposition in the domain except at the outfall
locations.
Figures 6.7.9 (a) and 6.7.9 (b) show that there is no variation in bed
level at the intake locations and bed level change is around outfall point
location only. The instantaneous erosion and deposition rates along with the
bed level variations at the observation points set up in the model run are
presented in Table 6.7.1.
a) Discharge at OF2: The predicted results for the instantaneous rate of SS
erosion at LW, peak flood, HW and peak ebb of both neap and spring
conditions in the study domain for a discharge of 6 × 105 m3/d at the location
OF2 were used for describing the role of instantaneous erosion rates in the
sedimentation processes. Typical cases of maximum erosion rates (re-
suspension of the settled SS) at peak flood spring and peak ebb spring are
presented in Figures 6.7.10 and 6.7.11 respectively. Typical cases of
maximum deposition rates ( settling of SS derived from the effluent as well as
the SS brought back to suspension due to instantaneous erosion in the
model domain) at LW spring and HW spring are presented in Figures 6.7.12
and 6.7.13 respectively.
Figure 6.7.14 shows that the maximum deposition is at the outfall
point location and the bed levels have shown an increase of 0.018 to 0.045
m at the outfall location over a 15 day period. Due to this gradual change of
bed level, no change in the flow regime is expected.
A number of observation points (1-20) are incorporated in the model
domain to record the variations in the instantaneous rates of erosion and
deposition at these points in the domain to evaluate the SS transport
124
processes. The locations of the observations points are presented in Figure
6.7.15.
The variation in the instantaneous rate of erosion at various
observation points in the domain over 15 days indicated no significant
variation in the rates of erosion in the domain except at the outfall location.
Figures 6.7.16 (a) and 6.7.16 (b) show that there is no significant
variation in the rates of deposition in the domain except at the outfall
locations.
Figures 6.7.17 (a) and 6.7.17 (b) show that there is no variation in bed
level at the intake locations and bed level change is around outfall point
location only. The instantaneous erosion and deposition rates along with the
bed level variations at the observation points set up in the model run are
presented in Table 6.7.2.
The model results are entirely consistent with the analysis based on
the tidal currents and as described in Section 6.4, in which deposition zones
around the outfall point location (Max. 0.018 kg/m2/s for SS in the effluent) is
predicted to occur. From the figures, it can be observed that there is no sign
of erosion around the intake and outfall locations.
6.7.4 Morphological changes
The continuous model runs of 15 days each taking account of neap
and spring tide conditions during January 2013 were compared to delineate
the morphological changes. Results of the variation in the bed level are
shown in Figures 6.7.5 and 6.7.14 for the outfall discharge quantity of 6
x105m3/d (effluent having 1000 mg/l SS) at the two alternate outfall points of
OF1 and OF2 respectively. From the figures, it can be seen that the variation
of bed level due to resultant erosion and deposition over 15 days is found to
be 0.04 and 0.018 m at OF1 and OF2 locations, respectively in the vicinity of
respective outfall locations. This result is consistent with the information that
the seabed is relatively stable. From the model results, it can be concluded
that there is no impact on intake of sea water and the effluent discharge at
any of the outfall locations.
From the above figures in can be said that SS subsequently deposited
in the vicinity of outfall location may not result in significant bed level changes
125
as the fine grained SS erodes and gets advected to settle over a larger area.
These predictions are in response to the change in the tidal currents and
would reduce in time as the seabed gets re-established itself to the new
hydraulic regime. In the short-term, however, it should be noted that there is
a possibility of siltation due to discharge of continuous effluent discharge
around the selected location, in a limited area.
6.8 Particle trajectory modeling
The trajectories of a particle released at outfall locations OF1 and OF2
are plotted graphically. The trajectories are shown in Figures 6.8.1 and 6.8.2,
respectively. From the figures, it can be seen that the trajectory of the particle
is moving in the northwest-southeast axis almost parallel to the coastline and
is not reaching either the proposed intake locations or the shore. Hence, it
can be said that the disposal of the effluent at either of the proposed outfall
locations will not have any impact on the intake or the shore areas.
6.9 Mode of discharge
As evident from the model studies both the locations OF1 and OF2
are well suited for the release of effluent discharge.
The model predictions are based on a point discharge and works like
a single port discharge. The initial dilutions can be enhanced by providing a
suitable mode of discharge for which two options are available.
1) Surface release: This option is suitable if a structure to convey the
pipeline such as a jetty or other offshore structure is available. Since the
effluent is denser than seawater, surface release is advantageous as the
entire water column can be used for dilution. However, in the open coastal
waters of Saurashtra where sheltered shore is not available, it will be difficult
for a trestle bridge to withstand the fury of monsoonal waves.
2) Bottom release: This is a suitable option for the region as the pipeline can
be taken along the seabed to effect a bottom release. This option is explored
as under.
126
6.9.1 Near-field dilution due to a forced bottom release
Near-field dilution was assessed based on the Buoyant Jet Model for
which the governing equations are as follows:
du 2g2 2u
= sin -
ds u o b
db 2 bg2
= - sin
ds u2 o
d 2g2
= - cos
ds u2 o
1 + 2 d 2
d = sin -
ds 2 dy
dx dy
= cos ; = sin
ds ds
where g = acceleration due to gravity
= density of effluent
o = density of seawater
= constant
= entrainment coefficient
x = horizontal distance from jet orifice
y = vertical jet coordinate
u = jet velocity
= angle of jet orifice with horizontal plane
ds = step increment
also co, uo, bo = c, u, b
where c = concentration at given time
127
b = width of jet/plume at given time
co, uo, bo represent concentration/mass density, jet velocity and jet width
respectively at time t = 0.
The model also takes the ambient velocity into account while calculating
initial dilution. The above equations were solved explicitly by Range Kutta
integration scheme by taking the following model inputs:
Input Value
Effluent density(kg/m3) (depending on SS content) 1035
Seawater density (kg/m3) 1025
water depth (m) 12.0
Current velocity (av) (m/s) 0.3
Step increment (m) 0.001
Computations were performed for different options of number of jets, jet
angles and jet velocities. From these computations it is concluded that to make
optimum use of the water column above the diffuser, the effluent should be
released with a minimum initial jet velocity of 3 m/s through a multiport diffuser
discharging at an angle of 60o to the axis of the diffuser. As the effluent is
heavier than the receiving water, it would tend to descend through the water
column after initial rise. Plume characteristics, specification of diffuser, dilution
etc., for the effluent release, are summarized below.
Jet velocity
(m/s)
Ports (no)
Port dia (m)
Plume rise (m)
Dilution (Times)
Plume width (m)
Diffuser length
(m)
DSS
(mg/l) DRHO
(kg/m3) Dtemp
( oC) DAm
(mg/l)
3 10 0.538 8.5 22.3 6.83 68 42.5 0.45 0.22 0.22
When released with the initial jet velocity of 3 m/s through a 10 port
diffuser, the plume would rise through the water column to a height of 8.5 m due
to the initial jet velocity attaining dilution by 13.4 times. When the inertia forces
weaken and become inadequate to overcome the gravity forces, the plume
would sink through the water column attaining additional dilution. By the time the
plume approaches the bed level, the dilution attained would be by 22.3 times.
Theoretically, though a minimum 13.0 m water column is available at the
discharge location, a limited water column only would be used for diluting the
effluent. The far-field dilutions will be augmented by the initial dilutions to render
the effluent harmless to the marine life.
128
In practice, as the plume velocity decreases, the SS particles associated
with the plume would be sorted out depending on their density with the heavier
particles descending faster. The lighter particles in the effluent would rise
through the water column and may even attain more rise as the bulk density
decreases with the separation of heavier particles. The concentration of SS in
the plume would be higher by 45 to 690 mg/l above the ambient.
To avoid overlap of the adjacent plumes, the distance between the
adjacent orifices should be maintained equal to the maximum width of plume that
is 6.83 m. The total diffuser length would therefore be about 68 m for the option
considered. In practice it is not advisable to release the effluent at the bed level
to prevent silt, mud, sand etc getting into the diffuser during the periods of
maintenance or shut-down. However, as the depth of water is 13 m which is
more than the maximum plume rise, the effluent can be released 1 m above the
bed level. The plume characteristics for the selected option are presented in
Table 6.9.1.
6.9.2 Thickness of the polluted layer
It should be established whether the ambient currents are capable of
transporting away the polluted water as the plume descends through the water
column. The approximate thickness H' of seawater layer which would be
affected by the effluent was calculated by using the relation
H' = Dq/V
where H' = thickness of the polluted layer
D = mean dilution in the jet or plume
q = effluent discharge rate
= plume dia at the bottom after sinking
V = mean current velocity across H'
The results are given below.
D (times) (m) H' (m)
14.8 6.83 5.01
This thickness of the polluted layer would be at the bottom around each
diffuser port. As the thickness is far less than the available depth, the diluted
effluent reaching the bottom would be effectively advected by the prevailing
129
currents and a build up is unlikely and the polluted layer is a result of the fresh
discharge emanating from the ports.
6.10 Configuration of the diffuser
In order to minimize the erosion/deposition processes, the pipeline
should be buried in the intertidal stretch. Large vessels do not navigate in this
stretch, however local fishing crafts may use this stretch. Hence it is
suggested that the pipelines may be buried in the areas where water depths
of 6 m or less prevail. The remaining portion of the pipeline can be laid on the
bottom with suitable anchoring provided to keep the pipeline in place.
The 10 port diffuser forms the end of the pipeline. The ports should be
aligned with the directions of the bimodal currents. Alternate ports should be
in flood direction and ebb direction respectively. The angle of the ports to the
horizontal should be 60o upwards. The initial jet velocity of 3 m/s should be
maintained by installing suitable pumping mechanism. The diffuser should be
designed in such a way that all the ports maintain the prescribed velocity so
that the no sediment accumulates in the diffuser pipe. This ensures the
performance of the diffuser consistently.
130
7 POTENTIAL MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
The potential marine environmental impacts that possibly may occur
on hydrodynamic characteristics, water quality, sediment quality, flora and
fauna etc during construction and operational phases of the marine facilities
namely seawater intake and effluent disposal. They are described as follows:
7.1 Seawater intake 7.1.1 Scheme
Of the 2 options for intake locations (IT1 and IT2), the alignment for
IT1 is selected on the basis of lesser area and volume of excavation required
to lay the pipeline and consequent reduction in benthic losses due to shorter
length. Since the alignment corridor is devoid of mangroves and corals, their
destruction due to the development is unlikely.
From the land based sump in the project site to the intake point (IT1,
21o 59’ 49.70’’N; 69o 10’ 24.60’’E) at 4.5 m (CD) depth , 526 m long pipelines
of suitable diameter will be laid (Figure 7.1.1). Obviously, it will be buried all
along the stretch of 70 m length while that passing through 456 m long
subtidal stretch will also be buried to provide unhindered passage to local
fishing crafts.
The gradient of the pipeline will be so maintained that seawater will
flow into the sump at a constant rate by gravity. The pipeline orifice at the
intake point will be located 0.5 m above seabed to avoid direct entry of bed
sediment into the intake.
7.1.2 Potential marine environment impacts
Major potential negative marine environmental impacts due to the
proposed activity would be largely associated with (a) construction phase
related to laying of the intake pipeline and (b) operational phase because of
increase of current speeds and variation in current directions, spatial variation
of tide, changes in erosion-deposition rates due to variations in currents, if
any, and fate of the biota entering the sump through the intake pipes.
Evidently, potential negative impacts on marine ecology can arise during the
131
construction as well as the operational phases of the intake scheme as
described below.
Construction phase: Adverse impacts of the proposed project on the
marine environment during the construction phase could be due to
modifications in the hydrodynamic characteristics of the area, degradation in
water and sediment qualities and consequent impact on biota depending on
the construction methodology selected and duration.
Assuming a corridor width of 5 m in the intertidal area for trenching
and pipe laying and a 20 m corridor in the subtidal area due to requirement of
suitable craft in the pipe laying operation, the total area (Figure 7.1.1) which
would be adversely influenced by the construction activities would be as
follows:
Area Width (m) Length (m) Area (ha) Total area (ha)
Intertidal 5 70 0.035 0.95
Subtidal 20 456 0.9120
Hydrodynamic characteristics: As the trenching and burial of the pipeline
would be across the open coast with a sandy beach, the construction if not
conducted in a stipulated time, there is a likelihood of minor and temporary
erosion both sides of the trench due to non-compacted sand moving into the
channel. However, due to the limited length of the trench (70 m), this would
not be significant. Trenching and Laying of 456 m long pipeline of suitable
diameter in the subtidal area would not hinder the seawater flow in the
subtidal area. Since the water movement in the area during the construction
phase would not be hampered, significant changes in tide levels and currents
to influence local hydrodynamics are unlikely.
Water quality: Suspension of the bed sediment in water during excavation
for laying pipelines has the potential to increase SS in water. Considering the
sandy nature of the sediment, the suspended particles would settle fairly
quickly though some local turbidity may persist in the working area. The rest
132
of the coastal segment would be largely free from additional SS and coral
habitats in the study domain would not be influenced. Moreover, the impact
would be localized, temporary and confined only to the construction phase of
trenching, pipe laying and trench back-filling.
If areas where the sediment is polluted there is a fear of release of
pollutants entrapped in sediment to the water column when the bed is
disturbed thereby mixing interstitial water rich in contaminants with the
overlying water. However, as the sediment of the region is mainly beach
sand subjected to continuous wave action, leachable pollutants are not
expected in their interstitial water. Moreover as the sediments of the area are
by and large pristine as discussed under Section 5.3, there would not be
deterioration in water quality on this count.
Sediment quality: Since the intertidal segment (0.035 ha) through which the
pipes would be laid is narrow, the small volume of the excavated sediment is
unlikely to cause change in the sediment texture on a wider area of the
seabed excepting in the close vicinity of the trenching site. Such impact
would be negligible.
Misuse of the intertidal area by the work force employed during the
construction phase can locally degrade the sediment quality by increasing
BOD and population of pathogens. The impact, however, would be minor
and temporary and recovery would occur when the source of this
contamination is eliminated at the end of the construction phase.
Flora and fauna: Hectic construction activities, though confined to a pre-
determined stretch of the marine area, could influence the local biotic
communities, particularly the seaweeds and macrobenthos along the
corridors selected for laying the pipelines. As the sediment is not enriched in
Corg (Section 5.3), its suspension in the water column is unlikely to deplete
DO in this dynamic marine area and DO availability would not constrain the
biotic processes. The danger of biota getting exposed to pollutants released
from the sediment interstitial water when the bed is disturbed is ruled out
since the sediment from the intertidal area is uncontaminated.
133
The corridors proposed for laying the pipelines (Figure 7.1.1) are
largely composed of degraded reef sand, devoid of mangrove vegetation
except for the patches of seaweeds with a few species. Their loss would be
minor, temporary and recovery would be fairly quick on termination of
constructions. Hence no significant long-term major loss of flora and fauna is
envisaged.
An increase in turbidity due to enhanced levels of SS can negatively
influence the photosynthesis and hence the primary productivity. However,
the impact, if any, would be insignificant, local and temporary with the
phytoplankton community structure remaining more or less unaltered.
Evidently there would not be any adverse influence on phytoplankton and
zooplankton.
Laying of pipelines would have negative impact on benthic habitats
which would be destroyed in the excavated corridors. An area of about 0.95
ha is likely to be disturbed during the construction phase. However, when the
trenches are filled, the area would be available for re-colonisation of
macrobenthos. Assuming the average production of 4.6 g/m2 (biomass);
1181 no/m2 (population) for the subtidal area and 5.5 g/m2 (biomass); 463
no/m2 (population) for the intertidal areas the probable losses of standing
stock of macrobenthos and affected faunal groups during the construction
phase are estimated as given below.
Environment Biomass (kg)
Population (106 no)
Major groups
Intertidal 1.9 0.2 Polychaetes,
Crustaceans,
Molluscs
Subtidal 42.0 10.7
Total 43.9 10.9
It is evident from the above table that the estimated loss of
macrobenthic standing stock would be 43.9 kg of biomass and 10.9 x 106 no
of population. Considering the benthic potential of the study area, such
losses are unlikely to be reflected on the overall biopotential of the coastal
marine system off Kuranga. Moreover, this loss would be temporary and the
134
benthos would re-colonise in due course of time, once the activities are
terminated and contours are restored after construction activities are over.
The corridor selected for the seawater intake pipeline is devoid of
mangroves and corals. Hence, there would not be any loss of mangroves
and corals during the construction phase.
e) Miscellaneous: The aesthetics of the coastal zone off Kuranga would
deteriorate due to the presence of construction machinery and materials.
Left-over solid waste and that generated during construction would be a
source of nuisance if not cleared from the site.
The extent of impact on marine ecology would also depend on the
duration of the construction phase. If the construction is prolonged due to
time-overruns or improper planning, the adverse influence would increase
accordingly.
The birds using the intertidal area around the project site are not
expected to be impacted adversely as the limited excavation does not
warrant the use of heavy machinery and large vessels. However, the
construction work on land for the sump and pump installation would generate
noise during construction phase. Marine reptiles and mammals would not be
affected due to the construction activities since they keep away from such
sites. As there are no major commercial fishing operations close to the shore,
the impact on fisheries would be minor.
b) Operational phase: Marine environmental implications during the
operational phase of the project would be essentially confined to the negative
influence of seawater intake on hydrodynamic characteristics, water quality,
sediment quality, and flora and fauna of the region.
Hydrodynamic characteristics: The seawater intake system consists of ,
526 m long pipelines of suitable diameter passing through the subtidal area
and buried in the intertidal area. Seawater from the intake point (IT1) to the
land based sump will flow under gravity.
135
The 2D numerical model output (Section 6) indicate a few centimetres
reduction in the water level in a small area at the pipe inlet that too around
low waters. The change in the currents speeds when the intake becomes
operational is predicted to be marginal and would not lead to marked
sediment movement. Evidently the hydrodynamics of the area would not be
influenced due to withdrawal of seawater as envisaged.
Water quality: The intake would be by gravity and the level of water in the
sump will be at par or below that of the sea level. Hence, there will not be
back flow of seawater from the sump to the sea. Moreover, there will not be
any chemical additives in the sump. Hence impact on physico-chemical
quality of the adjoining seawater is not expected.
Sediment quality: Since the water quality would not be adversely impacted,
perturbation in sediment quality due to water born particulates is discounted.
Modelling results indicated that the changes in the current velocities
are low to induce additional erosion/deposition in the area due to the intake.
The intake location is away from the wave breaker zone. The chance
of the suspended particulates generated by the breaking waves entering the
sump along with the intake water is rare. Such small sediment movement
would not cause any adverse impacts on sediment quality during the
operational phase.
Flora and fauna: As discussed above, the general water quality as well as
sediment quality of the coastal area would not be affected adversely. Hence,
the biological characteristics of the region would not be influenced to a
significant extent except for some minor negative impact on macrobenthic
community in the vicinity of the intake due to limited disturbance to the
sediment.
General ecological concern during the operational phase of seawater
intake systems is marine life impingement that occurs when organisms such
as fish, crabs and cephalopods are sucked into an intake pipe and pinned
136
against screens by the velocity and force of water flowing through them. The
fate of impinged organisms differs between intake designs and among
marine life species, age, and water conditions. Entrainment occurs when
smaller organisms such as plankton, eggs and larvae of a variety of
organisms including fish and other commercially important species pass
through an intake screen and into the sump. These are killed by pumps or in
the process where the seawater is used.
Impingement occurs when the intake through-screen velocity is so
high that species such as fish or crab cannot swim away. In the present case
the intake being by gravity, the speed generated would be small and in the
horizontal direction. Hence, it is unlikely that fish, crab or other similar
organisms are impinged. It may be noted that fish have receptors along the
length of their bodies that sense horizontal velocity pattern that gives them an
indication for danger and they swim away from the intake sites.
Considering the short life span of plankton and their fast multiplication
rates, the loss due to entrainment is considered to be insignificant to the
productivity of the region. Impact of entrainment of fish eggs and larvae on
future adult populations is also considered minor since fishes during their
breeding cycle lay millions of eggs of which only a very small fraction grows
to adulthood.
e) Cross-contamination with effluent discharge: RSPL has been
considering release of treated/diluted effluent in the Arabian Sea (Section
6.2). Probable landfall point for the effluent pipeline is marked in Figure 7.1.1.
Based on numerical modelling it has been predicted that the impact of the
effluent would not be evident beyond 560 m (max) distance from the outfall
locations OF1 and OF2 (Figure 7.1.1).
The intake location IT1 is at a distance of more than 2 km south of
both the proposed effluent release locations (Figure 7.1.1). Hence, transport
of effluent in the intake area would not occur.
137
7.2 Effluent disposal 7.2.1 Scheme
Both the options (OF1 & OF2) have been recommended since
behavior of the effluent on release into sea and consequent impacts are
almost similar at both the discharge points. The pipeline corridors are devoid
of mangroves and corals.
From LFP to the effluent disposal points (OF1, 22o 01’ 25.62’’N; 69o
08’ 06.27’’E or OF2, 22o 00’ 39.51’’N; 69o 09’ 07.01’’E) pipelines with a
suitable diameter to maintain the requisite velocity, will be laid to release the
diluted effluent of 6 x 105 m3/d into sea (Figure 7.1.1). The pipelines will be
buried in the intertidal stretch of 80 m. It will be laid on the bed along the
subtidal segment. However, it will be buried wherever water depth of 6 m or
less prevails for un-hindered navigation of local fishing crafts.
The pipelines will end with a 68 m long diffuser with 10 number of
ports of 0.53 m diameter spaced 6.83 m apart suitably anchored at the
seabed. The ports will be aligned alternatively with the directions of biomodal
currents (ebb and flood). The port angle to the horizontal will be 60o upwards.
The diffuser will be aligned in such a way that all the ports maintain the
prescribed velocity so that no sediment accumulates in the diffuser pipe. This
ensures the performance of the diffuser consistently. As both the options
(OF1 and OF2) are suitable the final selection of disposal point can be guided
by the engineering considerations.
The effluent will be released at 1 m above bed at the jet velocity of 3
m/s, by creating suitable pumping system, to get the plume dilution of 22.3
times. Hence, their destruction due to the development is unlikely.
7.2.2 Potential marine environmental impacts
Major potential negative marine environmental impacts due to the
proposed activity would be largely associated with (a) laying of the effluent
pipeline, (b) installation of the diffuser, and (c) pollutants entering the marine
area through the effluent. Evidently, potential negative impacts on marine
ecology can arise during the construction as well as the operational phases
of the effluent release scheme as described below.
138
a) Construction phase: Adverse impacts of the proposed project on the
marine environment during the construction phase could be due to
modifications in the hydrodynamic characteristics of the area, degradation in
water and sediment qualities and consequent impact on biota depending on
the alignment, construction methodology selected and duration.
Assuming the corridor width of 5 m the area which would be adversely
influenced by the construction activities would be as follows:
Discharge point
Environment Width (m)
Length (m)
Area (ha)
Total area
OF1 Intertidal 5 80 0.04
Subtidal 20 2655 5.3 5.35
OF2 Intertidal 5 80 0.04
Subtidal 20 1250 2.5 2.54
Hydrodynamic characteristics: The contour of the intertidal area will be
restored after pipe laying. Hence hydrodynamic characteristics of the
corridors in the intertidal area though would get influenced for a short period
of trenching. Pipe laying in the subtidal area will be over the seabed. Hence,
disturbance of the water column would take place for a short period. Hence,
the negative influence of the pipe laying on the hydrodynamic characteristics
could be localised and short-lived.
Water quality: Suspension of the bed sediment in water has the potential to
increase SS in water. However, trenching in area with hard substratum has
relatively low potential to disperse the bed sediment as compared to an area
having soft substratum such as silt and clay for laying a pipeline in the
intertidal area. Moreover, the contour of the intertidal area will be restored.
The pipe laying and establishment of the diffuser in the subtidal area will be
over the seabed disturbing small corridors. The bed sediment disturbed at the
site would generate SS which may remain in suspension for some period in
the vicinity of the corridor area while the rest of the coastal area would be
139
largely free from additional SS. The impact would be localized, temporary
and confined only to the construction phase of the pipeline.
If areas where the sediment is polluted there is a fear of release of
pollutants entrapped in sediment to the water column when the bed is
disturbed thereby mixing interstitial water rich in contaminants with the
overlying water. However, as the sediment of the region is unpolluted
(Section 5.3), there would not be deterioration in water quality on this
account.
Sediment quality: Since the total area to be influenced during trenching and
pipelaying in the intertidal area and subtidal areas possess hard substratum
/sand; the activity is unlikely to cause change in the sediment texture on a
wider area of the seabed except in the close vicinity along the corridors.
Such impact would be negligible, localised and temporary.
Misuse of the intertidal area by the work force employed during the
construction phase can locally degrade the sediment quality by increasing
BOD and populations of pathogens. The impact, however, would be minor
and temporary and recovery would occur when the source of this
contamination is eliminated at the end of the construction phase.
Flora and fauna: Hectic construction activities in the intertidal and subtidal
areas would influence the local biotic communities, particularly the seaweeds
and macrobenthos along the corridor selected for laying the pipeline and the
diffuser. As the sediment is not enriched in Corg (Section 5.3), its suspension
in the water column is unlikely to deplete DO in this dynamic marine area and
DO availability would not constrain the biotic processes. The danger of biota
getting exposed to pollutants released from the sediment porewater when the
bed is disturbed, is low since the sediment is free from anthropogenic
contaminants.
The intertidal corridors (Figure 7.1.1) are largely composed of
degraded reef and sand devoid of mangrove vegetation except for the
patches of seaweeds with a few species. Hence, no significant loss of flora &
140
fauna is envisaged. Loss of localized seaweeds would be easily recouped by
fresh recruitment once the activities are terminated.
An increase in turbidity due to enhanced levels of SS can negatively
influence the photosynthesis and hence the primary productivity. However,
the impact, if any, would be local and temporary with the phytoplankton
community structure remaining more or less unaltered in this dynamic marine
environment.
A temporary and insignificant reduction in phytoplankton standing
stock, if at all, and increase in turbidity along the corridor is unlikely to
produce any negative impact on zooplankton though a localised and marginal
change in the community structure and population alternations may occur
confined to the project area. Such changes are localized, temporary and
irrelevant to the overall secondary productivity of the area.
The laying of effluent pipelines and diffuser would have negative
impact on benthic habitats which would be destroyed along the corridors.
Based on the average production of 4.6 g/m2 (biomass); 1181 no/m2
(population) for subtidal and 5.5 g/m2 (population) for intertidal areas are
likely to be disturbed, the probable loss of standing stock of macrobenthos
and affected faunal groups during the construction phase are estimated as
given below.
Discharge point Environment Biomass
(kg)
Population
(no×105)
Major
groups
OF1 Intertidal 2.2 1.85 Polychaetes,
Crustaceans,
Molluscs
Subtidal 243.8 625
Total 246 627
OF2 Intertidal 2.2 1.85 Polychaetes,
Crustaceans,
Molluscs
Subtidal 115 295
Total 117.2 297
141
It is evident from above results that the estimated loss of macrobenthic
standing stock (biomass and population) would be relatively high at the
subtidal zone. Considering the benthic potential of the study area, such
losses are unlikely to be reflected on the overall biopotential of the coastal
marine system off Kuranga. Moreover, this loss would be temporary and the
benthos would re-colonise in due course after the phase is completed and
construction activities are terminated. Moreover, the structures would provide
additional surface area for the subtidal benthos to colonise on the newly
created substratum.
The corridors selected for the effluent disposal pipeline are devoid of
corals, mangroves as well as sand dunes. Hence, there would not be any
loss of corals, mangroves and sand dunes along the pipeline corridors.
Miscellaneous: The aesthetics of the coastal zone off Kuranga would
deteriorate due to the presence of construction machinery and materials,
make-shift huts of labour force, cabins etc. Left-over solid waste and that
generated during construction would be a source of nuisance if not cleared
from the site.
The extent of impact on marine ecology would also depend on the
duration of the construction phase. If the construction is prolonged due to
time-overruns or improper planning, the adverse influence would increase
accordingly.
The birds using the intertidal area around the project site would be
disturbed particularly if the construction activity is scheduled during their
migratory months. However, this would be limited to only construction phase.
Marine reptiles and mammals would not be affected due to the construction
activities since they keep away from such sites. There are no major
commercial fishing operations close to the shore. Hence, the impact on
fisheries would be minor.
b) Operational phase: Marine environmental implications during the
operational phase of the project would be essentially confined to the adverse
142
influence of release of the effluent on hydrodynamic characteristics, water
quality, sediment quality, and flora and fauna of the region. They are
described below.
Hydrodynamic characteristics: The release of 6 x 105 m3/d of the treated
and diluted effluent would not influence the hydrodynamic characteristics at
the disposal point (OF1) at 13-14 m depth. However, accumulation of
sediment along the sides of the pipeline in the subtidal area is expected. It
would strengthen the pipeline and would also provide additional area for
colonising macrobenthos.
Water quality: Probable impact of release of the treated effluent at any of the
the designated sites (OF1 and OF2, Figure 7.1.1) through a suitably designed
diffuser as discussed in Section 6, on water quality is predicted based on
probable dilution the effluent would attain and assuming conservative
behaviour of constituents in the receiving water. It should however be
acknowledged that several pollutants undergo decay and/or physical
transformations on entering water leading to reduction in their concentration,
faster than predicted on the basis of conservative mixing. Hence, the
concentrations of pollutants such as ammonia in the receiving medium would
be lower than predicted on the basis of conservative mixing.
The predicted behaviour of selective parameters namely temperature
(5oC above ambient), SS (1000 mg/l) and ammonia (5 mg/l) in the treated
final effluent on release at OF1 and OF2 (Figure 7.1.1) through a multiport
diffuser has been studied in detail using a numerical model as described in
Section 6. The results show that the ambient conditions namely
temperature: 280C, SS: 50mg/l and Ammonia: ND are attained within 300m
(max). Hence the negative impact of the effluent release is not expected to
be evident beyond 300m distance from the diffuser in case of both the
release points OF1 and OF2.
Available information indicates the water temperatures of 28oC (av) in the
Okha-Dwarka-Kuranga region can occur in summer. Therefore, the predicted
maximum water temperature in a small area around the diffuser would be <31oC
143
which is lower than the threshold of 35 oC considered for tropical marine areas.
Hence the release of the effluent is unlikely to cause thermal shock to the flora
and fauna even in the vicinity of the diffuser.
The SS recorded off Kuranga is 274 mg/l (av). Based on the model
results, it may increase to about 883mg/l (max) in a limited area around the
diffuser subsequent to the effluent release. An incremental increase of this order,
that too in a small area, is unlikely to negatively influence the biota even in the
vicinity of the diffuser.
As discussed under Section 5.2.6, the concentration of ammonia
(NH3+NH+4) in seawater is very low. The maximum concentration of ammonia
(NH3+NH+4) off Kuranga was 0.031 mg/l (av). The model predicts an increase of
about 100 folds (3.04 mg/l) in the vicinity of the diffuser. Ammonia as NH3
(unionized ammonia) is harmful to marine organisms even at low concentrations
and its acute toxicity varies between 0.08 and 1.5 mg/l depending on the
organism. However, the concentration of unionized ammonia in seawater mainly
depends on pH. Available literature indicates that at the pH of 8.0 to 8.3 (av) off
Kuranga (Section 5.2.2), only about 3 to 5 % of the total ammonia (NH3+NH+4)
would occur as unionized ammonia. For the predicted highest concentration of
3.04 mg/l off Kuranga about 0.15 mg/l would occur in the unionized form. This
concentration would be confined to a very small area around the diffuser. Hence,
no significant impact of release of ammonia through the effluent is expected.
The particle trajectory modelling shows that the trajectory of particle
changes with the tide but moves in the northwest-southeast axis almost parallel
to the coastline and does not reach the intake location (IT1, Figure 7.1.1). A
major fraction of the SS with bed level variation of 0.04 m but fine particles would
remain in suspension for a longer duration. This would impart a milky hue to the
water around the diffuser under continuous release of effluent. This however
would not affect the water quality since the SS in the effluent in non-toxic.
Sediment quality: Modeling results (Section 6.7) indicate that the deposition
of SS on the sea floor around the diffuser would raise the bed level by 0.04
144
m/15 d for 1000 mg/l of SS in the effluent. Over the course of time however
the rise in bed levels would be stabilised as the bed gets re-established itself
to the new hydraulic regime. This SS is inorganic in nature and largely
composed of constituents commonly occurring in the marine environment.
Considering the sediment type off Kuranga, the settlement of the effluent
associated SS is unlikely to grossly modify sediment texture of the region.
Flora and fauna: The general water quality of the coastal area would not be
affected adversely, though limited degradation would result in a small area
around the diffuser. Hence, by and large, the biological characteristics of the
region would not be affected adversely except for some negative impact on
macrobenthos in the vicinity of the diffuser, due to the settlement of SS. The
SS though not harmful, it may change the sediment character locally and the
macrobenthos community would have to adjust to this modified habitat.
Cross-contamination with seawater intake: As discussed in Section 6 the
vital parameters in the treated combined effluent would attain near ambient
levels of the water quality within 300 m (max). Hence its cross-contamination
with the seawater intake which is located at a distance of more than 2 km
away towards south would not take place.
145
8 MITIGATION MEASURES
The marine segments through which the proposed intake and effluent
disposal pipelines would pass is a typical segment of the Arabian Sea coast
of Kuranga consisting of a sandy pocket beach with an underlying rocky
substratum. The North Saurashtra coast where the project site is located
sustains seaweeds, patches of dead coral reefs with live scattered corals and
good fishery potential. Hence, adequate precautions are required to prevent
deterioration in marine environmental quality beyond the pipeline corridor.
8.1 Construction phase
As discussed under Section 5.4 the proposed corridors are free from
corals and mangroves. However, seaweeds and macrobenthos along the
corridors would be destroyed due to excavation/trenching. Adequate
precaution is necessary to minimize this damage. Therefore, the construction
activities should be confined to the pre-determined corridors taking care to
avoid use of intertidal area beyond the width of the corridors.
The impact on marine and terrestrial ecology during the construction
phase would be largely confined to the duration over which the activities are
spread. Hence, the key factor in minimising the adverse impacts would be
reduction in the construction period at the site and avoidance of spillage of
activities beyond the specified geographical area which should be kept to a
minimum. Sometimes different contractors are engaged for jobs such as
fabrication and supply of pipeline, installation etc. Lack of proper
understanding and coordination among contractors often leads to time-
overruns. This should be avoided by taking up the scheme as a single
integrated project with proper coordination among contractors as well as the
RSPL personnel.
The soil side-cast during trenching should not be left on the intertidal
zone to avoid being washed away and settling on nearby areas. It should be
removed and temporarily stored above the high tide level and used for back-
filling later.
146
There is a distinct advantage of reduction in time of marine
construction operations, by prefabricating the components wherever possible
and transporting them to the site. However, the fabrication yard should be
located sufficiently away from the shore and transport of pipes, machinery etc
to the site should be through a pre-decided corridor.
To prevent the misuse the intertidal and supralitoral areas, the
makeshift facilities for workers should be established beyond the CRZ zone
on the landward side and proper sanitation should be provided to them.
The noise level during transport and construction of marine facilities
should be kept to a minimum.
The intertidal and nearshore areas should be restored to their original
contours once the marine construction activities are completed. General
clean-up along the corridor areas, and intertidal segments etc should be
undertaken and discarded materials including left-over excavated soil should
be removed to restore the aesthetic quality of surroundings on completion of
the construction phase.
Once the alignments of the pipelines for seawater intake and effluent
disposal are finalised it is necessary to conduct a physical survey of the
routes to ensure that the alignments are free from corals, mangroves and
sand dunes. If the need be the alignments can be modified to avoid corals
mangroves and sand dunes.
8.2 Operational phase
8.2.1 Seawater intake
For well-designed and constructed gravity seawater intake systems,
only a few mitigation measures listed below are required.
Appropriate screens and bars should be provided in the intake to avoid
the large marine organisms entering the intake system.
The efficiency of the intake system might decrease over a period of
time due to the settlement of bio-foulers such as barnacles, at and inside the
pipe openings, entry of sediment into the sump etc. Periodic removal of these
147
materials will be required. The cleared material should not be dumped to sea
or intertidal areas.
As a navigational safeguard, the seawater intake locations should be
adequately protected and identified with a marker buoy.
8.2.2 Effluent disposal
Predictions of impacts of release of the effluent on the marine ecology
are made based on the assumption that the effluent meets the GPCB /CPCB
norms. Hence, it should be ensured that the effluent released to the sea
meets the prescribed GPCB /CPCB norms at all times.
It is predicted that the effluent would attain 22.3 times initial dilution
when released through a multiport diffuser (Section 6.9). Such calculations
are based on average environmental conditions and some assumptions
which cannot be easily verified. Hence, the actual dilution attained should be
measured through tracer studies after the outfall becomes operational. The
effluent release scheme can then be adequately modified to ascertain
necessary dilution, if required.
The efficiency of diffuser might decrease over a period time due to the
settlement of biofoulers at the port openings, entry of sediment in the diffuser
etc. Hence, the efficiency of the diffuser must be checked periodically (once
in 2 y or so) and if necessary it should be cleaned to revert back to the
dilution ascertained through initial tracer studies.
As a navigational safeguard, the effluent release location should be
adequately protected and identified with a marker buoy.
148
9 MANAGEMENT OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT
The guiding principal of marine environment management is to ensure
that the perturbations due to the proposed coastal activities are within the
assimilative capacity of the marine zone. This is best done by integrating into
the project itself, a plan of actions for mitigating predicted adverse effects as
discussed in Section 8.
It is necessary to verify the predicted environmental changes from the
pre-project baseline apart from ascertaining and periodically checking the
efficiency of the diffuser by post project monitoring as described below. 9.1 Pre-project monitoring for baseline quality
In Sections 5.1 to 5.4 baseline settings of relevant environmental
components with respect to the marine environment of Kuranga are
discussed pertaining to short-term measurements conducted during the field
studies. Like all natural ecosystems, the marine environment also undergoes
seasonal variations. To understand these variations it is necessary to
conduct periodic investigations, at carefully selected monitoring locations.
These should include subtidal as well as intertidal segments. In the present
case, the stations 1 to 9 should be adequate to represent the subtidal
environment, while, the intertidal transects I to VI can be selected for
evaluation of the intertidal ecology including corals. Till a proper baseline is
established, the data presented in this report can be considered for
comparing the results of future monitoring studies. The monitoring however
should be confined to the months in which the data are collected.
Many coastal areas which are under profound tidal influence reveal
diurnal changes particularly when anthropogenic contaminants are
introduced in excess of their assimilative capacity. Hence, selected stations
should be sampled diurnally during monitoring programmes. The parameters
to be monitored are listed below.
a) Water quality: Water samples obtained from 2 levels in the vertical when
the depths exceed 3 m, should be studied for temperature, pH, salinity, DO,
BOD, (or total organic carbon), dissolved phosphate, nitrate, nitrite,
149
ammonia, PHc and phenols. For shallower waters, surface samples can be
analysed.
b) Sediment quality: Sediment from subtidal and intertidal regions should
be analysed for texture, Corg, phosphorus, chromium, nickel, copper, zinc,
cadmium, lead, mercury and PHc.
c) Flora and fauna: Biological characteristics should be assessed based on
primary productivity, phytopigments, phytoplankton populations and their
generic diversity; biomass, population and group diversity of zooplankton;
biomass, population and group diversity of benthos; seaweeds, corals and
fish quality.
9.2 Post-project monitoring for assessment
A comprehensive marine quality monitoring programme with periodic
investigations at predetermined locations (These should preferably coincide
with those used for baseline quality) by a specialised agency is a practical
solution to ensure quality data acquisition. This can be a continuation of the
study designed for baseline quality and the some parameters listed above
should be included in the post-project monitoring programme. The post-
project monitoring can be as follows:
a) Just prior to the commencement of operation of marine facilities.
b) After 6 months of commencement of operations.
c) Once a year from the commencement of operation preferably in the
premonsoon period or as recommended by MoEF.
The results of each monitoring should be carefully evaluated to
identify changes if any, beyond the natural variability identified through
baseline studies. Gross deviation from the baseline may require a thorough
review of the effluent disposal scheme to identify the causative factors
leading to these deviations and accordingly, corrective measures to reverse
the trend would be necessary.
150
10 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDETIONS
10.1 Introduction
M/s RSPL Limited (RSPL) proposes to set-up a green field soda ash
plant (1500 TPD Light Soda Ash /770 TPD Dense Soda Ash – Dense Soda
Ash is Conversion of Light Soda Ash) with a captive power plant (50 MW)
near Village Kuranga in Jamnagar District of Gujarat State. For the purpose
RSPL has planned to establish marine facilities namely seawater intake of
about 6 × 105 m3/d for process, cooling DM plant utilities and process plant
effluent dilution etc. and effluent disposal of 6 × 105 m3/d from process, brine
purification rejects, DM plant rejects etc. after treatment / dilution with once
through return cooling water / fresh seawater to meet GPCB / CPCB norms
in the coastal waters off Kuranga.
CSIR-NIO on behalf of RSPL therefore conducted detailed
oceanographic investigations of the coastal waters off Kuranga during 2012-
13 with the objectives of a) establishing prevailing ecological status of the
study area, b) suggesting suitable sites and modes for seawater intake and
effluent disposal, c) assessing impact on the coastal ecology and d)
suggesting adequate Marine Environmental Plan (MEMP) including
mitigation measures. The present report is prepared to meet these
objectives.
10.2 Project domain
RSPL, a North India based well reputed company is in the business of
Detergents, Soaps, leather products and dairy products. RSPL proposes to
produce Soda Ash with a sole objective of achieving backward integration
and of controlling quality and cost of raw materials of detergent.
10.2.1 Location
The RSPL site is flanked by villages Kuranga, Bhatvadia and Gojiness
with the Arabian Sea in the southwest. It is well connected to National
Highway (NH- 8E), Railway and airport.
151
10.2.2 Process
Soda Ash: Soda ash (Na2CO3) is manufactured by the reaction between
sodium chloride and limestone with ammonia as an intermediate carrier. The
major steps involved in the process are as follows: (a) Brine purification in
which the saturated brine is treated with soda ash and milk of lime to remove
residual impurities. (b) Limestone calcination whereby limestone is mixed
with coke and charged to lime kilns to produce CO2 and CaO. Part of CaO is
hydrated with sweet water to make milk of lime for treatment of brine. Major
part of lime is grind and fed to Prelimer for release of ammonia. (c) Ammonia
is absorbed in purified brine in absorber and thereafter CO2 from
compressors is fed in carbonation columns to obtain crude sodium
bicarbonate as a solid phase which is filtered and decomposed to Soda Ash
(Na2CO3) in calliper.
The filtrate containing NH4Cl is reacted with Ca(OH)2 in prelimer stills
to recover NH3 in ammonia still which is recycled. Ammonia still discharge is
the major effluent from soda ash industry.This effluent contains high
concentration of inorganic non-toxic solids and liquid is rich in salts with
traces of NH3. About 300 to 500 kg of solids are produced per tonne of soda
ash manufactured. The effluent after removal of NH3 is diluted with return
cooling seawater to meet disposal norms.
Power plant: The captive power plant of 50 MW (20 MW × 2 nos. + 10 MW x
1 no.) capacity multi-extraction turbo-attunator and 150 TPH × 3 nos. Light/
Coal based boilers.The steam generator units will be compact semi-outdoor,
returned/assisted circulation, balanced draft, single drum, water tube type
provided with circulating fluidized bed combustion system.
10.2.3 Marine facilities
(a) Seawater intake: The seawater requirement of 6 × 105 m3/d for process,
cooling, RO/DM plant utilities and process plant dilution etc. will be met by
drawing seawater from the Arabian Sea.
(b) Effluent disposal: The diluted combined effluent from process, brine
preparation/purification rejects, washings, return cooling, RO/DM plant
152
rejects, utility rejects etc. will be adequately treated to meet GPCB/ CPCB
norms and proposed to be disposed at a suitable location in the Arabian Sea.
(c) Field study: The seawater intake and effluent disposal location, pipeline
alignments and diffuser design will be suggested by CSIR-NIO on the basis
of field investigations and model studies.
10.3 Study area
The coastal waters off Kuranga forms a part of the coastal stretch
between Dwaraka and Porbandar of the Saurashtra coast of Arabian sea.
The area sustains sparse and scattered vegetation of the tropical dry
mixed deciduous scrub and desert thorn type belonging to the xerophytic
group. The land use pattern within 10 km distance of the project site in
Jamnagar District indicates that 4.14 % land is under crops and 8.05% has
vegetation. The coastal belt is sparsely populated except few pockets like
Porbandar, Dwaraka, Mithapur, Bhogat etc.
With few rain days, and highly variable and low rains, the climate is
hot and humid from April till October and pleasant during brief winter from
December to February. Wind speeds are 0 to 70 km/h.
10.4 Studies conducted 10.4.1 Field investigations
The studies were conducted in respect of physical processes, water
quality, sediment quality, and flora and fauna at 9 subtidal stations and 6
intertidal transects during April-May 2012 (premonsoon), September 2012
(monsoon), and December 2012 (postmonsoon). The analyses were
performed as per recommended oceanographic procedures.
The coral investigations in intertidal regions were carried out during
April - May 2013.
153
10.4.2 Model studies
Predictions on dilution and dispersion of pollutants, SS transport and
bed level changes were done on the basis of 2D models.
10.5 Prevailing marine environment
The coastal area off Kuranga in an area of 280 km2 was investigated
for its environmental characteristics such as physical processes, water
quality, sediment quality and biological characteristics. The status was
evolved for 3 seasons namely premonsoon, monsoon and postmonsoon
during 2012.
10.5.1 Physical processes
The tides along the coast were mixed semi-diurnal with the mean high
water spring and neap rise of about 3.5 and 1.2 m respectively. The high tide
at Okha lagged by 1 h 40 min to 2 h 10 min with respect to the tide at
Porbandar. Tide measured at station 7 compared well with the recorded tide
at Okha.
Off Kuranga the currents are mainly tide-induced though wind also
contributes to some extent. The currents which were parallel to the shore
have maximum speeds of 0.0 to 0.3 m/s with net onshore and alongshore
components varying spatially. The tidal excursion estimated based on drogue
trajectories was variable depending on the tidal phase, location and period.
10.5.2 Water quality
The average water temperature varied in accordance with the air
temperature and was generally below 30oC. The average pH (8.0 - 8.3) was
in the range expected for the coastal area and spatial or temporal changes
were minor. The average SS was variable (16 - 274 mg/l) as the seafloor is
rocky or sandy. In the absence of freshwater discharges, the salinity was
high (35.2 - 37.0 ppt) as compared to that of the typical seawater (35.5 ppt).
The water was well-mixed vertically as well as laterally.
DO content, a vital water quality parameter influencing the health of
aquatic biota, was in excess of 4mg/l. Consequently BOD of the coastal
154
water was low (av < 0.1 – 6.7 mg/l). The average concentrations of PO43--P
(ND – 2.3 mol/l) and NO3--N (0.8 - 11.7 mol/l) were in the range expected
for the coastal area. Low levels of NH4+-N (av ND – 2.2 mol/l) and NO2
--N
(av < 2.2 mol/l) indicated good oxidizing conditions in water.
The average concentrations of PHc (0.2 – 32.8 g/l) and phenols (69 -
146 g/l) were low and in the range commonly encountered in
uncontaminated coastal waters.
The prevailing water quality of the nearshore for premonsoon
compared well with that of the coastal waters off Gojiness which is adjacent
to the study area recorded during March 2010.
10.5.3 Sediment quality
The surface sediment of the study area had variable texture but
generally dominated by varying grades of sand.
The subtidal as well as the intertidal sediments off Kuranga sustained
variable concentrations of trace metals such as chromium, cobalt, nickel,
copper, zinc and mercury primarily because of the heterogeneous character
of sediments and in absence of any known anthropogenic source, they
represented a baseline.
The Corg (<1.9 %; dry wt) and phosphorus (< 818 - 1514 g/g; dry wt)
contents in sediments were low and represented the baseline. The
concentrations of PHc (0.1 - 1.4 g/g; wet wt) in the sediment were also low
and revealed uncontaminated status of the sediment with respect to PHc.
The prevailing sediment quality of the nearshore for premonsoon was
comparable with that of the coastal waters off Gojiness reported for March
2010. Incidentally Gojiness is located adjacent to Kuranga.
155
10.5.4 Flora and fauna
Bacterial count like TVC in water and sediment was low and without
any specific trend. Pathogens were rarely noticed suggesting clean and
natural coastal system off Kuranga.
The concentration of chlorophyll a in the coastal water (0.7 - 30.6
mg/m3) indicated variable and patchy phytoplankton biomass. The
concentration of phaeophytin (0.2 - 5.8 mg/m3) was low. The phytoplankton
population was variable in accordance with the trend in phytopigments.
Overall, 19 genera were recorded in the region with the common occurrence
of Nitzschia, Navicula, Chaetoceros, Thalassiosira etc.
Mangroves were absent along the Kuranga coast. The intertidal rocky
region (150-300m) however sustained marine algae. Species such as
Caulerpa racemosa, Ulva lactuca, Andorea indica etc. and floating algae like
sargassum polycastrum. The sand dunes, particularly narrow foreshore and
burm regions of 20 to 40 m width supported sand dune vegetation, mostly in
patches. The sand dune flora was dominated by babul and grass vegetation.
The zooplankton standing stock in terms of biomass (0.04 - 1.4
ml/100m3) and population (0.3 - 19.6 × 103 no/100m3) was indicative of an
overall moderate secondary production and varied widely. The composition
of zooplankton was fairly diverse and consisted mainly of copepods,
decapods larvae, lamellibranchs, gastropods and cladocera, foraminiferans
which together contributed about 97 % to the total population. Overall 18
faunal groups were identified. Good number of fish eggs and fish larvae
though at a low percentage, occurred in majority of the zooplankton
collections. Decapod larvae occurred in all zooplankton samples and
contributed about 2.6 % to the zooplankton population. The most dominant
groups were crab zoea and pagurids.
The intertidal macrobenthic standing stock in terms of population and
biomass varied from 0 to 7125 no/m2 and from 0 to 61.0 g/m2; wet wt
respectively. The fauna was mainly constituted by crustaceans, polychaetes
and mollusks. The faunal group diversity varied between 0 and 6 groups. The
subtidal benthic macrofaunal standing stock in terms of population and
biomass varied from 0 to 7100 no/m2 and from 0 to 21.5 g/m2; wet wt with
156
poor faunal group diversity (2 - 8 no). The faunal composition indicated
overall dominance of polychaetes followed by crustaceans..
Jamnagar District contributed about 5 to 14% of the Gujarat State’s
fish landings. The landings of Jamnagar District revealed a variety of
common species and important fishes such as pomfret, Bombay duck, Hilsa,
prawns, tuna, shark etc. The important fish landing centers are Dwarka,
Harshad, Navadra etc. The data suggested that area was conducive for the
quality fishes.
Three transects IV, V and VI in the intertidal area were investigated for
the presence of live corals. The intake corridor is free from corals. Transect
IV sustained isolated corals namely Porites compressa, Favia Favus and
Zoanthus sp. Transect V with predominant sandy intertidal stretch sustained
low coral density of Porites compressa and Zoanthus. Some signs of turtle
nesting grounds were seen on the sandy beaches. However live turtles and
eggs were not sighted during the visit. Transect VI was free from corals. No
planulae larvae was seen during visit at this transect. Assessment by remote
sensing imagery did not reveal presence of corals in the 5 km radius of the
pipeline corridors including the subtidal area.
10.6 Modeling studies for marine facilities
RSPL proposes to establish marine facilities namely seawater intake
and effluent disposal in the coastal waters off Kuranga. The suitability of
these locations has been studied by using the numerical models. They are
described below.
10.6.1 Hydrodynamic modeling
Numerical modeling was done using Hydrodyn-FLOSOFT, Hydrodyn-
POLSOFT and Hydrodyn-SEDSOFT software for prediction of tides and
currents; dilution and dispersion processes in marine areas; and sediment
transport in tidally driven zones. The model runs were made for a period of
15 d for different seasons. The comparison of the observed and the
computed tides as well as current components indicated good agreement
between the two.
157
10.6.2 Seawater intake
It is proposed to withdraw seawater from the Arabian Sea by gravity
through a submarine pipeline.
a) Locations of intake: It is proposed to establish the seawater intake site at
one of the two sites given below.
IT1: 210 59' 49.70" N; 690 10' 24.60" (depth 4.5 m below CD).
IT2: 210 59' 46.02" N; 690 10' 20.04" (depth 7.0 m below CD).
b) Behavior at intake: The study predicts that the seawater withdrawal at
location IT1 forms a trough of 50 m radius with a tide raise of 0.3 m and swirl
velocity of 0.78 to 0.80 m/s at spring peak ebb and peak ebb.
At location IT2 the trough is of 40 m radius with a tide raise of 2.03 m
and swirl velocity of 0.8 to 1.3 m/s at spring flood. At spring ebb the 40 m
radius trough possesses a tide raise of 2.02 m and swirl velocity of 0.8 to 1.8
m/s.
Thus in both the cases the impact of the tide regime is similar, in
significant and limited to small well defined area around the intakes. The
location IT1 is recommended on the basis of minimal area and volume of
excavation required to lay the pipeline and consequent reduction in the
benthic losses.
10.6.3 Effluent release
It is proposed to release the effluent at the bottom in the Arabian Sea
through a submarine pipeline.
a) Locations of release: It is proposed to release the effluent into the sea at
one of the two sites given below.
OF1: 220 01' 25.62" N; 690 08' 06.27"E (depth 13-14 m below CD)
OF2: 220 00' 39.51" N; 690 09' 07.01"E (depth 12 m below CD)
b) Behaviour of effluent: The effluent if released at OF1/OF2, the levels of
critical parameters in the effluent around the location and small central patch
namely temperature: 50 C above ambient, SS: 1000 mg/l and ammonia: 5
mg/l attain the ambient levels of temperature: 23°C, SS: 50mg/l and
ammonia: ND at 300m (max) from the outfall.
Ammonia in free form is toxic to some marine organisms at low
concentrations. The concentrations of ammonia predicted at OF1and OF2
158
would be higher than the natural levels. However, at the ambient pH of
seawater much of this ammonia is expected to be converted to NH4+, the
form in which it is not toxic to marine organisms.
Based on the results of numerical modeling it can be concluded that
the water quality of the coastal area off Kuranga would not deteriorate with
respect to temperature, SS and ammonia beyond 300m distance from the
outfall except in the immediate vicinity of the outfall where the temperature,
SS and ammonia would be relatively higher but in the range considered
tolerable to marine biota.
The bed level changes due to release of SS of 1000 mg/l from the
effluent would be 0.018 m (max) at the outfall with no significant variation in
the rate of erosion/deposition for the both the options. The deposited SS in
the vicinity of the outfall would be advected northwest-southeast to settle
over a large area as the fine grained SS erodes. This would reduce in time
as the seabed gets re-establish itself to a new hydraulic regime. In short term
however there is a possibility of siltation due to continuous discharge of the
effluent.
The output clearly shows that behaviour of the effluent released at
OF1 and OF2 was similar. Also the ambient condition would attain within 300
m (max) in both the cases. Presence of soft mud at OF1and OF2 negates
the possibility of presence of subtidal corals. Hence both the location OF1
and OF2 are recommended suitable for the effluent release.
C) Near-field dilution: Based on the results of the Buoyant / Forced-Jet
Model it is suggested that the effluent should be released with a minimum
initial jet velocity of 3 m/s through a 10 port diffuser at 13 m below CD depth
above the bottom. As the effluent plume descends through the water column
it would attain initial dilution by 22.3 times.
159
10.7 Potential marine environmental impacts 10.7.1 Seawater intake
a) Scheme: From the two options (IT1 and IT2), the alignment for IT1 was
selected on the basis of lower area and volume of excavation required to lay
the pipeline and consequent reduction in benthic losses due to shorter
length. Since the corridor is devoid of mangroves and corals as well as Sand
dunes. Their losses are unlikely. The land based sump and the intake point
(IT1, 210 59' 49.70"N; 690 10' 24.60"E) will be connected by 70 and 456 m
long intertidal and subtidal pipeline segments respectively. The gradient of
the buried pipeline will be so maintained that the seawater flows at a
constant rate.
b) Potential marine environmental impacts: Major potential negative
marine environmental impacts due to the proposed activities would be largely
associated with (a) construction phase of laying of the intake pipelines and b)
operational phase due to circulation pattern, changes in erosion-deposition
processes, as well as impingement and entrainment of biota.
i) Construction phase: Adverse impacts of the proposed project on the
marine environment during the construction phase could be due to
modifications in the hydrodynamic characteristics of the area, degradation in
water and sediment qualities and consequent impact on biota depending on
the construction methodology selected and duration.
The intertidal and subtidal areas of 0.035 and 0.91 ha totalling 0.95 ha
would be adversely affected by the construction activities.
Hydrodynamic characteristics: As the trenching and burial of the pipeline
would be across the intertidal zone with a sandy beach and subtidal zone
with hard substratum, the construction if not conducted in a stipulated time
and planning there can be minor and local erosion both sides of the trench
due to non-compacted sand moving into the trench. However, due to the
limited length of the trench and shallow excavation, this would not be
significant. Apart from this, the coastal dynamics are unlikely to be influenced
by the construction activities.
Water quality: The bed sediment disturbed at the excavation site would
generate SS which may remain in suspension for some time at the
construction site. However, considering the sandy nature of the sediment it is
160
expected to settle fairly quickly. The impact would be localized, temporary
and confined only to the construction phase of trenching, pipelaying and
trench filling.
As the sediment of the region is mainly sand subjected to continuous
wave action and sorting, leachable pollutants are not expected in them.
Moreover the sediments of the area are unpolluted. Hence there would not
be any deterioration in water quality on this account.
Sediment quality: Since the area that would be disturbed is small, the
excavated sediment volume is unlikely to cause change in the sediment
texture on a wider area of the seabed excepting in the close vicinity. Such
impact would be negligible.
Misuse of the intertidal area by the workforce employed can locally
degrade the sediment quality by increasing BOD and populations of
pathogens. If proper arrangement is not made for them. The impact,
however, would be minor and temporary and recovery would occur when the
source of this contamination is eliminated at the end of the construction
phase.
Flora and fauna: Hectic construction activities in the corridor areas would
influence the local biotic communities, particularly the macrobenthos along
the corridors selected for laying the pipelines. As the sediment is not
enriched in Corg, its suspension in the water column is unlikely to deplete DO
in this dynamic marine area and DO availability would not constrain the biotic
processes. The danger of biota getting exposed to pollutants released from
the sediment interstitial water when the bed is disturbed, is low. The corridor
and nearby zone are devoid of mangrove vegetation and corals. Hence,
there would be no impact on these habitats.
The impact of turbidity due to enhanced levels of SS if any, would be
local and temporary with the phytoplankton community structure remaining
more or less unaltered as the enhancement in turbidity during the activity is
expected to be low.
Laying of pipeline would destroy the benthic habitats in the corridor of
0.95 ha. However, when the trench is back-filled, entire area would be
available for their re-colonisation. Probable temporary loss of macrobenthic
biomass and population would be 43.9 kg (av) and 10.9 × 106 no (av)
respectively. Considering the benthic potential of the study area, such losses
161
are unlikely to be reflected on the overall biopotential of the coastal marine
system off Kuranga.
Loss of mangroves and corals as well as Sand dunes is not
envisaged, as the pipeline corridor is devoid of mangroves , corals and Sand
dunes.
Miscellaneous: The aesthetics of the coastal zone off Kuranga would
deteriorate due to the presence of construction machinery, materials and left-
over solid waste.
If the construction is prolonged due to time-overruns or improper
planning, the adverse influence would increase accordingly.
The birds using the intertidal area around the project site are not
expected to be impacted adversely as the limited excavation does not
warrant the use of heavy machinery and large vessels. Marine reptiles and
mammals would not be affected due to the construction activities since they
keep away from such sites. Since there are no major commercial fishing
operations close to the shore, the impact on fisheries would be minor.
ii) Operational phase: Marine environmental implications during the
operational phase of the project would be confined to the probable negative
influence of seawater intake on hydrodynamic characteristics, water quality,
sediment quality, and flora and fauna of the region.
Hydrodynamic characteristics: As the flow of seawater in the sump is by
gravity, the change in the current speeds and water levels during operations
of the intake system would be marginal as predicted and the overall
hydrodynamics of the region would remain unaltered.
Water Quality: During the operational phase there would be no activity
leading to release of contaminants to the coastal area. Hence the impact on
physico-chemical quality of the adjoining seawater is not expected to be
influenced.
Sediment quality: Since the water quality would not be impacted, change in
sediment quality due to water borne particulates is discounted. The change
in the current velocities due to withdrawal of seawater would be minor and
would not alter erosion/deposition in the area.
Flora and fauna: General water quality of the coastal area would not be
affected adversely. Hence, the biological characteristics of the region would
not be influenced except for minor negative impact on macrobenthic
162
community in the vicinity of the intake due to limited local disturbance to the
sediment.
The current velocities at the pipe orifice are predicted to be low.
Hence, impingement of species such as fish or crab would be insignificant.
Considering the short life span of plankton and their fast multiplication rates,
the loss due to entrainment would not adversely influence the productivity of
the coastal region. Impact of entrainment of fish eggs and larvae on future
adult populations is also considered minor since fishes during their breeding
cycle lay millions of eggs of which only a very small fraction grows to
adulthood.
10.7.2 Effluent disposal a) Scheme: Both the (OF1 and OF2) have been recommended for the
effluent release since behaviour of the effluent is similar in both the cases
and the released effluent would attain the ambient levels within 300m (max).
Since the corridors are devoid of mangroves and corals as well as Sand
dunes their destruction due to the development is unlikely. A pipeline will be
laid between LFP and the disposal sites (OF1: 220 01' 25.62" N; 690 08'
06.27"E or OF2: 22° 00’ 39.51”N; 69°09’ 7.01”E). It will be buried in the
intertidal stretch and wherever depth is below 6 m in the subtidal stretch. It
will be end at a 68 m long, 10 port diffuser. The diluted effluent (6 × 105 m3/d)
will be released at a jet velocity of 3 m/s to get the plume dilution of 22.3
times.
b) Potential marine environmental impacts: Potential negative impacts on
marine ecology can arise during the construction as well as the operational
phases of the effluent release scheme.
I) Construction phase: Adverse impacts of the proposed effluent release
scheme on the marine environment during the construction phase could be
due to modifications in the hydrodynamic characteristics, degradation in
water and sediment qualities and impact on biota.
Hydrodynamic characteristics: The hydrodynamics of the area would get
influenced during a short period of trenching and pipelaying only. Hence the
impact on the characteristics would be localised and temporary.
163
Water quality: Trenching/pipelaying in the area having hard
substratum/sand has relatively low potential to disperse the bed sediment.
The impact would be localized, temporary and confined only to the
construction phase. The sediment of the region is unpolluted; hence, there
would not be deterioration in the water quality on this account.
Sediment quality: Since the area possesses hard substratum/sand and the
excavated sediment is a small volume, it is unlikely to cause change in the
sediment texture on a wider area.
Misuse of the intertidal area by the work force can locally degrade the
sediment quality by increasing BOD and populations of pathogens. The
impact, however, would be minor and temporary.
Flora and fauna: The intertidal corridor is largely composed of degraded
reef and sand with isolated patches of seaweeds with a few species. Hence,
no significant loss of flora and fauna is envisaged. Loss of localized weeds
would be easily recouped by fresh recruitment once the activities are
terminated.
The impact of increase in turbidity due to enhanced levels of SS, if
any, would be local and temporary with the phytoplankton community
structure remaining more or less unaltered. Zooplankton are unlikely to be
affected.
The project would have negative impact on benthic habitats which
would be destroyed during pipelaying. However, this loss would be minor and
temporary and the benthos would re-colonise in due course after the
construction activities are terminated. Moreover, structures would provide
additional surface area for benthos to colonise on the newly created
substratum.
Since the corridor selected is devoid of corals and mangroves, their
destruction during the construction is unlikely.
Miscellaneous: The aesthetics of the coastal zone would deteriorate due to
the presence of construction machinery and materials, make-shift huts of
labour force etc. Left-over solid waste and that generated during
construction would be a source of nuisance if not cleared from the site. If
the construction is prolonged due to time-overruns or improper planning, the
adverse influence would increase accordingly.
164
The birds using the intertidal area around the project site would be
disturbed particularly if the construction activity is scheduled during their
migratory months. However, this would be limited to only construction phase.
Since there are no major commercial fishing operations close to the shore,
the impact on fisheries would be minor.
ii) Operational phase: Marine environmental implications during the
operational phase could be due to the release of the effluent on water quality,
sediment quality, and flora and fauna of the region as follows:
Hydrodynamic characteristics: The release of the effluent at 13 - 14 m
depth (CD) would not influence the hydrodynamic characteristics. Though,
accumulation of the sand along the sides of the pipeline is expected, that
would provide additional area for benthos to re-colonise.
Water quality: The predicted maximum water temperature in a small area
around the diffuser would be lower than the threshold of 35 oC considered for
tropical marine areas. Hence the release of the effluent is unlikely to cause
thermal shock to the flora and fauna even in the vicinity of the diffuser.
An incremental increase of SS in a small area is unlikely to negatively
influence the biota even in the vicinity of the diffuser.
The model predicts an increase of about 100 folds in the concentration
of ammonia over the baseline in the vicinity of the diffuser. Ammonia as NH3
(unionized ammonia) is harmful to marine organisms even at low
concentrations. However, the concentration of unionized ammonia in
seawater mainly depends on pH. At the pH of 8.0 to 8.3 (av) off Kuranga,
only about 3 to 5 % of the total ammonia (NH3+NH+4) would occur as
unionized ammonia. For the predicted highest concentration of 3.04 mg/l off
Kuranga, about 0.15 mg/l would occur in the unionized form. This
concentration would be confined to a very small area around the diffuser.
Hence, no significant impact of release of ammonia through the effluent is
expected.
The field of influence of increase in temperature, SS and ammonia
would vary between 150 to 300 m length along the advected plume. The
ambient condition would be attained within 300 m distance from the outfall
location.
A major fraction of the SS would settle but fine particles would remain
in suspension for a longer duration. This would impart a milky hue to the
165
water around the diffuser under continuous release of effluent. This however
would not affect the flora and fauna since the SS in the effluent in non-toxic.
Sediment quality: The SS in the effluent is inorganic in nature and largely
composed of constituents commonly occurring in the marine environment.
Considering the sediment type off Kuranga, the settlement of the effluent
associated SS is unlikely to grossly modify sediment character of the region.
Flora and fauna: The general water quality of the coastal area would not be
affected negatively. Hence, by and large, the biological characteristics of the
region would not be affected adversely except for some negative impact on
macrobenthos in the vicinity of the diffuser, due to the settlement of SS. The
SS though not harmful, it may change the sediment character locally and the
macrobenthos community would have to adjust to this modified habitat.
c) Cross-contamination with seawater intake
The vital parameters in the treated combined effluent would attain
near ambient levels of the water quality at a distance of about 300 m (max)
from the effluent disposal points OF1 and OF2. Hence its cross-
contamination with the seawater intake which is more than 2 km away is
ruled out.
10.8 Mitigation Measures
The marine segment off kuranga sustains seaweeds, live corals in
isolated patches and good fishery potential. Hence, adequate precautions
are required to prevent deterioration in marine environmental quality beyond
the pipeline corridor as described below.
10.8.1 Construction phase:
The key factor in minimize negative impacts on marine ecology would
be reduction in the construction period at the site and avoidance of spillage
of activities beyond the specified geographical area. Hence, the project must
be properly planned and project site adequately demarcated. Lack of proper
understanding among contractors often leads to time-overruns. This should
be avoided by taking up the scheme as a single integrated project with
proper coordination among contractors as well as the RSPL personnel.
Both terrestrial and marine components of the project should be
coordinated with planning that takes the tidal conditions into account since
166
the work also involves intertidal stretch. The excavated sediment should not
be kept in the intertidal zone. It should be properly stored on land and used
for back-filling the trenches. Fabrication yard should be located sufficiently
away from the shore and transport of pipes, machinery etc. to the site should
be through a pre-decided corridor.
Work force misusing the intertidal and supratidal areas should be
avoided by establishing the makeshift facilities for workers sufficiently away
from the HTL on the landward side and proper sanitation should be provided
to them to prevent abuse of the intertidal region.
The noise level during transport and construction of marine facilities
should be kept to a minimum.
The intertidal and nearshore areas should be restored to their original
contours once the marine construction activities are completed. General
clean-up along the corridor areas, and intertidal segment etc. should be
undertaken and discarded materials including left-over soil should be
removed from the intertidal site. The aesthetic quality of surroundings should
be restored on completion of the construction phase.
It is necessary to ensure that the pipeline corridors selected are free
from mangroves, corals and Sand dunes by physical survey. If the need be
the alignments can be modified.
10.8.2 Operational phase:
a) Seawater intake: Since the pipes are large, large fishes may enter the
pipe along with the intake water. To mitigate this each pipe end should be
fitted with bars (either vertical or horizontal) to avoid chocking. Screen should be provided in the intake design to avoid the fish and
other organisms entering the intake system passing the bars.
Cleaning and clearing of bio-fouler such as barnacles on and inside
the pipe openings and sediment in the sump etc. should be done on regular
basis to maintain efficiency of the intake system. The cleared material should
not be dumped in the sea or on the intertidal areas. It should be washed
thoroughly with freshwater to remove its salt content and disposed off in
landfills.
As a navigational safeguard, the effluent release location should be
adequately protected and identified with a marker buoy.
167
b) Effluent disposal: It should be ensured that the effluent released to the
sea meets the prescribed GPCB/ CPCB norms at all times.
It is predicted that the effluent would attain 22.3 times initial dilution.
This should be verified through tracer studies after the outfall becomes
operational. The effluent release scheme can then be adequately modified to
ascertain necessary dilution, if required. The efficiency of the diffuser must
be checked periodically (once in 2 y or so) and if necessary it should be
cleaned to revert back to the dilution ascertained through initial tracer
studies.
As a navigational safeguard, the effluent release location should be
adequately protected and identified with a marker buoy.
10.9 Management of marine environment
It is necessary to verify the predicted environmental changes from the
pre-project baseline apart from ascertaining and periodically checking the
efficiency of the diffuser through periodic monitoring. For this purpose the
baseline environmental status should be established through intensive
monitoring. The post-project monitoring can be just prior to the
commencement of effluent release, after 6 months of commencement of
operations and once a year from the commencement of operation, or as
recommended by MoEF.
The results of each monitoring should be carefully evaluated to
identify significant changes, if any, from the baseline. Gross deviation from
the baseline may require a thorough review of the effluent disposal scheme
to identify the causative factors leading to these deviations and accordingly,
corrective measures to reverse the trend would be necessary.
Table 3.1.1: Details of cyclonic storms along North Gujarat coast (1893-2004)
Year Month Intensity Point of origin Track followed
1893 Nov Str-SStr Arabian Sea Veraval-Bhavnagar
1894 Oct SStr Arabian Sea Jafarabad-S.Gujarat
1896 Nov SStr Indian Ocean Off Jafarabad-Bhopal-Allahabad
1897 Jul Depr Arabian Sea Off Jafarabad-Veraval-Gulf of Kachchh
1897 Sep Depr Off Diu Veraval-Off Dwaraka-NW
1903 Jul Str Arabian Sea Off Jafarabad-Veraval-North
1909 Sep Depr Bay of Bengal Surat-Jafarabad-Kandla-NW
1920 Jun SStr Arabian Sea Veraval-Ahmedabad
1925 Jun Depr Arabian Sea Off Veraval-Kandla-Bhopal-Allahabad
1925 Jun Depr Arabian Sea Bharuch-Bhavnagar-Okha
1926 Sep Depr Off Veraval Veraval-N-W-N
1933 May Depr Arabian Sea Veraval-N
1934 Oct Depr Arabian Sea Dissipated Off Jafarabad
1935 Jun Depr Bay of Bengal Gulf of Khambhat
1944 Aug Str Bihar Ahmedabad-Kandla-Off Jafarabad-W
1944 Oct Depr Bay of Bengal Pune-Mumbai-Off Jafarabad-
Ahmedabad
1947 Apr SStr Off Cochin Arabian Sea-Bharuch-along the West
coast
1948 Sep SStr Bay of Bengal Mumbai-Off Diu-Porbandar
1954 Jul Depr Off Jafarabad Vadinar-Karachi
1959 Oct Depr-Str Arabian Sea Jafarabad-Veraval-across the Arabian
Sea-Oman
1960 Jul Depr Off Veraval Off Dwarka-Mandwa
1962 Sep Depr Bay of Bengal Surat-Jafarabad-Dwarka-Mandwa
Table 3.1.1 (Contd 2)
Year Month Intensity Point of origin Track followed
1964 Aug Str Arabian Sea Jafarabad
1969 Jun Depr Arabian Sea Jafarabad-Bhavnagar
1973 Jul Depr Off Diu Veraval-Porbandar-Vadinar-N
1975 Jun Depr Off Jafarabad Okha-W
1976 May-Jun SStr Arabian Sea Jafarabad-Ahmedabad
1982 Nov Depr Arabian Sea Veraval-Ahmedabad-NE
1983 Jun Depr Off Veraval Veraval-Rajkot
1985 Oct Depr Off Mumbai Jafarabad-W of Bhavnagar Jafarabad-
Surat-NE
1989 Jun Depr Off Veraval Junagadh-Rajkot-Navlakhi-Vadinar-NW
1996 Jun SStr Kandla Kandla-Rajkot
1996 Oct SStr Arabian Sea Kandla-Veraval-Jafarabad
1998 June SStr Arabian Sea Porbandar-Jamnagar-Kandla
1999 June SStr Arabian Sea Porbandar-Dwaraka-Jakhau
2001 May Depr Arabian Sea Porbandar-Dwarka
2001 Sep Depr-
Strm-Dep Arabian Sea Porbandar
2004 May
Depr-Str-
Sstr-Str-
Depr
Arabian Sea Porbandar
2004 Sep Depr-Sstr Arabian Sea Bhuj
Intensity (Wind speed) Depression (Depr): Upto 61 km/h. Storm (Str): 62-87 km/h. Severe Storm (SStr): 89-117 km/h.
Table 5.2.1: Water quality at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April - May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 28.1 28.6 28.4 B 25.2 25.7 25.4 (27.8) (28.9) (28.4)
pH S 8.0 8.1 8.1 B 8.0 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 24* B - - 29*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.3 36.4 36.3 B 36.3 36.4 36.4
DO (mg/l) S 6.7 8.0 7.6 B 6.4 7.7 7.3
BOD (mg/l) S - - 3.4* B - - 4.3*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.1 0.3 0.2 B 0.1 0.5 0.1
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.7* B - - 2.3*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 1.0 3.8 2.1 B 2.5 4.0 3.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.1 0.5 0.1 B 0.3 0.7 0.5
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.3 1.0 0.5 B 0.3 0.9 0.5
TN (µmol/l) S - - 5.8* B - - 5.0*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 18.1* Phenols(µg/l) S - - 145.9*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.2: Water quality at station 2 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April - May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 27.9 27.9 27.9 B 26.5 26.5 26.5 (26.1) (26.1) (26.1)
pH S 8.1 8.1 8.1 B 8.0 8.0 8.0
SS(mg/l) S - - 142* B - - 170*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.3 35.3 35.3 B 35.2 35.3 35.3
DO (mg/l) S 7.4 7.4 7.4 B 4.2 4.5 4.3
BOD (mg/l) S - - 4.2* B - - 1.6*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.5 0.5 0.5 B 1.1 1.1 1.1
TP (µmol/l) S - - 0.9* B - - 1.7*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 5.2 5.4 5.3 B 7.1 8.0 7.6
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.2 0.2 B 0.9 0.9 0.9
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.5 0.5 B 0.7 1.0 0.8
TN (µmol/l) S - - 58.1* B - - 84.8*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 14.3* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 124.3*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.3: Water quality at station 3 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April -May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 27.1 27.1 27.1 B 26.3 26.3 26.3 (25.9) (25.9) (25.9)
pH S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.1 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 140* B - - 109*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.2 35.3 35.3 B 35.2 35.3 35.3
DO (mg/l) S 8.0 8.3 8.2 B 7.4 7.4 7.4
BOD (mg/l) S - - 4.2* B - - <0.1*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.3 0.4 0.4 B 0.4 0.4 0.4
TP (µmol/l) S - - 0.8* B - - 1.6*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 4.1 4.8 4.4 B 4.4 4.5 4.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.1 0.2 0.2 B 0.1 0.1 0.1
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.3 0.4 0.4 B 0.2 0.4 0.3
TN (µmol/l) S - - 62.0* B - - 85.8*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 6.6* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 68.6*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.4: Water quality at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April- May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 26.1 26.9 26.4 B 24.1 25.6 25.2 (26.8) (28.0) (27.5)
pH S 8.0 8.1 8.0 B 8.0 8.1 8.0
SS(mg/l) S - - 274* B - - -
Salinity(ppt) S 35.2 35.3 35.2 B 35.2 35.3 35.2
DO (mg/l) S 8.0 8.6 8.2 B 6.7 7.4 7.0
BOD (mg/l) S - - 2.2* B - - 1.9*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.9 1.6 1.1 B 1.0 2.3 1.7
TP (µmol/l) S - - - B - - -
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 3.9 6.9 4.9 B 3.2 4.5 3.9
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.6 0.3 B 0.4 0.8 0.6
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.7 0.4 B 0.0 0.2 0.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 16.4* B - - 37.9*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 16.1* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 86.2*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.5: Water quality at station 5 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April- May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 27.3 27.3 27.3 B 26.7 26.7 26.7 (26.4) (26.4) (26.4)
pH S 8.2 8.2 8.2 B 8.2 8.2 8.2
SS(mg/l) S - - 19.6* B - - 20.8*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.2 35.2 35.2 B 35.2 35.2 35.2
DO (mg/l) S 7.3 7.6 7.4 B 7.0 7.3 7.1
BOD (mg/l) S - - 3.8* B - - 3.8*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S ND ND ND B 0.6 0.7 0.6
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.1* B - - 1.7*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 0.8 1.0 0.9 B 1.4 1.5 1.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.1 0.1 0.1 B 0.9 0.9 0.9
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.5 0.5 B 0.4 0.5 0.4
TN (µmol/l) S - - 62.0* B - - 85.5*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 27.4* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 124.8*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.6: Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012.
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature ( oC ) S 26.7 26.7 26.7 B 26.8 26.8 26.8 (30.1) (30.1) (30.1)
pH S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.0 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 27* B - - 30*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.3 35.5 35.4 B 35.3 35.3 35.3
DO (mg/l) S 7.0 7.0 7.0 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 3.5* B - - 1.6*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.6 0.6 0.6 B 1.2 1.2 1.2
TP (µmol/l) S - - - B - - -
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 3.6 3.9 3.8 B 6.5 8.3 7.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.4 0.4 B 1.4 1.6 1.5
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.4 0.4 B ND 0.1 0.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 51.0* B - - 58.4*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 28.9* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 103.2*
Table 5.2.7: Water quality at station 8 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 27.2 27.2 27.2 B 27.4 27.4 27.4 (30.5) (30.5) (30.5)
pH S 8.0 8.1 8.1 B 8.0 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 25* B - - 29*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.3 35.7 35.5 B 35.3 35.5 35.4
DO (mg/l) S 6.7 7.0 6.9 B 5.1 5.4 5.3
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.0 B - - -
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.2 0.2 B 1.2 1.2 1.2
TP (µmol/l) S - - 0.3* B - - 1.4*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 5.3 6.0 5.7 B 5.5 6.4 6.0
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.4 0.4 B 1.4 1.5 1.5
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.5 0.5 0.5 B 0.1 0.2 0.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 12.0* B - - 34.4*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 6.8* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 139.2*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.8: Water quality at station 9 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during April-May 2012.
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature ( oC ) S 26.9 26.9 26.9 B 25.3 25.3 25.3 (28.4) (28.4) (28.4)
pH S 8.1 8.2 8.2 B 8.2 8.2 8.2
SS(mg/l) S - - 165* B - - 200*
Salinity(ppt) S 35.2 35.3 35.3 B 35.2 35.3 35.3
DO (mg/l) S 7.4 7.4 7.4 B 6.7 7.0 6.9
BOD (mg/l) S - - 3.8* B - - 3.8*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.2 0.2 B 0.8 0.8 0.8
TP (µmol/l) S - - 0.6* B - - 1.5*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 1.0 1.2 1.1 B 2.7 2.7 2.7
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S ND ND ND B 0.2 0.2 0.2
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.8 0.5 B 0.8 0.8 0.8
TN (µmol/l) S - - 31.1* B - - 12.2*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 32.8* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 111.4*
Table 5.2.9: Water quality at station 1 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC)
S 28.4 29.5 28.9 (29.0) (31.0) (30.1)
pH S 8.1 8.2 8.2 SS (mg/l) S 108 121 114
Salinity (ppt) S 36.5 36.6 36.5 DO (mg/l) S 6.4 6.7 6.6
BOD (mg/l) S - - 2.1* PO4
3--P (µmol/l)- S 0.8 1.4 1.1 TP (µmol/l) S - - 2.0*
NO3--N (µmol/l) S 3.1 5.5 4.0
NO2--N (µmol/l) S 0.2 0.3 0.2
NH4+-N (µmol/l) S 0.4 0.6 0.5
TN (µmol/l) S - - 57.2* PHc (µg/l) 1m - - 3.0*
Phenols (µg/l) S - - 98.3* Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.10: Water quality at station 4: flood (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 28.8 28.8 28.8 (29.0) (29.0) (29.0)
pH S 8.1 8.2 8.2 SS(mg/l) S - - 104*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.3 36.2 DO (mg/l) S 6.4 6.4 6.4
BOD (mg/l) S - - 0.6* PO4
3--P (µmol/l)- S 1.0 1.4 1.2 TP (µmol/l) S - - -
NO3--N (µmol/l) S 1.9 2.2 2.0
NO2--N(µmol/l) S 0.3 0.3 0.3
NH4+-N(µmol/l) S 1.4 1.6 1.5
TN (µmol/l) S - - 42.2* PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 5.3*
Phenols (µg/l) S - - 125.0* Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.11: Water quality at station 4: ebb (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 29.6 29.6 29.6
(32.5) (32.5) (32.5) pH S 8.2 8.2 8.2
SS(mg/l) S - - 123* Salinity(ppt) S 36.3 36.3 36.3 DO (mg/l) S 6.7 7.0 6.9
BOD (mg/l) S - - 4.5* PO4
3--P (µmol/l)- S 1.5 1.6 1.5 TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.7*
NO3--N (µmol/l) S 4.6 5.2 4.9
NO2--N (µmol/l) S 0.2 0.3 0.2
NH4+-N(µmol/l) S 2.0 2.2 2.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 59.8* PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 1.4*
Phenols (µg/l) S - - 106.1* Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.12: Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during September 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 28.1 28.3 28.2 (28.0) (28.5) (28.3)
pH S 8.1 8.3 8.2 SS(mg/l) S 101 112 107
Salinity(ppt) S 35.7 37.0 36.5 DO (mg/l) S 6.4 6.7 6.5
BOD (mg/l) S 0.3 6.7 4.8 PO4
3--P (µmol/l)- S 1.2 1.7 1.5 TP (µmol/l) S 1.9 2.2 2.1
NO3--N (µmol/l) S 2.8 4.7 4.0
NO2--N (µmol/l) S 0.4 0.6 0.5
NH4+-N(µmol/l) S 1.0 1.5 1.3
TN (µmol/l) S 44.7 57.4 51.0 PHc(µg/l) 1m 0.2 3.2 1.7
Phenols (µg/l) S 72.0 126.0 99.0 Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.13: Water quality at station 1(coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 22.0 25.2 24.1 B 21.6 24.9 24.0 (20.5) (26.0) (24.4)
pH
S 8.0 8.1 8.0 B 8.0 8.1 8.0
SS (mg/l) S 17 19 18 B 16 18 17
Salinity (ppt) S 35.9 36.3 36.0 B 35.9 36.1 36.1
DO (mg/l) S 6.7 7.0 6.8 B 6.7 7.0 6.9
BOD (mg/l) S 1.9 2.2 2.1 B 0.6 1.9 1.3
PO43—P (µmol/l)
S 0.8 1.4 1.0 B 0.8 1.4 1.2
TP (µmol/l) S 1.8 2.5 2.1 B 2.2 2.6 2.4
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 4.8 8.4 7.1 B 5.2 7.0 6.0
NO2—N (µmol/l)
S 1.9 2.2 2.0 B 1.5 1.9 1.7
NH4+-N (µmol/l)
S 0.3 0.9 0.7 B 0.4 0.8 0.7
TN (µmol/l) S 166.0 178.5 172.3 B 157.3 182.5 169.9
PHc (µg/l) 1m 5.2 13.4 9.3 Phenols (µg/l) S 107.3 115.0 111.1
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.14: Water quality at station 2 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature ( oC ) S 25.3 25.3 25.3 B 24.3 24.3 24.3 (26.0) (26.0) (26.0)
pH
S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.1 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 21* B - - 18*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.1 36.1 B 36.1 36.3 36.2
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.3 6.3 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.6* B - - 0.6*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 1.7 1.8 1.8 B 1.4 1.4 1.4
TP (µmol/l) S - - 2.4* B - - 2.4*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 5.9 6.1 6.0 B 6.8 7.1 7.0
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 1.5 1.6 1.6 B 1.4 1.5 1.4
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.4 1.5 1.5 B 0.9 1.3 1.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 119.1* B - - 122.1*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 12.0* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 103.0*
Table 5.2.15: Water quality at station 3 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 24.9 24.9 24.9 B 24.2 24.2 24.2 (25.5) (25.5) (25.5)
pH
S 8.1 8.1 8.1 B 8.1 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 19.0* B - - 19.2*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.1 36.1 B 36.3 36.3 36.3
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.7 6.5 B 6.7 7.0 6.8
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.9* B - - 1.3*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.9 0.9 0.9 B 1.3 1.4 1.4
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.8* B - - 2.2*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 5.8 6.4 6.1 B 4.3 6.7 5.5
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 1.8 1.9 1.9 B 1.9 1.9 1.9
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.2 1.4 1.3 B 0.7 0.9 0.8
TN (µmol/l) S - - 95.6* B - - 107.9*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 10.7* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 95.5*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.16: Water quality at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 24.5 26.7 25.7 B 23.9 26.4 25.2 (21.0) (28.5) (25.5)
pH
S 8.2 8.3 8.3 B 8.2 8.3 8.3
SS(mg/l) S 21 23 22 B 17 21 19
Salinity(ppt) S 35.9 36.1 36.1 B 36.3 36.5 36.4
DO (mg/l) S 6.0 6.7 6.3 B 6.3 6.7 6.6
BOD (mg/l) S 0.6 1.3 1.0 B 0.3 0.6 0.5
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.8 0.7 B 0.4 0.9 0.7
TP (µmol/l) S 1.7 2.0 1.8 B 1.8 1.9 1.8
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 2.6 6.5 3.9 B 8.4 8.4 8.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 0.4 0.3 B 0.2 0.4 0.3
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.5 1.1 0.8 B 0.5 1.1 0.8
TN (µmol/l) S 74.1 82.7 78.4 B 75.6 97.4 86.5
PHc(µg/l) 1m 13.7 18.1 15.9 Phenols (µg/l) S 91.4 137.0 114.2
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.17: Water quality at station 5 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 25.5 25.5 25.5 B 24.9 24.9 24.9 (26.0) (26.0) (26.0)
pH
S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.0 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 18.7* B - - 16.0*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.1 36.1 B 36.3 36.3 36.3
DO (mg/l) S 6.7 6.7 6.7 B 7.0 7.0 7.0
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.9* B - - 1.0*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 1.4 1.5 1.4 B 1.1 1.3 1.2
TP (µmol/l) S - - 2.5* B - - 2.2*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 8.2 8.5 8.4 B 8.4 8.7 8.6
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 1.2 1.2 1.2 B 1.3 1.3 1.3
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.3 1.4 1.4 B 0.9 1.1 1.0
TN (µmol/l) S - - 125.9* B - - 146.9*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 15.2* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 126.7*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.18: Water quality at station 6 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature ( oC ) S 24.6 24.6 24.6 B 24.2 24.2 24.2 (25.0) (25.0) (25.0)
pH
S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.1 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 18* B - - 19*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.3 36.3 36.3 B 36.3 36.3 36.3
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.3 6.3 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.9* B - - 1.0*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 1.1 1.2 1.2 B 1.3 1.4 1.4
TP (µmol/l) S - - 2.2* B - - 2.6*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 9.8 10.2 10.0 B 8.0 9.5 8.7
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.5 0.6 0.6 B 0.6 0.6 0.6
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.1 1.1 1.1 B 0.7 0.9 0.8
TN (µmol/l) S - - 192.7* B - - 195.0*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 9.8* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 84.2*
Table 5.2.19: Water quality at station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 25.9 25.9 25.9 B 25.7 25.7 25.7 (26.5) (26.5) (26.5)
pH
S 8.1 8.1 8.1 B 8.2 8.2 8.2
SS(mg/l) S - - 23* B - - 19*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.6 36.6 36.6 B 36.8 36.8 36.8
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.3 6.3 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.3* B - - 1.0*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.4 0.8 0.6 B 0.8 0.9 0.9
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.6* B - - 1.4*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 6.3 6.8 6.5 B 8.0 9.4 8.7
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.2 1.3 0.8 B 0.5 0.5 0.5
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.5 1.6 1.6 B 0.9 1.0 0.9
TN (µmol/l) S - - 100.7* B - - 104.1*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 19.4* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 93.8*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.20: Water quality at station 8 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 24.4 24.4 24.4 B 24.6 24.6 24.6 (24.5) (24.5) (24.5)
pH
S 8.0 8.1 8.1 B 8.1 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 18* B - - 18*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.1 36.1 B 36.3 36.3 36.3
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.3 6.3 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.6* B - - 0.6*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 0.9 1.0 0.9 B 1.2 1.3 1.3
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.8* B - - 2.1*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 8.4 8.7 8.6 B 8.9 9.2 9.1
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 1.9 1.9 1.9 B 1.9 1.9 1.9
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 0.8 1.1 0.9 B 1.0 1.2 1.1
TN (µmol/l) S - - 151.6* B - - 159.4*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 7.3* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 125.0*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.2.21: Water quality at station 9 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during December 2012.
Parameter Level Min Max Av
Temperature (oC) S 25.1 25.1 25.1 B 25.1 25.1 25.1 (30.0) (30.0) (30.0)
pH
S 8.0 8.0 8.0 B 8.0 8.1 8.1
SS(mg/l) S - - 22* B - - 20*
Salinity(ppt) S 36.1 36.1 36.1 B 36.3 36.3 36.3
DO (mg/l) S 6.3 6.7 6.5 B 6.7 6.7 6.7
BOD (mg/l) S - - 1.9* B - - 1.0*
PO43--P(µmol/l)
S 1.1 1.2 1.1 B 1.5 1.5 1.5
TP (µmol/l) S - - 1.8* B - - 2.0*
NO3--N (µmol/l)
S 11.2 11.7 11.5 B 10.1 10.1 10.1
NO2--N(µmol/l)
S 0.6 0.7 0.7 B 0.6 0.7 0.6
NH4+-N(µmol/l)
S 1.0 1.1 1.0 B 1.1 1.3 1.2
TN (µmol/l) S - - 145.2* B - - 159.0*
PHc(µg/l) 1m - - 7.8* Phenols (µg/l) S - - 86.6*
Air temperature in parenthesis * Single value
Table 5.3.1: Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during April- May 2012
Dry wt basis except PHc which is wet wt.
Table 5.3.2: Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during September 2012
Dry wt basis except PHc which is wet wt.
Station/ transect
Sand (%)
Silt (%)
Clay (%)
Al (%)
Cr (μg/g)
Mn (μg/g)
Fe (%)
Co (μg/g)
Ni (μg/g)
Cu (μg/g)
Zn (μg/g)
Hg (μg/g)
Corg (%)
P (μg/g)
PHc (µg/g)
Intertidal I 99.2 0.4 0.4 0.2 16 127 0.1 1 5 6 5 0.01 0.2 1035 0.2 II 98.6 0.6 0.8 0.2 16 134 0.1 1 5 6 4 0.02 0.2 818 0.2 III 99.6 0.2 0.2 0.2 16 91 0.1 1 5 5 5 0.01 0.1 950 0.6
Station/ transect
Sand (%)
Silt (%)
Clay (%)
Al (%)
Cr (μg/g)
Mn (μg/g)
Fe (%)
Co (μg/g)
Ni (μg/g)
Cu (μg/g)
Zn (μg/g)
Hg (μg/g)
Corg (%)
P (μg/g)
PHc (µg/g)
Subtidal 1 97.6 1.0 1.4 0.1 10 89 0.2 1 3 ND 6 ND 0.3 872 0.1 4 96.0 3.4 0.6 0.2 10 89 0.3 1 3 ND 8 ND 0.2 1170 0.1 7 99.2 0.2 0.6 0.2 11 90 0.3 1 3 ND 8 ND 0.3 1210 0.1
Inertidal I 96.0 2.8 1.2 0.2 11 94 0.3 1 3 ND 10 ND 0.2 1514 0.1 II 98.4 1.2 0.4 0.2 9 84 0.2 1 3 ND 7 ND 0.2 1135 0.2 III 98.4 1.0 0.6 0.2 9 81 0.2 1 3 ND 7 ND 0.3 993 0.1
Table 5.3.3: Sediment quality of coastal environment off Kuranga during December 2012 Station/ transect
Sand (%)
Silt (%)
Clay (%)
Al (%)
Cr (μg/g)
Mn (μg/g)
Fe (%)
Co (μg/g)
Ni (μg/g)
Cu (μg/g)
Zn (μg/g)
Hg (μg/g)
Corg (%)
P (μg/g)
PHc (µg/g)
Subtidal 2 1.3 89.1 9.6 6.8 114 507 4.9 20 46 43 73 0.03 1.6 893 0.3 3 10.4 88.8 0.8 6.2 107 454 4.9 20 43 45 64 0.04 1.7 938 0.9 4 1.9 89.7 8.4 7.2 112 517 4.9 19 48 41 76 0.04 1.5 898 1.4 5 0.2 89.0 10.8 7.1 124 515 5.3 21 51 47 74 0.02 1.7 894 0.2 6 1.2 97.4 1.4 6.0 106 449 4.9 19 42 44 62 0.03 1.7 912 0.4 8 4.4 95.0 0.6 6.9 121 512 5.2 21 48 48 75 0.02 1.7 942 0.2 9 13.4 83.2 3.4 6.7 120 485 5.3 22 49 49 72 0.01 1.9 942 0.5
Intertidal I 91.0 8.2 0.8 0.2 10 171 0.2 1 1 1 1 0.01 0.2 967 0.2 II 91.8 5.8 2.4 0.2 11 118 0.2 1 1 1 1 0.01 0.1 1021 0.1 III 98.4 1.0 0.6 0.3 9 110 0.3 1 1 1 2 ND 0.2 1250 0.2
Dry wt basis except PHc which is wet wt.
Table 5.4.1: Microbial counts in waters (CFU/ml) and sediment (CFU/g) at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Type of bacteria
Water Eb Fl
TVC (X102) 2500 1600 TC 30 ND FC ND ND
ECLO ND ND SFLO ND ND
sediment TVC (X104) 300
TC ND FC ND
ECLO ND SFLO ND
Table 5.4.2: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments at different
stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012.
Station Date Chlorophyll a
(mg/m3) Phaeophytin
(mg/m3) Ratio of Chl a
to Phaeo S B S B S B
1 03.05.12 4.2-8.9 (7.1)
4.2-7.9 (6.5)
1.2-3.9 (3.1)
3.7-5.2 (4.2)
2.1-3.6 (2.6)
0.8-2.1 (1.7)
2 05.05.12
1.9-2.0 (2.0)
5.7-6.0 (5.9)
0.7-0.7 (0.7)
4.7-5.8 (5.3)
2.9-2.9 (2.9)
1.0-1.3 (1.2)
3 05.05.12
1.3-1.4 (1.4)
1.3-1.5 (1.5)
0.6-0.8 (0.7)
0.6-0.8 (0.7)
1.7-2.6 (2.2)
2.0-2.2 (2.1)
4 30.04.12
1.9-3.7 (2.5)
1.6-2.6 (2.2)
1.1-3.1 (1.8)
1.7-2.4 (2.0)
1.1-1.9 (1.4)
1.0-1.2 (1.1)
5 06.05.12
0.9-1.0 (1.0)
7.0-7.4 (7.2)
0.3-0.5 (0.4)
5.5-5.7 (5.6)
2.1-3.3 (2.7)
1.3-1.3 (1.3)
7 01.05.12 3.0-3.2 (3.1)
5.0-5.2 (5.1)
2.1-2.6 (2.4)
4.7-5.1 (4.9)
1.2-1.4 (1.3)
1.0-1.1 (1.1)
8 01.05.12 2.8-2.8 (2.8)
3.2-3.6 (3.4)
1.3-2.2 (1.8)
2.0-2.4 (2.2)
1.3-2.1 (1.7)
1.5-1.6 (1.6)
9 06.05.12 0.7-0.7 (0.7)
28.6-30.6 (29.6)
0.2-0.3 (0.3)
4.6-4.7 (4.7)
2.3-3.4 (2.9)
6.2-6.5 (6.4)
Table 5.4.3: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments in coastal
waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Station Date Chlorophyll a
(mg/m3) Phaeophytin
(mg/m3) Ratio of Chl a
to Phaeo S S S
1 10.09.2012 0.4-1.2 (0.7)
0.3-1.1 (0.6)
1.1-1.2 (1.2)
4 09.09.2012 0.1-0.8 (0.4)
0.2-0.4 (0.2)
0.3-4.2 (1.5)
7 12.09.2012 0.2-0.6 (0.3)
0.2-0.5 (0.3)
0.8-1.2 (1.0)
Table 5.4.4: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytopigments at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Station Date Chlorophyll a
(mg/m3) Phaeophytin
(mg/m3) Ratio of Chl a
to Phaeo S B S B S B
1 28.12.12 0.2-0.6 (0.4)
0.2-0.4 (0.3)
0.2-0.4 (0.2)
0.1-0.2 (0.2)
1.4-1.9 (1.6)
1.6-1.9 (1.8)
2 27.12.12 0.6-0.6 (0.6)
0.5-0.6 (0.6)
0.4-0.4 (0.4)
0.3-0.4 (0.3)
1.5-1.6 (1.6)
1.6-1.8 (1.7)
3 27.12.12 0.3-0.4 (0.4)
0.1-0.2 (0.2)
0.2-0.2 (0.2)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
1.8-1.8 (1.8)
1.8-1.8 (1.8)
4 16.12.12 3.4-7.6 (5.9)
1.9-6.6 (4.6)
2.7-5.5 (4.3)
0.9-5.3 (3.4)
1.1-1.8 (1.4)
1.1-1.9 (1.4)
5 27.12.12 0.2-0.2 (0.2)
0.2-0.4 (0.3)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.2 (0.2)
1.5-1.8 (1.7)
1.6-1.8 (1.7)
6 27.12.12 0.1-0.2 (0.2)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
1.8-1.9 (1.8)
1.7-1.8 (1.8)
7 15.12.12 0.7-0.7 (0.7)
0.6-0.6 (0.6)
0.5-0.5 (0.5)
0.4-0.4 (0.4)
1.5-1.6 (1.5)
1.6-1.6 (1.6)
8 27.12.12 0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
1.7-1.8 (1.8)
1.8-2.0 (1.9)
9 27.12.12 0.1-0.2 (0.2)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.1-0.1 (0.1)
0.04-0.1 (0.06)
1.7-1.9 (1.8)
1.5-1.5 (1.5 )
Table 5.4.5: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at
different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012.
Station Date
Cell count (no x 103/l)
Total genera
(no) Major genera
S B S B S B
1 03.05.12 415.2* 419.2* 18* 16*
Nitzschia Skeletonema Guinardia Rhizosolenia
Nitzschia Skeletonema Biddulphia Chaetoceros
2 05.05.12 202.4* 572.0* 14* 17*
Chaetoceros Nitzschia Thalassiosira Navicula
Nitzschia Chaetoceros Skeletonema Guinardia
3 05.05.12 140.0* 135.0* 11* 11*
Chaetoceros Nitzschia Guinardia Rhizosolenia
Chaetoceros Nitzschia Guinardia Peridinium
4 30.04.12 210.4* 201.0* 16* 14*
Nitzschia Protoperidinium Chaetoceros Peridinium
Nitzschia Navicula Pleurosigma Surirella
5 06.05.12 85.6* 687.0* 12* 19*
Nitzschia Chaetoceros Skeletonema Synedra
Nitzschia Skeletonema Guinardia Rhizosolenia
7 01.05.12 290.0* 497.1* 14* 13*
Nitzschia Protoperidinium Skeletonema Navicula
Nitzschia Biddulphia Navicula Chaetoceros
8 01.05.12 261.3* 344.0* 13* 19*
Nitzschia Protoperidinium Synedra Skeletonema
Nitzschia Chaetoceros Skeletonema Synedra
9 06.05.12 71.0* 2812.0* 15* 16*
Nitzschia Skeletonema Cyclotella Rhizosolenia
Nitzschia Skeletonema Guinardia Rhizosolenia
*single value
Table 5.4.6: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at
different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Station Date Cell count (no x 103/ l)
Total genera (no) Major genera
S S S
1 10.09.2012 45.5-100.0
(66.9)
7-9 (8)
Thalassiosira Navicula Melosira Surirella
4 09.09.2012 8.8-73.7 (41.3)
7-10 (9)
Navicula Licmophora Thalassiosira Cyclotella
7 12.09.2012 23.0-37.6 (28.9)
11-13 (12)
Navicula Gramatophora Thalassiosira Melosira
Table 5.4.7: Range and average (parenthesis) of phytoplankton population at
different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
*single value
Station Date Cell count (no x 103/l)
Total genera(no) Major genera
S B S B S B
1 28.12.12
42.4-56.0
(49.2)
30.4-37.6 (34)
12-13(12)
7-14(11)
Nitzschia Thalassionema Chataeceros Thalassiosira
Nitzschia Thalassiosira Thalassionema Navicula
2 27.12.12 57.6* 66.4* 15* 12*
Chataeceros Prorocentrum Thalassionema Nitzschia
Chataeceros Nitzschia Guinardia Navicula
3 27.12.12 32.0* 27.2* 12* 11*
Chataeceros Nitzschia Protoperidinium Prorocentrum
Chataeceros Nitzschia Peridinium Navicula
4 16.12.12
438.4-846.4
(642.4)
143.2-686.4
(414.8)
12-15(14)
11-11(11)
Chataeceros Navicula Nitzschia Rhizosolenia
Chataeceros Navicula Nitzschia Leptocylindrus
5 27.12.12 26.4* 32.8* 9* 10*
Nitzschia Prorocentrum Chaetoceros Peridinium
Nitzschia Prorocentrum Thalassiosira Peridinium
6 27.12.12 24.0* 21.6* 9* 12*
Nitzschia Prorocentrum Thalassionema Thalassiosira
Thalassionema Thalassiosira Chataeceros Nitzschia
7 15.12.12 81.6* 6.0* 15* 10*
Chataeceros Nitzschia Navicula Leptocylindrus
Chataeceros Nitzchia Navicula Rhizosolenia
8 27.12.12 13.60* 16.0* 9* 9*
Nitzschia Skeletonema Cyclotella Rhizosolenia
Nitzschia Skeletonema Guinardia Rhizosolenia
9 27.12.12 20.8 15.2 10 8
Navicula Thalassiosira Nitzschia Thalassionema
Nitzshia Navicula Thalassiosira Rhizosolenia
Table 5.4.8: Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different
stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012.
Algal genera Station 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9
Amphora 0.1 - - - - - - - Amphiprora - 0.1 - - - 0.2 - - Asterionella 0.1 - - - 0.1 - - - Bacteriastrum - 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.4 - - - Biddulphia 1.1 0.1 0.3 1.0 0.6 4.2 3.9 0.1 Ceratium - - - - 0.1 - 0.9 - Chaetoceros 1.3 19.4 54.8 3.3 1.8 0.9 8.3 - Coscinodiscus - 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.3 - Cyclotella - 0.2 - 2.6 - 0.7 5.0 0.2 Diploneis - - - 2.6 - 0.2 0.3 - Distephanus 0.1 - - - 0.1 - 0.7 - Ditylum - 0.1 - 1.3 - 0.8 3.3 - Guinardia 1.6 1.9 5.2 2.3 3.5 - 0.6 1.1 Gyrosigma 0.1 - - - - 0.2 - - Meuniera - 0.2 - - 0.1 - - - Navicula 0.8 0.7 - 6.8 0.5 3.6 2.9 0.2 Neodenticula - - - 0.3 - - - - Nitzschia 83.0 68.7 33.1 53.5 80.6 69.2 39.6 93.9 Noctiluca - - - - - 0.4 0.7 - Oscillatoria - 0.1 - - - - - - Peridinium 0.5 0.1 0.7 3.3 0.2 2.3 3.2 0.3 Pleurosigma 0.2 - - 4.2 0.1 0.2 0.7 - Prorocentrum 0.2 - - 1.6 - 0.3 0.2 - Protoperidinium 0.7 0.2 1.0 6.8 0.5 7.6 7.1 0.3 Pyrophacus 0.1 0.1 0.9 2.3 0.1 0.4 - - Rhizosolenia 1.2 0.4 0.9 0.7 1.4 - - 0.4 Salpingella - - 0.3 - - - - - Skeletonema 5.7 1.8 - 1.3 5.7 3.3 7.4 2.9 Streptotheca 0.1 - 0.4 - 0.5 - - - Surirella - 0.1 - 3.3 0.1 1.0 0.3 0.1 Synedra 1.2 0.1 0.6 0.3 1.1 0.5 7.8 0.1 Thalassionema - 0.6 - - - - 0.9 - Thalassiosira 1.0 3.6 0.7 1.6 1.0 2.9 2.0 0.3 Thalassiothrix 0.8 1.3 0.7 0.3 1.4 0.8 3.9 0.1 Trichodesmium 0.1 - - - - - - - Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Table 5.4.9: Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different stations
in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Algal genera Station 1 4 7
Biddulphia - 4.6 4.2 Coscinodiscus 2.5 2.6 3.1 Cyclotella 3.7 2.9 1.7 Diploneis 0.5 1.6 1.6 Dictyocha - - - Fragillaria - - 6.1 Gramatophora - 1.6 18 Guinardia - - 0.9 Gyrosigma 2.2 2.6 3.3 Licmophora - 16.2 4.2 Melosira 14.5 - 8.5 Navicula 22 61.5 20.8 Neodenticula 9.7 1.0 6.1 Nitzschia 9.7 1.0 6.1 Neodenticula - - 0.9 Peridinium - - 0.9 Pleurosigma 6.7 2.6 5.0 Protoperidinium - - Surirella 9.0 1.6 4.3 Thalassiosira 27 4.2 10.4 Thalassiothrix 2.2 - - Total 100 100 100
Table 5.4.10: Percentage composition of phytoplankton population at different
stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Algal genera Station 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Amphora - - - - - - 0.6 - - Asterionella 0.5 - - - - - - - - Bacteriastrum 1.0 - 1.4 0.2 6.8 1.8 - 8.1 2.2 Biddulphia - - - 0.2 - - 2.8 2.7 2.2 Campyloneis - - - - - 1.8 - - - Ceratium - - 1.4 - - - - - - Chaetoceros 8.2 46.4 37.8 92.1 9.5 8.8 40.7 - - Climacosphaeria - - - - - - 0.6 - - Coscinodiscus 1.4 0.6 - 0.1 1.4 1.8 - - - Diploneis 0.5 - - 0.2 1.4 1.8 0.6 5.4 2.2 Distephanus 1.0 - - 0.1 - - - - - Euglenozoa - - - - 5.4 - - 2.7 - Fragillaria - 3.2 8.1 - 1.4 - - - - Guinardia 1.0 5.5 1.4 0.5 - - 0.6 - - Gyrosigma 1.0 - - - - - - - - Hemiaulus - - - - - - 2.3 - - Leptocylindrus 2.4 3.7 - 0.7 - - 4.0 - - Lithodesmium 0.5 - - - - - - - - Navicula 6.7 5.1 5.4 2.6 6.8 7.0 9.0 21.6 22.2 Nitzschia 42.5 16.0 14.6 1.6 28.0 24.6 26.0 35.1 24.4 Oscillatoria 1.0 0.6 2.7 - - - - - - Peridinium 5.3 2.9 6.8 0.3 12.2 5.3 2.3 2.7 4.4 Pleurosigma - 1.5 - 0.3 - 5.3 2.3 5.4 6.7 Prorocentrum 3.4 7.1 4.1 0.1 16.2 12.3 - 2.7 2.2 Protoperidinium 1.9 0.6 5.4 0.1 1.4 - - 5.4 2.2 Rhizosolenia 0.5 0.8 2.7 0.7 - - 2.8 - 6.7 Salpingella - - - - - 1.8 2.3 - - Stauroneis 0.5 - - - - - - 2.7 - Streptotheca - - - - - 1.4 - - - Stephanodiscus - 0.6 - - - - - - - Surirella - 0.8 - - - - - - - Thalassionema 11.1 7.4 2.7 - - 14.0 0.6 - 6.7 Thalassiosira 9.1 2.1 4.1 0.2 9.5 12.3 2.5 5.5 17.9 Thalassiothrix 0.5 0.6 1.4 - - - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Table 5.4.11: Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at
different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012.
Station (Date)
Biomass (ml/100 m3)
Population (no x 103/100
m3)
Total groups
(no) Major groups
(%)
1 (03.05.2012)
0.4-1.3 (0.8)
0.8-16.3 (8.1)
6-10 (7)
Copepods (59.7), cladocera (32.4), appendicularians (4.0), decapod larvae (3.3), lamellibranchs (0.3), fish eggs (0.2), others (0.1).
2 (05.05.2012)
0.8-0.9 (0.9)
11.3-12.1 (11.7)
6-7 (7)
Cladocera (72.5), copepods (25.2), fish eggs (1.9), decapod larvae (0.1), appendicularians (0.1), chaetognaths (0.1), others (0.1).
3 (05.05.2012)
1.2-1.4 (1.3)
10.6-19.6 (15.1)
4-5 (5)
Cladocera (84.2), copepods (15.3), decapod larvae (0.3), fish eggs (0.1), others (0.1).
4 (30.04.2012)
0.04-0.8 (0.3)
0.3-2.0 (0.9)
4-11 (6)
Copepods (95.7), fish eggs (2.2), foraminiferans (0.6), lamellibranchs (0.3), siphonophores (0.2), chaetognaths. (0.2), decapod larvae (0.2), fish larvae (0.2), appendicularians (0.1), polychaetes (0.1), cladocera (0.1), Others (0.1).
5 (06.05.2012)
1.0-1.4 (1.2)
11.2-14.1 (1.26)
9-11 (10)
Cladocera (51.4), copepods (46.9), appendicularians (0.8), fish eggs (0.4), siphanophores (0.1), chaetognaths (0.1), decapod larvae (0.1), fish larvae (0.1), Others (0.1).
Table 5.4.11: (Continue)
Station (Date)
Biomass (ml/100 m3)
Population (no x 103/100
m3)
Total groups
(no)
Major groups (%)
7 (01.05.2012)
0.5-1.2 (0.9)
5.7-15.5 (10.6)
13-16 (15)
Copepods (80.5), cladocera (17.6), appendicularians (0.9), fish eggs (0.3), lamellibranchs (0.3), decapod larvae (0.1), siphanophores (0.1), gastropods (0.1), others (0.1).
8 (01.05.2012)
0.9-1.1 (1.0)
8.0-8.1 (8.0)
10-11 (11)
Cladocera (56.0), copepods (39.9), fish eggs (1.9), appendicularians (1.6), decapod larvae (0.3), siphanophores (0.2), others (0.1).
9 (06.05.2012)
1.1-1.4 (1.3)
6.6-11.4 (9.0)
14-14 (14)
Copepods (51.8), cladocera (42.1), appendicularians (2.2), siphanophores (2.2), chaetognaths (1.0), fish eggs (0.3), fish larvae (0.1), decapod larvae (0.1), lamellibranches (0.1), others (0.1).
Table 5.4.12: Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at
different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012
Station (Date)
Biomass (ml/100
m3)
Population (no x 103/100
m3)
Total groups
(no)
Major groups (%)
1 (11.09.2012)
0.1-3.7 (1.6)
0.1-0.5 (0.3) 3*
Foraminiferons (81.7), gastropods (9.2), lamellibranchs (9.1), others (0.0).
7 (12.09.2012)
<0.1-0.2 (0.2)
0.01-0.5 (0.2)
1-10 (4)
Foraminiferons (49.9), Lamellibranchs(15.4). copepods (12.8), gastropods (12.8), decapod larvae (3.7), chaetognaths (1.8), siphonophores (0.9), amphipods (0.9), isopods (0.9), marine insects (0.9), others (0.0).
Table 5.4.13: Range and average (parenthesis) of zooplankton standing stock at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Station (Date)
Biomass (ml/100m3)
Population (no ×103/100m3)
Total groups
(no) Major groups (%)
1 (28/12/12)
0.1 – 19.2 (3.7)
0.001 –30.9 (16.5)
1-13 (9)
Copepods (91.6), foraminiferans (2.8), decapods larvae (2.2), siphonophora (1.6), lucifer sp (1.0), chaetognaths (0.6), fish eggs (0.1), others (0.1).
2 (27/12/12)
0.7-1.5 (1.1)
10.7-11.9
(11.3)
10-12 (11)
Copepods (94.8), foraminiferans (1.5), decapods larvae (1.2), fish larvae (1.2), lucifer sp (1.0), amphipods(0.1), chaetognaths (0.1), others (0.1).
3 (27/12/12)
1.8 - 5.1 ( 3.4)
6.5 – 37.4 (21.9)
8 -11 (10)
Copepods (99.3), chaetognaths (0.3), lucifer sp (0.2), others (0.2)
4 (16/12/12)
2.3-6.3 (4.2)
17.1-133.8 (64.9)
11-14 (12)
Copepods (92.5), decapods larvae (3.3), gastropods(1.0), lucifer sp (0.7), appendiculariae (0.7), lamellibranchs (0.6), foraminiferans (0.6), chaetognaths (0.3), fish eggs (0.1), polychaetes(0.1), others (0.1)
5 (27/12/12)
5.3-7.9 (6.6)
18.0-80.3 (49.2)
13 - 14 (14)
Copepods (81.1), chaetognaths (16.5), Lucifer sp (1.3), decapods larvae (0.4), fish eggs (0.3), gastropods (0.2), others (0.2).
Table 5.4.13: (Continue.)
Station (Date)
Biomass (ml/100m3)
Population (no ×103/100m3)
Total groups
(no) Major groups (%)
6 (27/12/12)
1.0 – 1.0 (1.0)
2.6 - 2.8 (2.7)
7 – 12 (10)
Copepods (88.4), fish eggs (3.3), foraminiferans (2.8), chaetognaths (2.3), Lucifer sp (1.4), decapods larvae (1.3), siphonophora (0.3), amphipods (0.1), others (0.1).
7 (23/04/12)
1.9 – 10.0 (5.9)
16.7 – 54.6 (35.6)
15 – 18 (17)
Copepods (72.8), decapods larvae (12.7), gastropods (6.2), lamellibranchs (5.1), chaetognaths (1.6), fish eggs (0.6), polychaetes (0.3), Lucifer sp (0.2), ostracods(0.2), amphipods(0.2), others (0.1).
8 (27/12/12)
0.6-0.8 (0.7)
2.6-5.6 (4.1)
10-10 (10)
Copepods (92.3), chaetognaths (5.9), Lucifer sp (1.0), foraminiferans (0.4), fish eggs (0.1), decapods larvae (0.1), gastropods (0.1), others (0.1).
9 (27/12/12)
1.0-1.1 (1.1)
7.5-9.7 (8.6)
7-9 (8)
Copepods (95.6), chaetognaths (3.1), foraminiferans (0.5), Lucifer sp (0.4), siphonophora (0.2), fish eggs(0.1), others(0.1)
Table 5.4.14: Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off Kuranga during April–May 2012.
Faunal group Station %
compo 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 Foraminiferans <0.1 - - 0.6 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 Siphonophores - <0.1 - 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.2 0.3 Medusae - - - - <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Ctenophores - - - - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Chaetognaths <0.1 0.1 - 0.2 0.1 - - 1.0 0.1 Polychaetes <0.1 - - 0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Cladocera 32.4 72.5 84.2 0.1 51.4 17.7 56.0 42.1 52.8 Copepods 59.7 25.2 15.4 95.7 46.9 80.4 39.9 51.8 44.4 Amphipods - - - - - <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 Mysids - - - - - - - <0.1 <0.1 Lucifer sp <0.1 - - - - <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 Decapods 3.3 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5 Stomatopods - - - - - - <0.1 - <0.1 Gastropods <0.1 - - <0.1 - 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Lamellibranchs 0.4 - - 0.3 <0.1 0.3 <0.1 0.1 0.1 Appendiculariae 4.0 0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.8 0.9 1.6 2.3 1.1 Doliolum - - - - - - - <0.1 <0.1 Fish Eggs 0.2 1.9 0.1 2.2 0.3 0.4 1.9 0.3 0.7 Fish Larvae <0.1 - - 0.2 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 <0.1 Isopods - - - - - <0.1 - - <0.1 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Table 5.4.15: Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off
Kuranga during September 2012.
Faunal group Station % compo 1 7 Foraminiferans 81.7 49.9 64.9 Siphonophores - 0.9 0.3 Chaetognaths - 1.8 0.6
Copepods - 12.8 4.1 Amphipods - 0.9 0.3 Decapods - 3.6 1.2
Gastropods 9.2 12.8 12.5 Lamellibranchs 9.1 15.4 15.5
Isopods - 0.9 0.3 Marine Insects - 0.9 0.3
Total 100 100 100
Table 5.4.16: Composition (%) of zooplankton population in coastal waters off
Kuranga during December 2012.
Faunal group Station % compo1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Foraminiferans 2.8 1.5 <0.1 0.6 <0.1 2.8 <0.1 0.4 0.7 0.6 Siphonophora 1.6 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 - <0.1 0.1 0.1 Medusae <0.1 - - - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 Ctenophora - - - - - - - <0.1 - <0.1 Chaetognatha 0.6 0.1 0.3 0.3 16.5 2.3 1.6 5.9 3.3 4.5 Polychaetes <0.1 - <0.1 0.1 - <0.1 0.3 <0.1 - 0.1 Cladocera - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 - - <0.1 Ostracods - - - <0.1 - - 0.2 - - <0.1 Copepods 91.6 94.9 99.3 92.6 81.1 88.5 72.8 92.3 95.3 87.4 Cumaceans - - - <0.1 - - <0.1 - - <0.1 Amphipods <0.1 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 Mysids - - - <0.1 - - <0.1 - - <0.1 Lucifer sp 1.0 1.0 0.2 0.8 1.3 1.4 0.2 1.0 0.5 0.8 Decapods 2.2 1.2 <0.1 3.3 0.4 1.3 12.7 0.1 - 3.5 Stomatopods <0.1 - - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - <0.1 Heteropods - - - <0.1 - - - - - <0.1 Pteropods - - - - <0.1 - - - - <0.1 Cephalopods - - - - - - <0.1 - - <0.1 Gastropods <0.1 <0.1 - 1.0 0.2 - 6.2 0.1 - 1.4 Lamellibranchs <0.1 <0.1 - 0.6 <0.1 - 5.1 - - 1.0 Appendiculariae <0.1 <0.1 - 0.7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - 0.2 Fish Eggs 0.1 1.2 <0.1 0.1 0.3 3.3 0.6 0.1 0.1 0.3 Fish Larvae <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Isopods <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 - <0.1 - <0.1 <0.1 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Table 5.4.17: Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp
and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during April - May 2012.
Station Decapod larvae Acetes Lucifer sp.
(no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) Incidence
(%) (no/100m3) Incidence (%)
1 85-718 (267)
100 0
0 0-4 (1)
25
2 15-18 (16)
100 0 0 0 0
3 47-73 (60)
100 0 0 0 0
4 0-8 (2)
40 0 0 0 0
5 9-22 (16)
100 0 0 0 0
7 9-31 (20)
100 0 0
0-1 (1)
50
8 20-26 (23)
100 0
0 0 0
9 2-10 (6)
100 0 0 0-3 (2)
50
Average in parenthesis.
Table 5.4.18: Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp
and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012
Average in parenthesis.
Station Decapod larvae Acetes Lucifer sp.
(no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) (no/100m3) Incidence
(%) (no/100m3)
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0-18
(6) 30 0 0 0 0
Table 5.4.19: Total counts and incidence of decapod larvae, Acetes and Lucifer sp and fish larvae in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Station Decapod larvae Acetes Lucifer sp.
(no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) (no/100m3) Incidence
(%) (no/100m3)
1 0-1188 (359)
85 0
0 2-576 (168)
100
2 95-182 (139)
100 0 0 83-136 (109)
100
3 9-11 (10)
100 0 0 27-66 (47)
100
4 0-4177 (2153)
85 0 0 51-1873 (493)
100
5 172-235 (203)
100 0 0 646-649 (647)
100
6 32-37 (35)
100 0 0 24-52 (38)
100
7 2077-6367 (4522)
100 0 0
0-148 (74)
50
8 2-6 (4)
100 0 0 36-48 (42)
100
9 0 0 0 0 34-41 (38)
100
Average in parenthesis. Table 5.4.20: Total counts and incidence of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during April - May 2012.
Station Fish eggs Fish larvae
(no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) Incidence
(%) 1 0-48
(17) 75 0-5
(1) 25
2 147-305 (226)
100 0 0
3 16-39 (27)
100 0 0
4 1-44 (19)
100 0-3 (1)
60
5 28-59 (44)
100 8-8 (8)
100
7 47-74 (58)
100 0-4 (2)
50
8 79-230 (155)
100 0-1 (1)
50
9 10-36 (23)
100 8-8 (8)
100
Average in parenthesis.
Table 5.4.21: Total counts and incidence of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during September 2012
Station Fish eggs Fish larvae (no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) Incidence (%)
1 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0
Table 5.4.22: Total counts and incidence of fish eggs and fish larvae in coastal
waters off Kuranga during December 2012
Station Fish eggs Fish larvae (no/100m3) Incidence (%) (no/100m3) Incidence (%)
1
0-74 (21) 85 0-11
(5) 70
2 55-215 (135) 100 0-5
(3) 50
3 6-6 (6) 100 2-5
(4) 100
4 2-119 (40) 100 4-50
(23) 100
5 159-176 (167) 100 5-15
(10) 100
6 15-162 (89) 100 0 0
7 30-375 (202) 100 12-12
(12) 100
8 4-6 (5) 100 0-2
(1) 50
9 5-7 (6) 100 1-2
(2) 100
Average in parenthesis.
Table 5.4.23: Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna at different transects in coastal waters off Kuranga during April-May 2012.
Transect Biomass
(g/m2; wet wt.)
Population(no/m2)
Faunal groups (no)
Major group
I 0-9.2 (1.2)
0-525 (125)
0-3 (1)
Nematodes
II 0-61.0 (23.3)
0-750 (226)
0-6 (3)
Gastropods polychaetes
isopods
III 0-3.5 (0.9)
0-1000 (359)
0-4 (2)
Polychaetes isopods
Overall Average
0-61.0 (8.5)
0-1000 (237)
0-6 (2)
Polychaetes isopods
Table 5.4.24: Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna
at different transects in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Transect Biomass
(g/m2; wet wt.)
Population (no/m2)
Faunal groups (no)
Major groups
I 0-36.3 (6.0)
0-375 (94)
0-4 (2)
Isopods
II 0-5.7 (1.5)
0-450 (163)
0-3 (2)
Isopods polychaetes
III 0-2.0 (0.5)
0-450 (113)
0-2 (1)
Isopods
Overall Average
0-36.3 (2.7)
0-450 (123)
0-4 (1)
Isopods
Table 5.4.25: Range and average (parenthesis) of intertidal macrobenthic fauna
at different transects in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012.
Transect Biomass (g/m2; wet wt.)
Population(no/m2)
Faunal groups (no) Major groups
I 0.1-9.1 (2.2)
50-7125 (1413)
1-4 (2)
Isopods.
II 0-48.8 (12.0)
0-350 (144)
0-4 (2)
Gastropods, Anomurans.
III 0.4-9.1 (1.9)
700-4475 (1475)
1-5 (2)
Mysids, polychaetes.
Overall Average
0-48.8 (5.4)
0-7125 (1011)
0-5 (2)
Isopods, Polychaetes.
Table 5.4.26: Composition (%) of intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during April- May 2012.
Faunal group Transect
Av I II III HW MW LW HW MW LW HW MW LW
Phylum Nematoda Nematodes 92.5 10.3Phylum Mollusca Amphineurans 2 5.1 1.2 Gastropods 87.1 48.8 18.7 14.1Phylum Annelida Oligochaetes 2 3.5 0.9 Polychaetes 2.5 23.5 28.7 81.5 38.4Phylum Arthropoda Amphipods 2.5 6.4 20.3 3.3 1.7 5.6 Anomurans 4.4 1.6 0.9 Brachyurans 4.4 5.1 1.5 Isopods 2.5 12.9 100 100 8.5 17 100 96.7 2.4 21.8Mysids 14.4 5.3
Table 5.4.27: Composition (%) of intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Faunal group Transect
Av I II III HW MW LW HW MW LW HW MW LW
Phylum Nematoda Nematodes 100 0.5 Phylum Mollusca Amphineurans 13.6 NIL 0.5 Gastropods 43.3 1.7 Phylum Annelida Polychaetes 5.8 29.8 7.9 2.5 44.9 22.6Phylum Arthropoda Copepods 2.2 0.5 Isopods 100 94.2 13.6 21 87.3 97.8 55.1 71.8Ostracods 10.2 2.3
Table 5.4.28: Composition (%) of intertidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off
Kuranga during December 2012.
Faunal group Transect
Av I II III HW MW LW HW MW LW HW MW LW
Phylum Mollusca Gastropods 34 76.4 1.9 Amphineurans 1.6 0.2 9.1 0.4 Phylum Annelida Polychaetes 2.1 9.6 25.5 12.2 0.6 100 29.5 20.7Phylum Arthropoda Amphipods 1.4 0.6 5.7 0.5 0.4 Anomurans 50 5.7 1.7 Brachyurans 6.9 0.2 0.3 Cumaceans 0.4 0.1 Isopods 98.4 95.5 89.2 74.5 99.4 0.2 53.9Mysids 0.6 69.6 20.6
Table 5.4.29: Range and average (parenthesis) of subtidal macrobenthic fauna at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during September 2012.
Table 5.4.30: Range and average (parenthesis) of subtidal macrobenthic fauna
at different stations in coastal waters off Kuranga during December 2012
Station Biomass
(g/m2; wet wt.)
Population(no/m2)
Faunal groups (no) Major groups
1 Rocky Bottom
2 2.5-9.5 (6.8)
925-1400 (1150)
4-5 (5)
Polychaetes, sipunculids
3 7.2-15.6 (10.8)
2200-4375 (3295)
4-6 (5)
Polychaetes
4 3.3-11.5 (6.2)
1650-1975 (1825)
3-5 (4)
Amphipods, sipunculids, polychaetes
5 2.6-18.3 (9.2)
1125-2425 (1563)
3-4 (4)
Polychaetes, sipunculids
6 6.0-10.4 (8.5)
2575-7100 (4107)
4-8 (5)
Polychaetes
7 No collection due to heavy current
8 1.6-7.0 (4.0)
650-2375 (1382)
3-4 (3)
Polychaetes, sipunculids
9 3.1-19.8 (9.3)
2875-3950 (3345)
2-4 (3)
Polychaetes, sipunculids
Overall average
1.6-19.8 (7.8)
650-7100 (2381)
2-8 (4)
Polychaetes, sipunculids
Station Biomass (g/m2; wet wt.)
Population(no/m2)
Faunal groups
(no)
Major groups
1 0-0.2 (0.1)
0-150 (44)
0-2 (1)
Isopods
4 0.7-21.5 (7.0)
150-600 (357)
1-2 (2)
Isopods polychaetes
7 0-0.02 (0.01)
0-75 (19)
0-2 (1)
Isopods
Overall average
0-21.5 (1.8)
0-600 (105)
0-2 (1)
Isopods
Table 5.4.31: Composition (%) of subtidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off
Kuranga during September 2012.
Faunal group Station
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Av Phylum Sipuncula
collectionto rocky bottom
no collection
due to heavy current
Sipunculids 20.1 5.3 36 12 7.3 14.5 12.1 12.9
Phylum
Phoronids 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2
Phylum Mollusca
Pelecypods 0.5 0.8 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.4
Phylum Annelida Polychaetes 72.9 91.3 16.4 84 81.8 83.3 86.5 77.2Phylum Arthropoda
Amphipods 2.2 46.3 2 0.9 0.6 5.6 Anomurans 0.4 0.5 0.2 Brachyurans 0.5 0.2 0.1 Copepods 1.2 5.9 1.7 Cumaceans 2.7 0.4 0.2 Isopods 0.7 2.9 0.4 0.9 Sergestids 0.6 0.1 Tanaids 0.3 0.1 Phylum Chordata Fish Larvae 1.1 0.2 0.8 0.1 0.9 0.4 0.4 Table 5.4.32: Composition (%) of subtidal macrobenthos in coastal waters off
Kuranga during December 2012.
Faunal group Station
1 4 7 Av
Phylum Annelida
Polychaetes 43.2 45.7 31.6 44.8 Phylum Arthropoda Isopods 56.8 54.3 68.4 55.2
Table 5.4.33: Depth at different stations and Secchi disk reading in coastal
waters off Kuranga during April-May and December 2012.
Station Premonsoon (April-May 2012) Postmonsoon (December 2012)
Depth (m) Secchi disk depth (m) Depth (m) Secchi disk
depth (m)
1 20.0-23.0 (21.2)
2.9-3.4 (3.1)
21.5-25.0 (23.0)
2.0 – 3.0 (2.7)
2 32.0 4.0 40.0 3.0 3 33.0 4.1 47.0 2.5
4 23.8-26.0 (24.6)
3.5-4.2.0 (3.8)
22.26.0 (24.0)
2.8-3.5 (3.1)
5 42.0 3.9 38.0 2.8 6 45.0 2.5 7 24.0 3.7 25.0 - 8 29.0 3.9 35.0 2.5 9 37.0 3.9 40.0 2.7
Average in parenthesis
Table 5.4.35: The status of corals along transect V (effluent disposal corridor)
The transect V was on 27 May 2013. The results were as follows.
Sr. no Latitude Longitude Description
1 22o 01’ 03.2” 69o 09’ 39.1” Starting point
2 22o 01’ 02.8” 69o 09’ 36.9” Nearby the shore Porites compressa - 30 cm, Porites compressa - 23 cm, Porites compressa -15 cm
3 22o 01’ 04.8” 69o 09’ 35.2” Coral free area
4 22o 01’ 05.3” 69o 09’ 34.6” Porites compressa -10 cm, Porites compressa -11 cm, random sampling, 1x1 m, 1 colony
5 22o 01’ 06.2” 69o 09’ 34.2” Porites compressa - 10x22cm, Zoanthus species- 30 cm
6 22o 01’ 06.5” 69o 09’ 34.1” Porites compressa -69 cm, Porites compressa -90 cm random sampling 1x1 m, 1 colony. Favites, Goniopora sp. nearby at 22o 01’ 07.1” Lat and 69o
09’ 33.0”Long.
7 22o 01’ 08.9” 69o 09’ 31.9” Porites compressa
8 22o 01’ 09.3” 69o 09’ 31.5” Coral free area
9 22o 01’ 12.2” 69o 09’ 28.5”
10 22o 01’ 14.5” 69o 09’ 27.0” (A crab, a sea urchin)
11 22o 01’ 14.5” 69o 09’ 27.0” Coral free area
12 22o 01’ 15.0” 69o 09’ 26.5”
13 22o 01’ 15.0” 69o 09’ 26.5” Coral free area
14 22o 01’ 30.9” 69o 09’ 17.5”
15 22o 01’ 25.9” 69o 09’ 22.0” Old remnants of Turtle nesting along with false nesting was found in between HTL and flat top with clumps of grasses on sandy shore. 16 22o 01’ 25.0” 69o 09’ 22.1”
17 22o 01’ 19.8” 69o 09’ 26.3” 17 small dehydrated bleaches with oblong faecal structures from the turtle nesting pit without leathery materials was observed.
18 22o 01’ 18.4” 69o 09’ 27.6” Dry creeklet – shallow one.
19 22o 01’ 16.8” 69o 09’ 28.5” Turtle hatches and egg shells- leathery ones.
20 22o 01’ 16.6” 69o 09’ 28.8”
21 22o 01’ 15.4” 69o 09’ 29.6” End point of old turtle nesting sites.
22 22o 01’ 15.4” 69o 09’ 30.2” A minor dry creeklet towards south
23 22o 01’ 14.7” 69o 09’ 30.4” A minor dry creeklet
24 22o 01’ 04.70” 69o 09’ 38.93” Porites compressa,
25 22o 01’ 25.62” 69o 08’ 06.27”
Table 5.4.36: The status of corals along transect VI (effluent disposal corridor)
Another transect VI was assessed on 28 May 2013 and the results are shown as follows:
Sr. no Latitude Longitude Description
1 22o 01’ 03.2” 69o 09’ 36.2” Starting point
2 22o 01’ 04.6” 69o 09’ 35.2” Porites compressa - 33 cm
3 22o 01’ 06.3” 69o 09’ 34.1” Porites compressa with zoanthus sp
4 22o 01’ 05.8” 69o 09’ 33.4” Porites compressa
5 22o 01’ 07.3” 69o 09’ 32.6” Porites compressa more in number big sizes
6 22o 01’ 09.4” 69o 09’ 31.6” Coral free area with sandy bottom
7 22o 01’ 09.2” 69o 09’ 31.1”
8 22o 01’ 10.3” 69o 09’ 30.4” Coral free area with sandy bottom
9 22o 01’ 12.0” 69o 09’ 28.1” Coral free area
10 22o 01’ 14.0” 69o 09’ 27.2” Coral free area
11 22o 01’ 13.8” 69o 09’ 26.7”
12 22o 01’ 16.9” 69o 09’ 24.6” Towards north only sandy area, coral free
13 22o 01’ 17.0” 69o 09’ 24.9”
14 22o 01’ 21.1” 69o 09’ 22.0” Coral free sandy area
15 22o 01’ 21.3” 69o 09’ 22.2”
16 22o 01’ 22.5” 69o 09’ 20.9” Towards north coral free, sandy area
17 22o 01’ 22.8” 69o 09’ 21.2”
18 22o 01’ 27.7” 69o 09’ 17.5” Sandy shore, coral free area
Creek area near the small temple on the shore
19 22o 01’ 31.8” 69o 09’ 15.8” Creek with small check dam
20 22o 01’ 34.7” 69o 09’ 13.4” Creek without small check dam
21 22o 01’ 35.8” 69o 09’ 12.3”
22 22o 01’ 35.1” 69o 09’ 11.4” End point of second creek area
23 22o 01’ 43.3” 69o 09’ 30.7”
24 22o 01’ 41.6” 69o 09’ 03.0” Rocky formation
25 22o 01’ 39.9” 69o 09’ 05.4” Algal covering rocks
26 22o 01’ 24.0” 69o 09’ 22.8” Old turtle nesting remnants with two tracks.
27 22o 01’ 10.8” 69o 09’ 33.3” Pit was small, No track was there.
28 22o 01’ 06.3” 69o 09’ 36.6” Towards south; the point was 80-100m north from DP.
29 22o 01’ 05.6” 69o 09’ 37.0” Coral free sandy area (120 m), Earlier LFP is 97 m towards south from this point.
30 22o 01’ 05.2” 69o 09’ 36.5” Towards south
31 22o 01’ 04.4” 69o 09’ 35.5” Coral free area
32 22o 01’ 02.1” 69o 09’ 40.9” Scattered rocky and sandy area free of corals.
Table 5.4.37: Marine fish landings (t) for Gujarat State and Jamnagar District. during 1991 - 2012
Year Gujarat State Jamnagar District Percentage to total State landing
1991-92 530017 63452 11.97 1992-93 609836 66202 10.86 1993-94 619836 58887 9.50 1994-95 645261 58912 9.13 1995-96 598351 68088 11.38 1996-97 660068 76157 11.54 1997-98 702355 56043 7.98 1998-99 551660 28592 5.18 1999-00 670951 71683 10.68 2000-01 620474 72551 11.69 2001-02 650829 83398 12.81 2002-03 743638 102843 13.84 2003-04 609136 37957 6.23 2004-05 584951 45935 7.85 2005-06 663884 66489 10.02 2006-07 676762 70685 10.4 2007-08 680848 62512 9.2 2008-09 683855 62618 9.1 2009-10 687445 88293 12.8 2010-11 688930 67530 9.8 2011-12 - 37145 -
Source: Department of Fisheries, Government of Gujarat, Gandhinagr
Table 5.4.38: Species-wise and year-wise marine fish production (kg) of
Jamnagar District during 2006- 12.
Name of fish Year
2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 White pomfret 4412116 3620846 2931396 2296274 2087977 773596 Black pomfret 1028051 836440 804609 1451793 534590 536045 Bombay duck 142060 61510 267224 97860 74550 2361210 Thread fin 1361008 1326499 3181413 3119210 2632755 1700164 Jew fish 3092997 2797830 2996547 1904771 2932682 1694611 Hilsa 930 2604 9900 0 23746 23520 Other clupeids 3658565 2522123 3031440 3254257 2543093 1066770 Coilia 8525 1395 15066 19530 64735 349959 Shark 1427856 1515896 1637096 2380723 1458747 876140 Mullet 1169521 912586 945173 1044008 986899 1769471 Cat fish 4788881 4064906 5431794 6335643 6098217 2448640 Eel 238569 68224 95432 224770 307405 1145662 Leather jacket 2545289 2515569 4167101 4110887 2478665 1088267 Seer fish 4575515 4825309 6033737 7413926 4453915 4579534 Indian salmon 174710 42868 125030 381310 258390 481078 Ribbon fish 3731848 1418259 2587277 3041642 4045644 2163585 Silver bar 1235748 1056559 1236061 1327143 1207950 1131208 Perches 2327192 2425168 3062715 4504580 5219104 2915113 Small sceinides 9235979 8306015 5523265 14884047 5819460 5361025 Shrimps 5662619 8994713 4948860 7791142 5459071 1364209 Prawns (Mediaum) 2345939 2851242 2215816 4712432 3049563 500151 Prawns (Jumbo) 564996 262889 130731 241685 766020 240464 Lobster 119637 92827 111971 68540 222304 95925 Crabs 378081 286898 349023 404086 324214 3938837 Levta 0 6820 1488 0 0 625115 Cuttle/Squid fish 6022693 3993857 4881056 55940801 4402781 2232200 Tuna 29692 7161 54000 682705 683800 477748 Carangies/Macarel 622558 292369 309807 974015 443549 118850 Ranifish 671200 3255 2700 27000 0 58900 Sole 10139 0 31500 665190 121666 1351399 Others 3648885 4111983 5498721 9340037 8828839 8852263 Total 65231799 59224620 62617949 88293256 67530339 37145135
Source: NIO data bank
Table 5.4.39: Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Jamnagar District during 2011-12
Name of fish April 2011
May 2011
June 2011
July 2011
Aug 2011
Sept 2011
Oct 2011
Nov 2011
Dec 2011
Jan 2012
Feb 2012
March 2012 Total
White pomfret 95160 93927 30240
NO
CA
TCH
97448 149640 107722 156126 93028 57564 56612 55456 773596 Black pomfret 104400 102455 2925 4160 55980 162750 59400 32240 49600 130065 41850 536045 Bombay duck 0 0 0 0 20220 18600 0 858390 1116000 348000 0 2361210 Thread fish 330690 330770 59715 104192 101120 403806 141420 181040 342736 257520 168330 1700164 Jew fish 414360 439642 117198 66000 207220 214148 222204 443610 182528 226345 132556 1694611 Hilsa 0 0 0 0 23520 0 0 0 0 0 0 23520 Other clupeids 169680 173848 45474 64262 68790 124844 72354 150061 202902 294506 89051 1066770 Coilia 0 0 0 0 0 163959 0 0 186000 0 0 349959 Shark 111300 122078 31038 43169 186384 99694 139350 148897 76756 97623 84267 876140 Mullet 79920 68355 38745 47007 100500 540927 68040 334382 354173 209654 114788 1769471 Cat fish 574800 588876 184635 249014 115810 0 316380 423167 471797 506360 366112 2448640 Eel 32850 34100 5328 0 16200 39990 25200 563270 79050 309980 111972 1145662 Leather jacket 155100 172670 48420 121504 51680 697810 9600 22475 64108 64670 56420 1088267 Seer fish 323580 333281 95256 156944 1180716 47430 655314 522660 1015808 521681 478981 4579534 Indian salmon 0 0 1800 0 4050 394878 0 10850 0 0 71300 481078 Ribbon fish 609000 668670 180360 236000 100380 159340 319800 1249145 22320 40020 36580 2163585 Silver bar 121770 123349 27018 49584 123440 232190 99006 153859 187581 136996 148552 1131208 Perches 856200 869705 230940 239088 281760 511500 838860 224595 170655 112665 535990 2915113 Small Sciaenids 737100 695020 153540 270400 503160 362655 557400 101750 506385 678165 2381110 5361025 Shrimps 466410 474424 126810 200980 231360 108190 391470 46273 114004 214861 57071 1364209 Prawns (M) 251040 246047 64407 97198 50100 55955 141060 30938 56792 15563 52545 500151 Prawns (Jumbo) 108720 79825 16941 28225 20034 7440 32400 85312 35836 10261 20956 240464 Lobster 22980 29605 3924 3328 17850 48575 21060 0 3720 1392 0 95925 Crabs 38970 33976 16947 20210 71100 0 24870 51937 3688880 39817 42023 3938837 Levta 0 0 0 0 0 625115 0 0 0 0 0 625115 Cuttle/Squid fish 562200 605740 170415 306880 38400 0 560700 0 406100 556800 363320 2232200 Tuna 140400 153140 35640 58080 0 21638 105000 106950 0 133690 52390 477748 Carangids 97200 124775 21870 28800 9450 0 0 0 58280 0 22320 118850 Ranifish 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31000 0 0 27900 58900 Sole 0 0 5040 0 0 635299 0 0 0 0 716100 1351399 Others 1608510 1651897 468600 751390 169882 5790565 629268 349616 606624 318758 236160 8852263 Total 8013960 8218255 2172750 3240703 3885426 5602482 6251549 6411867 5289656 6463452 37145135
Table 5.4.40: Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Harshad during 2011-12
Name of fish April 2011
May 2011
June 2011
July 2011
Aug 2011
Sept 2011
Oct 2011
Nov 2011
Dec 2011
Jan 2012
Feb 2012
March 2012 Total
White pomfret 0 0 0
NO
CA
TCH
9600 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9600 Black pomfret 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49600 32625 0 82225 Bombay duck 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - Thread fin 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - Jew fish 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - Hilsa 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - Other clupeids 0 0 0 1280 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1280 Coilia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Shark 0 0 0 0 0 55800 0 0 0 0 0 55800 Mullet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cat fish 0 0 0 1920 0 0 0 2790 0 0 0 4710 Eel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 209250 0 130500 0 339750 Leather jacket 0 0 0 5760 24000 0 0 6975 27280 0 0 64015 Seer fish 0 0 14400 8320 312000 209250 0 195300 136400 3915 0 879585 Indian salmon 0 0 1800 0 0 47430 0 0 0 0 24800 74030 Ribbon fish 0 0 12600 0 0 12555 0 18135 11160 26100 18600 99150 Silver bar 0 0 1800 8320 0 16740 0 3348 40920 5220 0 76348 Perches 0 0 1440 7040 240000 0 0 32085 0 0 0 280565 Small Sciaenides 75600 92070 7200 0 0 0 0 58220 0 95265 485150 813505 Shrimps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (M) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (Jumbo) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lobster 6480 9207 0 0 8400 0 16380 0 0 0 0 40467 Crabs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Levta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cuttle/Squid fish 0 0 0 0 0 57195 46800 0 0 0 0 103995 Tuna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Crangies/Mackrel 61200 75990 7560 7040 0 0 0 0 43400 0 0 195190 Ranifish 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sole 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Others 0 0 2520 4480 0 0 0 1953 8680 0 42470 60103 Total 143280 176607 51120 53760 584400 398970 63180 520056 317440 293625 571020 3180318
Table 5.4.41: Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Navadra during 2011-12
Name of fish April 2011
May 2011
June 2011
July 2011
Aug 2011
Sept 2011
Oct 2011
Nov 2011
Dec 2011
Jan 2012
Feb 2012
March 2012 Total
White pomfret 0 0 0
NO
CA
TCH
5400 0 0 0 0 0 5400 Black pomfret 21000 27280 0 0 4050 14880 21600 0 0 8700 97510 Bombay duck 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Thread fin 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Jew fish 0 0 0 0 135000 0 0 0 0 0 135000 Hilsa 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other clupeids 0 0 0 4000 0 0 0 0 0 0 4000 Coilia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Shark 0 0 0 0 13500 9920 0 9920 0 0 33340 Mullet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cat fish 0 0 0 4000 0 0 0 6200 5580 0 15780 Eel 0 0 1170 0 16200 0 25200 0 41850 0 84420 Leather jacket 0 0 0 8000 5400 0 0 0 3348 0 16748 Seer fish 0 0 0 8800 297000 0 180000 66960 446400 60900 1060060 Indian salmon 0 0 0 0 4050 0 0 0 0 0 4050 Ribbon fish 0 0 2880 4000 13500 0 0 17360 0 0 37740 Silver bar 0 0 2430 4800 13500 12400 0 0 6975 0 40105 Perches 0 0 9000 0 0 3720 0 76880 9765 0 99365 Small Sciaenides 115500 82150 3600 0 0 0 0 21000 59985 147900 430135 Shrimps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (M) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (Jumbo) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lobster 8100 10850 0 0 5400 7440 0 0 0 0 31790 Crabs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Levta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cuttle/Squid fish 0 0 0 0 0 18600 63000 0 0 0 81600 Tuna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Crangies/Mackrel 27000 34100 4950 12800 9450 9920 0 0 0 0 98220 Ranifish 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sole 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Others 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52080 23715 0 75795 Total 171600 154380 28080 55200 522450 76880 289800 250480 597618 217500 2363988
Table 5.4.42: Species-wise monthly fish landing (kg) of Dwarka during 2011-12
Name of fish April 2011
May 2011
June 2011
July 2011
Aug 2011
Sept 2011
Oct 2011
Nov 2011
Dec 2011
Jan 2012
Feb 2012
March 2012 Total
White pomfret 0 0 0
NO
CA
TCH
8320 5400 0 0 0 0 0 0 13720 Black pomfret 75000 59985 0 0 4050 125550 0 0 0 19140 41850 325575 Bombay duck 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Thread fin 60000 62775 03600 0 0 139500 0 62000 137640 86130 41850 593495 Jew fish 0 0 0 0 135000 9765 0 155000 0 0 0 299765 Hilsa 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other clupeids 0 0 0 5760 0 0 0 43400 106020 213730 11160 380070 Coilia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Shark 0 0 0 0 135000 0 0 21700 0 0 12555 169255 Mullet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cat fish 10500 13950 0 4480 0 0 0 46500 0 0 11160 86590 Eel 0 0 0 0 16200 0 0 217000 29760 159500 55800 478260 Leather jacket 0 0 0 5760 5400 0 0 15500 0 0 0 26660 Seer fish 21000 18135 0 10880 297000 195300 336000 15500 81840 127600 39060 1142315 Indian salmon 0 0 0 0 4050 0 0 10850 0 0 0 14900 Ribbon fish 21000 30690 1080 3200 13500 10323 0 4650 0 0 13950 98393 Silver bar 6000 11160 864 4480 0 22320 0 18600 13020 0 11160 87604 Perches 60000 51615 0 0 0 25110 630000 0 0 0 0 766725 Small Sciaenides 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9300 0 19530 28830 Shrimps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (M) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Prawns (Jumbo) 0 0 0 0 4050 0 0 0 0 0 0 4050 Lobster 0 0 1854 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1854 Crabs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Levta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cuttle/Squid fish 0 0 0 0 0 106020 69300 0 0 0 0 175320 Tuna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Crangies/Mackrel 9000 34100 9360 8960 0 11718 0 0 14880 0 22320 110338 Ranifish 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31000 0 0 0 31000 Sole 0 0 5040 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5040 Others 0 0 0 8960 0 0 0 0 11160 0 0 13720 Total 262500 154380 21528 60800 661500 645606 1035300 641700 403620 606100 280395 325575
Table5.4.43: Group-wise marine fish production (kg) at 3 major fish landing centers bordering the coastal waters of Gojiness-Kuranga of Jamnagar District during 2008-09.
Fish groups
Major fish landing centre Jamnagar District Dwarka Harshad Navadra
Production % Production % Production % Production White pomfret 64800 2.21 122410 4.18 33760 1.15 2931396 Black pomfret 40340 5.01 44716 5.56 19456 2.42 804609 Bombay duck 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 267224 Thread fin 652103 20.50 32402 1.02 123842 3.89 3181413 Jew fish 982103 3.28 13950 0.05 27770 0.09 29965547 Hilsa 9900 100.0 0 0.00 0 0.00 9900 Other clupeids 83318 2.75 26668 0.88 0 0.00 3031440 Coilia 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 15066 Shark 85436 5.22 32282 1.97 6540 0.40 1637096 Mullet 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 945173 Cat fish 226811 4.18 53282 0.98 45904 0.85 5431794 Eel 45597 47.78 35740 37.45 0 0.00 95432 Leather jacket 78080 1.87 17904 0.43 78444 1.88 4167101 Seer fish 371398 6.16 95080 1.58 130080 2.16 6033737 Indian salmon 9920 7.93 3600 2.88 0 0.00 125030 Ribbon fish 25235 0.98 325896 12.60 308348 11.92 2587277 Silver bar 60253 4.87 43970 3.56 32854 2.66 1236061 Pearch 687355 22.44 37975 1.24 32300 1.05 3062715 Small Scienids 78062 1.41 174283 3.16 156660 2.84 5523265 Shrimps 8060 0.16 990 0.02 0 0.00 4948860 Prawns (Medium) 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 2215816 Prawns (Jumbo) 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 130731 Lobster 61797 55.19 0 0.00 12480 11.15 111971 Crabs 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 349023 Levta 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 1488 Cuttlefish/Squids 38760 0.79 16461 0.34 39630 0.81 4881056 Tuna 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 54000 Carangids/ mackerel 81050 26.16 56367 18.19 150070 48.44 309807
Pink Perch 0 0.00 0 0.00 2700 100.0 2700 Sole fish 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 31500 Miscellaneous 77348 1.41 78755 1.43 161202 2.93 5498721 Total 2884193 4.61 1213234 1.94 1361040 2.17 62617949
Source: Department of Fisheries, Govt. of Gujarat, Gandhinagar
Table 5.4.44: Data on fishing crafts and fishermen population of Jamnagar District during 2006-07.
Parameter Number
Length of coastline (km) 342
Coastline percentage with that of the State 21.37
Landing centers (no) 23
Fishermen families (no) 5982
Total fishermen population (no) 40904
Active fishermen (no) 9330
Fishing boat: mechanized (no) : non-mechanized (no)
1637
326
Total fishing gears (nets) (no) 2,61,030
a. Dol net (no) 1704
b. Gill net (no) 106273
c. Hook and line, cast net and others (no) 153053
Landing center
Fisherman families
(no)
Total fishermen
(no)
Active fishermen
(no)
Total boats
Mechanized (no)
Non-mechanized
(no) Dwarka 724 5669 1261 919 972
Table 5.4.45: Scientific and common names of fish, crustacean and molluscan
species at Gojiness Creek near Bhogat village during March 2010.
Scientific name Common name Fish species Sphyraena barracuda Great barracuda Polydactylus sextarius Blackspot threadfin Lactarius lactarius White fish Lutjanus johnii John’s snapper Megalaspis cordyla Horse mackerel Cynoglossus lingua Long toungsole Atule mate Yellow tail scad Epinephelus diacanthus Cheek spined grouper Epinephelus sps Common Grouper Leioganthus splendens Splendid ponyfish Muraenesox bagio Common pink conger Plectorhinchus griseus Grey sweetlip Plotosus canius Grey eel catfish Johnius dussumerri Dussumeir’s croaker Johnius saldado Croaker Otolithes ruber Tiger toothed croaker Pennahia anea Truncate tail croaker Pseudorhombus malayanus Malayans flounder Crustaceans species Calappa lophos Box crab Dromia dormia Common sponge crab Portunus pelagicus Blue swimming crab Portunus sanguinolentus Three spotted crab Panulirus spp. Spiny lobster Fenneropenaeus indicus White shrimp Penaeus monodon Tiger shrimp Gastropod species Tibia curta Indian tibia Murex brunneus Adustus murex Murex adustus Eel Turbo coronatus Turban shell Turritella maculata Screw shell Cypraea arabica Arabian cowry
Source: NIO data bank
Table 5.4.46: Fishes, crustaceans and gastropods obtained from catch of local
fishermen in coastal waters off Kuranga /Gojiness during April-May 2012.
Scientific name Common name Fish Lutjanus johnii John’s snapper
Johnius dussumerri Dussumeir’s croaker Johnius elongatus Giant captainfish Sparidentex hasta Silver black porgy Cynoglossus lingua Long toungsole Lactarius lactarius White fish Polydactylus sextarius Blackspot threadfin Crustaceans Penaus monodon Tiger shrimp Fenneropenaeus indicus White shrimp Gastropods Cyprea arabica Arabian cowery Murex adustus Eel Murex brunneus Adustus murex Turbo coronatus Turban shell
Table 5.4.47: Fishes obtained from catch of local fishermen in coastal waters off Kuranga /Gojiness during December 2012.
Scientific name Common name Fish Pampus argenticus Paplet/ pomfret Parastomateus niger Black pomfret Polynemus sexifillis - Caranx para Yellowfin jack Johnius elongatus Giant captainfish Sparidentex hasta Silver black porgy Lactarius lactarius White fish Valamugil speigleri Speigler's mullet Coilia dussumieri Mandeli Lutjanus johnii John’s snapper Johnius dussumerri Dussumeir’s croaker Crustaceans Penaus monodon Tiger shrimp Portunus pelagicus Blue swimming crab Panulirus spp. Spiny lobster Fenneropenaeus indicus White shrimp Gastropods Cyprea arabica Arabian cowery Murex adustus Eel Turbo coronatus Turban shell
Table 5.4.48: Sand dune vegetation along the coastal waters off Kuranga .
Plant Density Cynodon dactylon D Prosopsis juliflora D Ipomoea biloba S Cactus S Jancus maritimus (Halopyrum mucronatum)
S
Euphorbia neriifolia S Ziziphus rotundifolia S Salvadora persica S Suaeda maritima S Carex condensata S Convolvulus pluricaulis S Sand binding halophyte S Udotea indica S
D- Dense; S-Sparse
Table 5.4.49: Macro algae along the coastal water off Kuranga.
Algae Udotea indica Bryopsis plumosa Caulerpa racemosa Chaetomorpha spp Cladophora facicaularis Calcareous algae Gracillaria sp. Halimeda tuna Porphyra vietnamensis Sargassum polycystum Ulva lactuca Ulva fasciata
Table 5.4.50: Corals along the coastal water off Kuranga.
Corals Porites compressa Goniopora minor Polycyanthus verrilli Tubastrea aurea Turbinaria crater Favites
Table 5.4.51: Fauna at the intertidal area of Kuranga.
Total species(no) Common species
F-1 Fishes : Mud. Goby Jelly fish
C-4 Crabs: Portunus pelagicus, Neptunus sp., Charybdis sps., wolf crab, Pilimnus vespertilio
M-3 Mollusc: Sepia sp., Sea hare, Rock oyster
G-10 Gastropods: Conus, Turbo intercostalis, Murex, Chicoreus ramosus, Bursa spinosa, Patella sp, Tibia, Volema, Cowries (Arabica arabica), Limpet
Table 6.6.1: Variation in temperature, ammonia and SS at various observation points
around outfall location OF1.
Observation point
Distance of observation point from
OF1 (m)
Variation of temperature
(above ambient, oC)
Variation of ammonia
(above ambient, mg/l)
Variation of SS (above
ambient, mg/l)
1 0 1.5-3.3 1.5-3.05 300-515 2 100m towards NW 0-1.5 0-1.25 0-220 3 250m towards NW 0-0.5 0-0.8 0-150 4 380m towards NW -- 0-0.015 -- 5 550m towards NW -- 0-0.01 -- 6 130m towards SE 0-1.25 0-1.0 0-180 7 300m towards SE -- 0-0.2 -- 8 430m towards SE -- 0-0.45 0-50 9 560m towards SE -- 0-0.015 --
10 450m towards NNW -- 0-0.018 -- 11 280m towards WNW -- 0-0.005 -- 12 350m towards WNW -- -- -- 13 170m towards W -- -- -- 14 110 m towards NE -- 0.05-0.3 0-45 15 160 m towards S -- 0.05-0.3 0-40 16 190 m towards E -- -- -- 17 260 m towards SSW -- -- -- 18 380 m towards ESE -- 0-0.05 -- 19 415 m towards SSW -- -- -- 20 120 m towards N -- 0-0.25 0-20
Table 6.6.2: Variation in temperature, ammonia and SS at various observation points
around outfall location OF2.
Observation point
Distance of observation point
from OF2 (m)
Variation of temperature
(above ambient, oC)
Variation of ammonia
(above ambient, mg/l)
Variation of SS (above ambient,
mg/l)
1 0 2.0-3.6 1.8-3.6 350-620 2 120 m towards NW 0-1.0 0-1.1 0-200 3 250 m towards NW 0-0.5 0-0.75 0-130 4 400 m towards NW -- 0-0.36 0-50 5 530 m towards NW -- 0-0.36 0-50 6 100 m towards SE 0-1.75 0-1.5 0-260 7 220 m towards SE 0-1.2 0-1.0 0-160 8 360 m towards SE -- 0-0.25 0-30 9 520 m towards SE -- 0-0.25 0-50
10 360 m towards NNW -- -- -- 11 230 m towards NNW -- 0-0.015 -- 12 130 m towards NNE -- 0-0.005 -- 13 350 m towards WNW -- 0-0.005 -- 14 210 m towards WNW -- 0-0.005 -- 15 100 m towards SSW -- 0-0.005 -- 16 160 m towards SSE -- 0-0.15 -- 17 110 m towards E -- 0-0.2 0-40 18 190 m towards ESE -- 0-0.01 -- 19 280 m towards ESE -- 0-0.01 -- 20 440 m towards ESE -- 0-0.01 --
Table 6.7.1: Instantaneous erosion and deposition rates and bed level increase at
various observation points around outfall location OF1 during the run period.
Observation point
Distance of observation point from
OF1 (m)
Variation of instantaneous erosion rates
(kg/m2,s)
Variation of instantaneous
deposition rates(kg/m2,s)
Variation of bed level (m)
1 0 0-0.003 0-0.045 0.1
2 100m towards NW 0-0.002 0-0.011 0.005
3 250m towards NW 0-0.003 0-0.025 0.02
4 380m towards NW 0-0.0025 0-0.02 0.01
5 550m towards NW 0-0.0025 0-0.02 0.009
6 130m towards SE 0-0.002 0-0.0075 0.005
7 300m towards SE 0-0.0006 0-0.0015 0.005
8 430m towards SE 0-0.0038 0-0.0125 0.008
9 560m towards SE 0-0.005 0-0.0025 0.003
10 450m towards NNW 0-0.004 0-0.002 0.002
11 280m towards WNW 0-0.003 0-0.002 0.003
12 350m towards WNW 0-0.002 0-0.0015 0.002
13 170m towards W 0-0.005 0-0.025 0.008
14 110 m towards NE 0-0.005 0-0.002 0.002
15 160 m towards S 0-0.005 0-0.002 0.002
16 190 m towards E 0-0.004 0-0.002 0.002
17 260 m towards SSW 0-0.001 0-0.002 0.003
18 380 m towards ESE 0-0.0001 0-0.002 0.003
19 415 m towards SSW 0-0.0005 0-0.008 0.003
20 120 m towards N 0-0.003 0-0.002 0.002
Table 6.7.2: Instantaneous erosion and deposition rates and bed level increase at
various observation points around outfall location OF2 during the run period.
Observation point
Distance of observation point from
OF2 (m)
Variation of instantaneous erosion rates
(kg/m2,s)
Variation of instantaneous
deposition rates(kg/m2,s)
Variation of bed level
(m)
1 0 0-0.003 0-0.002 0.005
2 120 m towards NW 0-0.0021 0-0.0017 0.022
3 250 m towards NW 0-0.0028 0-0.005 0.006
4 400 m towards NW 0-0.0022 0-0.015 0.014
5 530 m towards NW 0-0.0022 0-0.015 0.014
6 100 m towards SE 0-0.002 0-0.004 0.0075
7 220 m towards SE 0-0.0008 0-0.002 0.007
8 360 m towards SE 0-0.0038 0-0.012 0.0065
9 520 m towards SE 0-0.005 0-0.002 0.005
10 360 m towards NNW 0-0.004 0-0.002 0.005
11 230 m towards NNW 0-0.0028 0-0.002 0.006
12 130 m towards NNE 0-0.002 0-0.002 0.006
13 350 m towards WNW 0-0.005 0-0.002 0.005
14 210 m towards WNW 0-0.005 0-0.002 0.005
15 100 m towards SSW 0-0.0052 0-0.002 0.005
16 160 m towards SSE 0-0.004 0-0.002 0.005
17 110 m towards E 0-0.001 0-0.0075 0.007
18 190 m towards ESE 0-0.0001 0-0.002 0.0075
19 280 m towards ESE 0-0.0002 0-0.007 0.0075
20 440 m towards ESE 0-0.0032 0-0.002 0.005
Table 6.9.1: The plume characteristics for the bottom release of RSPL effluent in the coastal waters off Kurunga.
Paramter Value NO OF PORTS 10 DIAMETER OF THE PORT (m) 0.538 INITIAL JET VELOCITY(m/s) 3 PORT ANGLE (Degrees to horizontal) 60
Plume width (m)
Plume angle (rad)
Distance from port (m)
Plume rise (m)
Dilution
(times) ΔSS ΔDT ΔNH4 Δρ
1.10 1.05 1.7 2.9 1.4 678 3.57 3.57 7.14 1.12 1.05 1.7 3.0 1.4 658 3.47 3.47 6.93 1.24 1.04 1.8 3.2 1.7 572 3.01 3.01 6.02 1.36 1.04 2.0 3.4 1.9 503 2.65 2.65 5.30 1.44 1.04 2.0 3.5 2.0 469 2.47 2.47 4.93 1.61 1.03 2.2 3.8 2.4 401 2.11 2.11 4.22 1.71 1.03 2.3 4.0 2.6 370 1.95 1.95 3.89 2.01 1.01 2.6 4.5 3.2 296 1.56 1.56 3.12 2.32 0.99 3.0 5.0 3.9 244 1.28 1.28 2.57 2.64 0.97 3.3 5.5 4.6 205 1.08 1.08 2.16 2.98 0.94 3.6 6.0 5.4 175 0.92 0.92 1.85 3.38 0.89 4.0 6.5 6.3 150 0.79 0.79 1.58 3.80 0.83 4.5 7.0 7.3 129 0.68 0.68 1.36 4.35 0.73 5.0 7.5 8.6 110 0.58 0.58 1.16 5.01 0.57 5.6 8.0 10.1 94 0.49 0.49 0.99 6.30 -0.20 7.4 8.5 13.4 71 0.37 0.37 0.75 6.32 -0.25 7.5 8.4 13.5 71 0.37 0.37 0.74 6.20 -0.64 8.5 8.0 13.9 68 0.36 0.36 0.72 6.06 -0.82 9.0 7.5 14.1 67 0.35 0.35 0.71 5.98 -0.93 9.4 7.0 14.4 66 0.35 0.35 0.70 5.95 -1.00 9.8 6.5 14.7 65 0.34 0.34 0.68 5.95 -1.06 10.1 6.0 15.1 63 0.33 0.33 0.66 5.97 -1.10 10.4 5.5 15.6 61 0.32 0.32 0.64 6.00 -1.13 10.6 5.0 16.0 59 0.31 0.31 0.62 6.06 -1.16 10.8 4.5 16.6 57 0.30 0.30 0.60 6.12 -1.19 11.0 4.0 17.1 56 0.29 0.29 0.58 6.19 -1.21 11.2 3.5 17.7 54 0.28 0.28 0.56 6.27 -1.23 11.4 3.0 18.3 52 0.27 0.27 0.55 6.35 -1.25 11.6 2.5 18.9 50 0.26 0.26 0.53 6.45 -1.27 11.7 2.0 19.6 48 0.25 0.25 0.51 6.54 -1.28 11.9 1.5 20.3 47 0.25 0.25 0.49 6.63 -1.29 12.0 1.0 20.9 45 0.24 0.24 0.48 6.74 -1.30 12.2 0.5 21.7 44 0.23 0.23 0.46 6.83 -1.31 12.3 0.0 22.3 43 0.22 0.22 0.45
Figure 1.1.1: Map showing project area for RSPL in Jamnagar District.
Figure 1.1.2: Map showing the coast along Kuranga-Gojiness region.
Figure 1.4.1: Map showing sampling locations in coastal waters off Kuranga.
1 - 9: Subtidal stations
TI – TIII: Intertidal transects
NS
EW
SP
HE
RO
ID - W
GS 84
515000 mX
516000 mX
517000 mX
518000 mX
2432000 mY 2433000 mY 2434000 mY 2435000 mY
21°59'30" N 22°00' N 22°01' N21°59'30" N 22°00' N 22°00'30" N 22°01' N
ARABIANSEA
COASTLINE
519000 mX
514000 mX
22°01'30" N
NOTES :
LEGEND:
GeneralBathymetry
GEODETIC DETAILS :
CLIENT :
SCALE:
RSPL LIM
ITED
SURVEYED BY :
DRAWING TITLE :
PROJECT TITLE :
BA
THY
ME
TRY M
AP
FIG. 4.
26 ,5
1
TIDAL INFORMATION:(N.H.Chart No-203)
SC
ALE 1 : 10000AH
MED
AB
AD
KEY MAP
SU
RV
EY
AR
EA
COASTLINE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
09
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
56
56
56
56
56
56
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
63
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
65
65
65
65
65
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
69
69
69
69
69
69
7
7
7
7
7
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
72
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
76
76
76
76
76
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
88
88
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
9
9
9
9
9
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
95
95
95
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
1212
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
122
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
129
129
129
129
129
129
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
131
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
143
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
147
147
147
147
147
147
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
153
153
153
153
153
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
157
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16 16
16
16 16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
169
169
169
169
169
169
169
169
169
169
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
174
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
181
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
182
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
183
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
187
187
187
187
187
187
187
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
192
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
194
194
194
194
194
194
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
195
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
198
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
209
21
21
21
21
2121
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
2121
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
212121
21
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
211
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
214
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
215
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
218
218
218
218
219
219
22
1 m
2 m
3 m
4 m
5 m
6 m
7 m
8 m
9 m
10 m
11 m
12 m
13 m
14 m
15 m
16 m
17 m
18 m
19 m
20 m
GU
LF O
F K
AC
HC
HH
ARABIANSEA
525 m
1200 m
875 m
2735 m
Lat: 22°00' 00.62" N ; Long: 69°10'38.70" E
X : 0518313 m
; Y : 2432857 m
LFP - INTAKE
Lat: 21°59' 49.70" N ; Long: 69°10'24.60" E
X : 0517909 m
; Y : 2432520 m
INTA
KE - PRO
POSED
DEP
TH : 4.40 m
DIS
TAN
CE : 525 m
Lat: 22°01' 04.70" N ; Long: 69°09'38.93" E
X : 0516597 m
; Y : 2434825 m
LFP - OUTFALL
Lat: 22°01' 25.62" N ; Long: 69°08'06.27" E
X : 0513940. m
; Y : 2435466 m
OUTFA
LL - PROPO
SED
DEP
TH : 15.4 m
DIS
TAN
CE : 2735 m
Lat: 21°59' 42.35" N ; Long: 69°10'15.48" E
X : 0517638 m
; Y : 2432295 m
INTAKE - SU
GG
ESTED
DEP
TH : 10.0 m
DIS
TAN
CE : 875 m
Lat: 22°00' 39.51" N ; Long: 69°09'07.01" E
X : 0515683 m
; Y : 2434049 m
OUTFA
LL - SUGG
ESTED
DEP
TH : 12.0 m
DIS
TAN
CE : 1200 m
BA
THYM
ETRY SU
RVEY A
ND
TIDE M
EASU
REM
ENTS FO
R SETTIN
G U
P O
F GR
EENFIELD
SOD
A A
SH PR
OJEC
T IN
JAM
NA
GA
R, G
UJA
RA
T
Figure 5.1.1: Map show
ing bathymetry of m
arine environment off coastal w
aters off Kuranga.
NS
EW
SPH
ERO
ID - W
GS 84
515000 mX
516000 mX
517000 mX
518000 mX
2432000 mY 2433000 mY 2434000 mY 2435000 mY
21°59'30" N
69°08'30" E69°09' E
69°09'30" E69°10' E
21°59'30" N 22°00' N 22°00'30" N 22°01' N
69°10'30" E69°08'30" E
69°09' E69°09'30" E
69°10' E
ARABIANSEA
COASTLINE
519000 mX
514000 mX
69°08' E69°11' E
22°01'30" N
COASTLINE
Figure 5.1.2: Soft sedim
ents estimated from
the dual frequency echo sounder in the survey area of
SC
ALE
- 1: 25000
coastal waters off K
uranga.
24-Apr-12 27-Apr-12 30-Apr-12 4-May-12 7-May-12 11-May-12
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
Miyani Tide
Dwaraka Tide
Predicted Tide at Dwaraka and Miyani for the period of Observation during premonsoon
Figure 5.1.3: Predicted tides at Dwarka and Miyani during 24 April - 11 May 2012 (premonsoon).
7-Dec-12 13-Dec-12 20-Dec-12 27-Dec-12
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
Dwaraka Tide
Miyani Tide
Predicted Tides at Dwaraka and Miyani During the period of Postmonsoon observationFigure 5.1.4: Predicted tides at Dwarka and Miyani during 7 - 27 December 2012 (postmonsoon).
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
4/29/12 13:20 4/30/12 22:40 5/2/12 8:00 5/3/12 17:20 5/5/12 2:40 5/6/12 12:00
0
100
200
300
400
Spe
ed(m
/s)
Direc
tion(de
g)
Date and Time (mm/dd/yy hh:mm) Figure 5.1.5: Current speed (a) and direction (b) at station 4 (coastal waters off
Kuranga) during 29 April – 6 May 2012.
(a)
(b)
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
12/15/12 20:00 12/17/12 5:20 12/18/12 14:40 12/20/12 0:00 12/21/12 9:20 12/22/12 18:40
0
100
200
300
400
Spe
ed (m
/s)
Dire
ction (deg
)
Date and time (mm/dd/yy hh:mm)
(a)
(b)
Figure 5.1.6: Current speed (a) and direction (b) at station 7 (coastal waters off
Kuranga) during 15 – 21 December 2012.
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
10:30 19:50 5:10 14:30 23:50
-0.8
-0.4
0
0.4
0.8U-componentV-component
Spee
d (m
/s)
Com
pone
nts (m
/s)
(a)
(b)
11.10.09 12.10.09 14.10.09 15.10.09 16.10.09
Figure 5.1.7 Current (a) speed and (b) components at Dwarka during October
2009.
0
50
100
150
200
250
Dire
ction (D
egrees
)
3/21/10 12:20 3/24/10 7:00 3/27/10 1:40 3/29/10 20:20
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Spe
ed (m
/s)
Date and Time (mm/dd/yy hh:mm) Figure 5.1.8: Current speed and direction near Dwarka during 21 – 29 March
2010.
3/21/10 12:20 3/24/10 7:00 3/27/10 1:40 3/29/10 20:20
-0.8
-0.4
0
0.4
0.8u-compv-comp
Date and Time(mm/dd/yy hh:mm)
Com
pone
nts(m/s)
Figure 5.1.9: Current component near Dwarka during March 2010.
Figure 5.1.10: Drogue study conducted at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) during flood-ebb on 2 May 2012.
Figure 5.1.11: Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 23 October 2002.
Figure 5.1.12: Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 24 October 2002.
Figure 5.1.13: Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 28 October 2002.
Figure 5.1.14: Drogue trajectory near Dwarka on 1 April 1999.
Figure 5.1.15: Drogue trajectory at Rupen Bandar during ebb on 29 March
2010.
24
26
28
30Temperature (0C)
A.T.
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2 pH
36
36
36
37
37
37
Salinity (ppt)
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
DO (mg/L)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
PO43--P (µmol/L)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8NO2
--N (µmol/L)
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
NO3--N (µmol/L)
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 15000.0
0.4
0.8
1.2NH4
+-N (µmol/L)
h h
EbFl Fl
Eb
Figure 5.2.1: Temporal Variations in Water Quality (S ) (B ) at Station 1 (coastal waters off Karunga ) on 3rd May 2012
22.0
24.0
26.0
28.0
30.0
A.T.
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
34.5
35.0
35.5
36.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
900 1100 1300 15003.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
900 1100 1300 15000.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
PO43--P (µmol/L)
h h0 0
Eb
Eb
pH
Salinity (ppt)
NO2--N (µmol/L)
DO (mg/L)
Temperature (0C)
NO3--N (µmol/L) NH4
+-N (µmol/L)
Figure 5.2.2: Temporal variations in water quality (S ) (B ) at station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) on 5 May 2012.
28
29
30
31Temperature(°C)
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3 pH
36.0
36.2
36.4
36.6
36.8
37.0Salinity (ppt)
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0DO (mg/l)
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0PO4
3--P (µmol/l)
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0NO3
--N (µmol/l)
730 930 1130 13300.0
0.2
0.4
0.6NO2
--N (µmol/l)
730 930 1130 13300.0
0.4
0.8
1.2NH4
+-N (µmol/l)
AT
h h
Figure 5.2.3: Temporal Variations in Water quality (S ) at Station 1(Coastal waters off Karunga) On 11th September, 2012
27
28
29
30Temperature(°C)
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4 pH
35.0
36.0
37.0
38.0Salinity (ppt)
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0DO (mg/l)
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0PO4
3--P (µmol/l)
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0NO3
--N (µmol/l)
800 1000 1200 14000.0
0.3
0.6
0.9NO2
--N (µmol/l)
800 1000 1200 14000.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0NH4
+-N (µmol/l)
AT
h h
Figure 5.2.4: Temporal Variations in Water quality (S ) at Station 7 (coastal waters off Kuranga) on 12th September , 2012.
20
22
24
26
28TEMPERATURE( OC)
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2pH
6.5
6.7
6.9
7.1
7.3
7.5DO(mg/l)
35.5
35.7
35.9
36.1
36.3
36.5
SALINITY( ppt )
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6PO43--P(µmol/l)
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 18001.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
NO3--N(µmol/l)
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 18000.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2NH4+-N(µmol/l)
Fd Eb Fd Eb
00 00h h
Figure 5.2.5: Temporal Variations in Water quality Parameters (S ) (B ) at Station 1(coastal waters off Kuranga) on 28th December
2012.
20
22
24
26
28
30TEMPERATURE(OC)
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4pH
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0PO43--P(µmol/l)
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 18000.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
NO2--N(µmol/l)
0.04
0.08
0.12
0.16
0.20
0.24NO3--N(µmol/l)
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 18000.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12NH4
+-N(µmol/l)
5.8
6.2
6.6
7.0DO(mg/l)
35.8
36.0
36.2
36.4
36.6SALINITY(ppt)
Fd Eb Fd Eb
000 0h h
Figure 5.2.6: Temporal Variations in Water quality (S ) (B ) at Station 4 (coastal waters off Kuranga) on 16th December 2012.
0
2
4
6
8
10Chl aPhaeo
S B S B S B S B
Fl1000 1200 1400 1500
Figure 5.4.1:Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in costal water of Kurunga on 3 May, 2012
Con
centratio
n (m
g/m3 )
h
0
1
2
3
4
S B S B S B S B S B900 1100 1300 1500 1600
FlFigure 5.4.2: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in costal water of Kurunga on 30 April, 2012
h
Figure 5.4.1: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 3 May 2012.
Figure 5.4.2: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 30 April 2012.
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
Con
centratio
n (m
g/m
3 )
S S S S730 930 1130 1230F.Eb F.Fl
Figure 5.4.3: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in costal water of Kuranga on 11 September, 2012
h
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
S S S S800 1000 1200 1300
Con
centratio
n (m
g/m
3 )
F.Eb F.FlFigure 5.4.4: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 7 in costal water of Kurunga on 12 September, 2012
Figure 5.4.3: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 11 September 2012.
Figure 5.4.4: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 7 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 September 2012.
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
S B S B S B S B S B S B S B700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1800
Figure 5.4.5: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in costal water of Kurunga on 28 December 2012
h
Con
centra
tion(
mg/m
3 )
Fl Eb
0
2
4
6
8Chl aPhaeo
S B S B S B S B S B S B S B700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1800h
Eb FlFigure 5.4.6: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in costal water of Kurungaon 16 December 2012
Figure 5.4.5: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 28 December 2012.
Figure 5.4.6: Temporal variations in phytopigments at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 16 December 2012.
0
4
8
12
16
20
hFl
Figure 5.4.7: Temporal variations in zooplnkton at station 1 in costal water of Kurunga on 3 May, 2012
1000 1200 1400 1500
0
4
8
12BiomassPopulationTotal groups
hEb
Figure 5.4.8: Temporal variations in zooplnkton at station 4 in costal water of Kurunga on 30 April, 2012
900 1100 1300 1500 1600
Figure 5.4.7: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 3 May 2012.
Figure 5.4.8: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 30 April 2012.
0
1
2
3
4BiomassPopulationTotal group
h 730 930 1130 1230F.Eb F.Fl
Figure 5.4.9: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in costal water of Kurunga on 11 September, 2012
0
1
2
3
4
5
(10)
h 1000 1200 1300 F.Fl
Figure 5.4.10: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 7 in costal water of Kurunga on 12 September, 2012
Figure 5.4.9: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 11 September 2012.
Figure 5.4.10: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 7 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 September 2012.
0
10
20
30
40
Figure 5.4.11: Temporal vriation in zooplankton at station 1 during 12 December, 2012
700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1800
Fl Eb
h
0
40
80
120
160
200
Biomas
s (m
/100
m3 ), P
opulation (n
o x 10
3 /100
3 )
To
tal g
roup
(no)
Figure 5.4.12: Temporal variation in zooplankton at station 4 during 16 December, 2012
h 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1800
Eb Fl
Figure 5.4.11: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 1 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 12 December 2012.
Figure 5.4.12: Temporal variations in zooplankton at station 4 in coastal waters off Kuranga on 16 December 2012.
Figure 5.4.13: Intertidal transects (IV - VI) for investigation of corals along Kuranga coast.
Figure 6.2.1: Study domain for the hydrodynamic modeling studies showing the intake
locations (IT1 and IT2) and outfall locations (OF1 and OF2).
Figure 6.3.1: Terrain features of study region in coastal waters off Kurunga.
Figure 6.3.2: Computational BFC grid.
Figure 6.3.3: Contours of computed bathy depths (m).
Figure 6.3.4: Contours of Chezy’s coefficient (m1/2 /s).
Figure 6.3.5: Boundary input tides.
Figure 6.3.5 (a): Comparison of computed and calculated tides at outfall location (OF1).
Figure 6.3.5 (b): Comparison of computed and calculated currents at calibration point (22° 01'
14.2" N, 69° 07' 16.3" E).
Figure 6.4.1: Simulated tides during a typical spring tide (LLW).
Figure 6.4.2: Simulated currents during a typical spring tide (LLW).
Figure 6.4.3: Simulated tides during a typical spring peak flood.
Figure 6.4.4: Simulated currents during a typical spring peak flood.
Figure 6.4.5: Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW).
Figure 6.4.6: Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW).
Figure 6.4.7: Simulated tides during a typical spring peak ebb.
Figure 6.4.8: Simulated currents during a typical spring peak ebb.
Figure 6.5.1 Terrain features of study region
Figure 6.5.2 Computational BFC grid
Figure 6.5.3: Simulated tides during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT1.
Figure 6.5.4: Simulated currents during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT1.
Figure 6.5.5: Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT1.
Figure 6.5.6: Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT1.
Figure 6.5.7: Observation points around the Intake point IT1
Figure 6.5.8 (a): Variation of elevation/tides at different observation points around intake IT1.
Figure 6.5.8 (b): Variation of elevation/tides at different observation points around intake IT1.
Figure 6.5.9 (a): Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT1.
Figure 6.5.9 (b): Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT1.
Figure 6.5.10: Simulated tides during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT2.
Figure 6.5.11: Simulated currents during a typical spring (LW) with intake at IT2.
Figure 6.5.12: Simulated tides during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT2.
Figure 6.5.13: Simulated currents during a typical spring (HW) with intake at IT2.
Figure 6.5.14: Observation points around the intake point IT2.
Figure 6.5.15 (a): Variation of elevations/tides at different observation points around intake IT2.
Figure 6.5.15 (b): Variation of elevations / tides at different observation points around intake IT2.
Figure 6.5.16 (a): Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT2.
Figure 6.5.16 (b): Variation of currents at different observation points around intake IT2
Figure 6.6.1: Temperature dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with release at OF1.
Figure 6.6.2: Temperature dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with release at
OF1.
Figure 6.6.3: Observation points around the outfall point OF1
Figure 6.6.4 (a): Variation of excess temperature at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.4 (b): Variation of excess temperature at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.5: Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring LW with release of OF1.
Figure 6.6.6: Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with release at OF1.
Figure 6.6.7 (a): Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.7 (b): Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.8: SS dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with Outfall at OF1.
Figure 6.6.9: SS dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with Outfall at OF1.
Figure 6.6.10 (a): Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.10 (b): Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF1.
Figure 6.6.11: Temperature dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.12: Temperature dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.13 : Observation points around the outfall point OF2
Figure 6.6.14 (a): Variation of temperature (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.6.14 (b): Variation of temperature (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.6.15: Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.16: Ammonia dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.17 (a): Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.6.17 (b) Variation of ammonia (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.6.18: SS dispersion during a typical spring (LW) with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.19: SS dispersion during a typical spring peak flood with outfall at OF2.
Figure 6.6.20 (a): Variation of SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.6.20 (b) Variation of excess SS (above ambient) at different locations around OF2.
Figure 6.7.1: Instantaneous rates of erosion during a typical spring peak flood due to release
at OF1.
Figure 6.7.2: Instantaneous rates of erosion during a typical spring peak ebb due to release at
OF1.
Figure 6.7.3: Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (LW) due to release at
OF1.
Figure 6.7.4: Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (HW) due to release at
OF1.
Figure 6.7.5: Bed level changes after 15 days due to release at OF1.
Figure 6.7.6: Different observation point locations around outfall location OF1.
Figure 6.7.7 (a): Instantaneous rate of erosion at different observations points due to release at
OF1.
Figure 6.7.7 (b): Instantaneous rate of erosion at different observations points due to release at
OF1.
Figure 6.7.8 (a): Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release
at OF1.
Figure 6.7.8 (b): Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to release
at OF1.
Figure 6.7.9 (a): Bed level changes at different observations points around OF1.
Figure 6.7.9 (b): Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF1.
Figure 6.7.10: Instantaneous erosion rates during a typical spring Peak Flood due to
release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.11: Instantaneous erosion rates during a typical spring peak ebb due to
release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.12: Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (LW) due to release
at OF2.
Figure 6.7.13: Instantaneous deposition rates during a typical spring (HW) due to
release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.14: Bed level changes after 15 days due to release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.15: Different observation point locations around outfall around OF2.
Figure 6.7.16 (a): Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to
release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.16 (b): Instantaneous rate of deposition at different observations points due to
release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.17 (a): Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF2.
Figure 6.7.17 (b): Bed level changes at different observations points due to release at OF2.
Figure 6.8.1: Trajectory of a particle discharged at OF1.
Figure 6.8.2: Trajectory of a particle discharged at OF2.
Figure 7.1.1: Map showing alignments of effluent disposal pipeline (LFP1-DP-OF1/OF2) and seawater intake pipeline (LFP2-IT1).